Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Bennett, Emerson, 1822-1905 [1853], Clara Moreland, or, Adventures in the far South-west. (T.B. Peterson, Philadelphia) [word count] [eaf464T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

Hic Fructus Virtutis; Clifton Waller Barrett [figure description] 464EAF. Paste-Down Endpaper with Bookplate: heraldry figure with a green tree on top and shield below. There is a small gray shield hanging from the branches of the tree, with three blue figures on that small shield. The tree stands on a base of gray and black intertwined bars, referred to as a wreath in heraldic terms. Below the tree is a larger shield, with a black background, and with three gray, diagonal stripes across it; these diagonal stripes are referred to as bends in heraldic terms. There are three gold leaves in line, end-to-end, down the middle of the center stripe (or bend), with green veins in the leaves. Note that the colors to which this description refers appear in some renderings of this bookplate; however, some renderings may appear instead in black, white and gray tones.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

The Torture [figure description] 464EAF. Image of a bare-chested man tied to a pole while a group of grotesques gather around with bundles of sticks.[end figure description]

-- --

The Hermit. “At this moment the skin was thrust quickly aside.” [figure description] 464EAF. Image of a man, holding a gun, and woman, holding the man, pulling back fearfully as a skin doorway is pulled aside by a disheveled hermit, who is pointing angrily at the two.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] 464EAF. Title-Page, with an image of a man and woman on horseback. The woman's horse is being grabbed by a man on the ground, while the man on horseback pulls back his whip to hit the interloper.[end figure description]

Title Page CLARA MORELAND;
OR,
ADVENTURES IN THE FAR SOUTH-WEST.
Philadelphia:
T. B. PETERSON, No. 98 CHESNUT STREET.

-- --

[figure description] Copyright Page.[end figure description]

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1853, by
EMERSON BENNETT,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States,
in and for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.
PHILADELPHIA:
STEREOTYPED BY GEORGE CHARLES.
PRINTED BY KING & BAIRD.

-- --

Dedication TO
JAMES W. NEWLIN, ESQ.,
Of Philadelphia,

[figure description] Page 003.[end figure description]

THIS STORY,
As a slight Token of Friendship and Esteem,
IS SINCERELY INSCRIBED.

BY THE AUTHOR. Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 005 --

CONTENTS.

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

Page


CHAPTER I. The Brother, 7

CHAPTER II. The Home of Clara, 17

CHAPTER III. A Moonlight Interview, 27

CHAPTER IV. A Ride and a Quarrel, 42

CHAPTER V. Lost on the Prairie, 59

CHAPTER VI. The Hermit, 74

CHAPTER VII. We are made Prisoners, 85

CHAPTER VIII. A Long Journey, 95

CHAPTER IX. The Indian Village and a Mysterious Character, 105

CHAPTER X. Trying Events, 116

CHAPTER XI. The Doom and the Hope, 130

CHAPTER XII. Escape of Langee, and what Followed, 142

CHAPTER XIII. The State, 150

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

CHAPTER XIV. The Recovery, 167

CHAPTER XV. Tedious Captivity, 181

CHAPTER XVI. The Attack, 190

CHAPTER XVII. Something of Harley, Viola, and Langee, 203

CHAPTER XVIII. Brutality and Suspicion, 215

CHAPTER XIX. The Cloven Foot Visible, 227

CHAPTER XX. My Sentence and its Execution, 236

CHAPTER XXI. Resuscitation, and what Followed, 244

CHAPTER XXII. An Old Foe in the Field, 257

CHAPTER XXIII. The Rancho, 271

CHAPTER XXIV. From Impending Death to a Dungeon, 281

CHAPTER XXV. The Attack and Rescue, 295

CHAPTER XXVI. In the Camp of the Enemy, 305

CHAPTER XXVII. On the Field of Palo Alto, 315

CHAPTER XXVIII. “Last Scene of All.” 325

Main text

-- 007 --

CHAPTER I. THE BROTHER.

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

The first of October, of the year of our Lord 1845,
found me a guest of the Tremont House, in the goodly city
of Galveston, Texas. An invalid guest, I may add—for I
had been confined to my room for some days, suffering
much pain from a couple of flesh wounds received in a
recent skirmish with a party of Texan brigands, somewhere
between my present abode and the river Brazos,
while in the act of making my escape with some friends
from the head-quarters of a notorious villain, counterfeiter,
etcetera, known as Count D'Estang. The reader
who has been so fortunate, or unfortunate, (I leave him to
decide which,) as to peruse a portion of my narrative, under
the title of “Viola,” will readily understand to what I
allude; but in order to refresh his memory with the past
events of my career, and also give those before whom I
may now appear for the first time an inkling of what has
already been recorded of my adventures, I will here transcribe
a letter, which about this period I wrote home to
my worthy parent in Virginia:

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

Dear Father;

“In my last, dated at New Orleans, you will recollect I
made some mention of a very eccentric travelling companion,
by the name of Harley, who, having been introduced
to me one night at a ball in Swansdown, renewed acquaintance
on the boat at Louisville, and kept me company down
the river; and I think I also added, that we had in contemplation
a trip to Mexico, merely to gratify curiosity and
have some adventures. Well, we have not been to Mexico
as yet—but we have had some adventures notwithstanding.
If memory serves me right, I told you there was a certain
mystery about my friend—for even then I regarded him as
such—which I had not been able to fathom; but this has
since been explained away, and I now know his whole
history.

“It seems that he is the son of a wealthy Georgian
planter, residing in or near Macon, and a graduate of one of
our Northern colleges. Some three years since, soon after
completing his course of studies, and while on a visit to a
relative in Virginia, he accidentally, and in a very romantic
manner, formed acquaintance with a young lady (or perhaps
I should rather say girl) in her teens, called Viola
St. Auburn, who chanced to be there at a seminary, and
between whom and himself at once sprung up a very warm
attachment. Now the reputed father of Viola, and the
father of my friend, were sworn enemies; and in consequence
of this the lovers were torn asunder, and each
forbid by an indignant parent ever seeing the other again.
But `man proposes and God disposes,' as you will see by
what follows.

“Harley and St. Auburn, the parents of my hero and
heroine, had in early life been rivals—had quarreled and
fought; and the former had been worsted in more senses
than one—having received the ball of his antagonist, and,

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

shortly after, the news that the lady, on whose account he
had shed his blood, had become the wife of his enemy.
This latter blow had been high finishing what the former
had left undone; but he lived to marry and rear a family;
though his reason, it is still contended, has never been
entirely sound since the date of the aforementioned events:
and to this day, the bare mention of the name of St.
Auburn is enough to drive him frantic.

“Not long after his marriage, St. Auburn removed to
the city of Mexico, where he became a merchant, and
continued in business till recently. Viola he put to school
in this country; and by this means the children of the
rivals and foes met, as previously stated. After the separation
of the lovers, they had only seen each other once
prior to the date of my last letter; and my friend Harley,
having received his portion from his father, had become an
eccentric wanderer, travelling with no other purpose than
to kill time and drive unpleasant thoughts from his mind.

“I now come to speak of events which have, for aught
I know to the contrary, brought this romantic affaire de
cœur
to a happy termination—events in which your dutiful
son has had the honor to figure somewhat conspicuously.

“While in New Orleans, as fate would have it, my friend
saw Viola pass him in a carriage. Wild with conflicting
emotions, he followed it at the risk of his neck, and brought
up on board a steamer bound for this city. He saw Viola but
a moment, but in that moment learned that her first destination
was Galveston, Texas. Thither he followed her, a
day or two afterward, accompanied by myself and Tom.
In the post-office here, he found a letter from her, in which
she stated that her father had sold her to a French Count
D'Estang—that shortly she expected to be on her way to
his residence, D'Estang Ville, somewhere near the river

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

Brazos—and implored him to come to her rescue in
disguise.

“We accordingly disguised ourselves as pedlars, and
set off in quest of her; and after a day or two of adventures—
some ludicrous and some thrilling—we succeeded in
finding D'Estang Ville and gaining admittance. I cannot
here recount one tithe of what followed. Suffice it to say,
that Viola and St. Auburn were both confined here as
prisoners; that we discovered the Count to be a base
counterfeiter; and that we succeeded in securing him in
his own stronghold and liberating his victims.

“While escaping across the country to Galveston, we
were assailed in the night—by the Count's cut-throats as
we suppose—St. Auburn was mortally wounded, and I was
stabbed in the arm and thigh, and am slightly indisposed
in consequence. After being mortally wounded, St. Auburn
lived long enough to make a confession; by which it
appears that Viola was not his daughter, but the stolen
child of a distinguished Spanish gentleman of great wealth,
and at present a resident of the city of Mexico. By the
death-bed of St. Auburn, at his particular request, Viola
and Harley were married, and are now gone to New Orleans
to procure proofs of her identity with the lost daughter of
Don Alverda, her reputed father. These obtained, it is
their intention to return to this city and take me with them
thence to Mexico. Whether I shall go or not, remains to
be seen.

“Thus you see, dear father, I have been favored with
not a little of living romance already—what remains in
store for me, Heaven only knows: I hope something better
than sabre stabs.

“I have neglected to record, by the way, another little
affair of my own, which may grow into something serious,
or may not. You will recollect I mentioned the death of a

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

young man on the Neptune, while we were coming down
the Mississippi, the victim of a gambler. I learned that
his name was Thomas Moreland, and that he was the
son of a Widow Moreland, residing at an inland village of
Texas. Now mark how curiously things turn up! While
travelling on foot in the disguise of a pedlar, I came to a
house from which issued the most melodious strains of the
human voice I had ever heard. Well, I was anxious to see
the singer, and I went in. I found her to be a very beautiful
young lady, who was momentarily expecting her
brother, who had been absent two years in Europe. She
mistook me for her brother, whom I suppose I very much
resemble, rushed into my arms, and we had quite a time
of it, I assure you. Well, to be brief, she turned out to
be a cousin of the gambler's victim, and her name is Clara
Moreland. She was very much affected to hear of his
death; and putting one thing with another, we got very
well acquainted in a short time. She is very lovely; and
her father, Colonel Moreland, is a gentleman of political
distinction. In short, I became very much interested in
her, and have had some serious thoughts about calling on
her again. That is all.

“Give my love to sisters, Old Moll, and the negroes
generally; and tell the latter Tom is well. By the by, I
owe my life to Tom—but I will tell you more another time.
How do you all come on? I ask the question, but have
no idea how, where, or when, I shall get an answer.

“You shall hear from me again soon. Meantime, I am,
dear father,

“Affectionately yours,—
“HENRY WALTON.
To Richard Walton, Esq.,
Swansdown, Va.
“P. S.—Don't be alarmed about my wounds! They

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

are not very serious, and I am getting well fast. I think
they would not trouble me now, only that I exposed myself
and took cold.” This letter I sent to the post-office by Tom, who on his
return handed me the subjoined:

NEW ORLEANS, Sept. 27th, 1845.
MY DEAR HARRY:

“I have just received a letter from home, which requires
my presence there immediately. My poor father has been
taken suddenly ill, and is not expected to recover. I shall
leave to-day for Macon, via Savannah, taking Viola with
me, to whom I now expect my friends to be reconciled,
since the blood of the St. Auburns is not in her veins. As
I cannot fix on any time for my return, you had better not
wait for me; but write to Macon, and keep me advised of
your whereabouts. It grieves me to part with so dear a
friend—but necessity compels me. Can you not come to
Macon? Think of it seriously—I will assure you of a
cordial reception. Dear Viola, with tearful eyes, sends
her love to you. Do not fail to write, and keep me
advised of your doings; and believe me, my dear Harry,

“Your sincere friend,
“MORTON HARLEY. “P. S.—How about Miss Clara?”

I read this, seated in a large arm chair, swayed with
bandages and propped with pillows, and was pondering on
the uncertainty of human life, and the many accidents
which flesh is heir to, when Tom, who had gone out after
handing me the foregoing, re-entered my apartment, and
said, hurriedly:

“Dar's a gemman below 'quiring about you, Massa Hal,

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

dat if I did'nt know you was here, I'd tink was you'seff,
sartin.”

“Ah! indeed,” returned I, with no small degree of
interest, for I more than suspected who he was: “Show
him up, Tom!”

Some five minutes later Tom ushered into my chamber
a fine, noble-looking, handsome stranger, to be mistaken
for whom, so far as personal appearance might be concerned,
I could consider in no other light than a compliment.
He was nearly six feet in stature, finely proportioned,
with bright hazel eyes, a high, smooth forehead, a
nose just sufficiently Roman to give a character to the
face, a well-formed mouth, and a finely turned chin. The
countenance was altogether highly intellectual, and his
manner had all the graceful ease and dignity of a truebred
gentleman.

“Mr. Walton,” he said, in a frank, off-hand way, advancing
to me, and extending his hand, “I am very sorry
to find you an invalid. But I beg your pardon! I have
not yet introduced myself: My name is Walter Moreland.”

“So I anticipated,” I replied, “when Tom informed me
that there was a gentleman below inquiring for me, who
was the very counterpart of myself, as I had the honor of
once being taken for just such an individual.”

“Ah! yes,” said my new acqnaintance, laughing: “my
sister Clara told me all about it; and I have had my
own sport with her since, concerning it, I assure you.”

“I hope she is well,” I rejoined; and though I affected
a genteel indifference, I felt the blood mount to my
temples, and knew my companion noticed it.

“Yes, Clara is well,” he answered; “and had she
dreamed that I should be so fortunate as to meet with you,
I doubt not she would have sent her special regards.”

As Moreland said this, I fancied he gave me a very

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

peculiar look; and for a moment or two I really felt confused.

“I am greatly obliged to her,” I hastened to rejoin,
“for so kindly remembering one who can lay so little claim
to the honor. Our meeting was certainly a rather romantic
one; and was owing, I believe, to a species of impudence on
my part, for which I can only forgive myself by recollecting
of what pleasure I must otherwise have been deprived.”

“Well, you did meet, and that meeting has led to our
meeting, and this I sincerely trust neither of us may
have cause to regret. I have just arrived in town; and
seeing your name on the register, I was making some
inquiries concerning you, when your servant, who I suppose
had overheard a portion of the conversation, informed
me he had orders to show me to your chamber. They tell
me you were wounded in a skirmish with a party of
brigands between here and the Brazos?”

“Yes! and I thank Heaven the result has proved no
worse than you see. We all had a very narrow escape;”
and I proceeded, at his request, to give him the particulars
of the whole affair, and the causes which led to it.

“Truly romantic!” he rejoined. “And so you think
this Count D'Estang at the head of a band of desperadoes,
eh?”

“Such is my honest conviction.”

“I must acquaint my father with this. If I am not
mistaken, he knows the man, and suspects his occupation.
We must clear the country of such villains, now that we
are getting into good society. Too long has Texas been
the resort of the outlaws of all nations, and it is time for
them to be seeking some new Australia.”

“The war—if, as some predict, we come to a brush with
Mexico—will be likely to take off many of them,” I
replied.

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

“Yes,” returned Moreland; “and in so much, war will
be a blessing rather than a curse.”

“By-the-by,” said I, “I have neglected to inquire where
your sister is now?”

“Home, at my father's, in Houston. And apropos—
shall we not have the pleasure of seeing you there before
long?”

“Why, to tell you the truth, I have had some very
serious thoughts of making myself visible up that way—
though, being so much of a stranger in this country, I
have been almost afraid to venture without a letter of
introduction.”

“Sir,” returned Walter, “I am not in the habit of complimenting
a man to his face; but in this case, I will say,
that your own countenance would have been quite sufficient
to convince us of your right to the title of gentleman—
and that alone would have given you a claim to our hospitality—
to say nothing of your generous endeavors to
befriend a relative who is now no more, and for an account
of whose death we are indebted to you.”

“Well,” returned I, laughing; “as to the marks of a
gentleman being so conspicuous in my countenance, I
have only to reply, that, as we look so much alike, even
modesty will not require me to deny the `soft impeachment.'
But you spoke of your cousin, Thomas Moreland,
whom I saw fall a victim to that ruinous vice, gambling—
how did his poor mother receive the news of his death?”

“Very hard, indeed,—in fact she will not long survive
him.”

“Your sister feared as much. Poor woman! hers has
been a life of sore affliction.”

“It has, indeed,” sighed my companion; “and the
expectation of a speedy death now appears to be her only
consolation.”

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

“The fate of her son was a sad but salutary lesson to
me,” I rejoined. “I had before heard of the dire consequences
which oft-times ensue from gaming; but here
was a case in which the evils of it were so forcibly brought
home to me, that over his solitary grave I vowed a solemn
vow to Heaven, that I would never play again!”

“Keep that vow, sir! sacredly keep it!” cried my new
friend, with almost startling energy, as he took a quick
turn or two up and down the room. “For,” he added,
after a thoughtful pause, “the man who gambles, perils
body and soul. Ay, beware of it, my friend!” he continued;
“for he who enters the gambler's den, passes the
portals of hell. I—” He was evidently on the point of
making some confession; but stopped, and with some confusion
in his manner, added, changing the subject: “I
am on my way to Corpus Christi, Taylor's head-quarters,
where I have some business to transact for my father.
The next steamer for that place goes out in a couple of
hours, and my passage on her is already engaged. I shall
not, I trust, be absent many days; and on my return
hither, may I not hope to have the pleasure of your company
to Houston?”

I assured him that nothing would afford me more
delight; and that if I found myself able to travel by that
time, he might count on my accepting his kind invitation.

After some further conversation, he took his leave, and
I fell into a delightful reverie on love and Clara!

-- 017 --

p464-026 CHAPTER II. THE HOME OF CLARA.

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

It was on one of the most delightful days of delightful
October, that, in company with Walter Moreland, I
stepped from the boat to a carriage, and was driven
through the pleasant streets of Houston, to the abode of
one who already had a hold upon my heart such as none
of her sex had ever had before. Yes, I was about to
behold Clara for the second time—to gaze upon her lovely
features, bright eyes, and hear again that melodious voice,
which had exercised over me such a spell ere we ever met.
It were vain for me to attempt to analyze my feelings—
to resolve to simple elements that strange compound in my
heart which is known by the term of love. Hopes I had—
fears and doubts—delightful anticipations and tremulous
misgivings. What would be her reception of me? It
would be cordial, I flattered myself, from what her brother
had told me, and from the fact that I had come home with
him, and invited guest, to remain for a week or two, or
longer. But would there be any evidence in her manner
that she had my interest at heart beyond the polite
etiquette of good breeding? In short, should I find her
heart-whole? and if not, what part had I in her being
otherwise? As thus I pondered, occasionally replying to
my companion's remarks, the carriage entered a broad,
beautiful street, and presently turned through a gate into
a large, handsome inclosure. Thence moving up a circular,
well shaded avenue, past a small pond, on whose
bosom a few ducks were lazily sailing, it approached a

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

large, fine-looking mansion, of a rather cumbrous style of
architecture, which stood on the brow of an eminence, and
commanded a view of the town and the river, and of a
broad, level, beautiful prairie, which stretched away in
the rear beyond the enclosure.

As we drew up before the portico, the first object I
beheld was Clara, as she came tripping down the steps to
welcome her brother home. Just as she reached the carriage,
Tom, who accompanied me, had dismounted and
opened the door. As I was nearest to her, she did not
perceive her brother, who had purposely drawn himself
up in one corner; but holding her hand out to me, said:

“Oh, I am so glad you have come—I have such news
for you. But heavens! Walter, how pale you look!—are
you ill?”

“I believe this is not the first time Miss Clara Moreland
has mistaken me for her brother,” I returned, playfully.

“Why, as I live, it is Mr. Walton!” she said, in a tone
of surprise, blushing to the temples. “Ah, you rogue! I
see you now,” she continued, peering in at her brother,
who had betrayed his presence by a hearty laugh. “This
is another of your innocent jokes, is it?”

“Faith, I think it is one of your own, Clara; for
something like it, you know, once occurred during my
absence. Well, if you want to kiss him again, in mistake
for me, I will turn my head.”

“Goodness knows I think it is pretty well turned
already,” cried Clara, laughing gaily, to cover her confusion.
“Would you believe it, Mr. Walton,” she continued,
turning to me, the color still as deep as ever on
her beautiful features—“Walter is actually in love with a
young lady, who, report says, doesn't care a straw for
him.”

“Well, that is certainly a very interesting piece of

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

intelligence to a gentleman who is my very counterpart in
looks,” returned Walter, tapping her under the chin, as
he alighted from the carriage. “That is as much as to
say, a gentleman of his personal appearance cannot be
successful with your sex—which, to say the least, is very
complimentary.”

“Oh, you mad-cap! you provoking teaze! you know I
didn't mean any such thing,” rejoined Clara, clapping her
soft, white hand over his mouth. “Do not mind him, Mr.
Walton! If you do look like him, I will wager the resemblance
ends in looks. But here comes papa, and so I will
leave you;” and she went bounding up the steps, with the
airy lightness of the fawn, whispering a word or two to her
father as she passed him.

The latter now came toward me, and Walter hastened
to introduce us.

“Happy of your acquaintance, sir,” returned Colonel
Moreland: “I have heard Clara speak of you. You
knew my nephew, Tom—or rather, saw him die, I understand.
He might have been a clever youth, had he
avoided dissipation. Well, come, walk in! walk in! Bless
me!” he continued, taking another look at me—“Why,
what a likeness! Walter, he ought to be your brother.”

And so I intend to be, I thought to myself.

“Yes,” answered Walter, “we could pass very well for
twins even.”

“Curious are the freaks of nature—physiology is an
interesting science, Mr. Walton. Is he yours?” pointing
to Tom.

I answered in the affirmative.

“Fine boy, sir! fine boy! good build! good eye.
Would you like to sell him?”

“No, Colonel, Tom and I can only be parted by death.”

“Aha! strong attachment. Well, come, follow me;”

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

and the father of my intended, as I already began to
regard him, went humming up the steps, and ushered me
into a large, fine drawing-room, richly, but somewhat
quaintly, furnished.

Colonel Moreland was, in some respects, a character—
by which I mean a personage distinguished from the many
by certain peculiarities. He was tall, muscular, but not
what is termed stout. His age I judged to be somewhere
between forty-five and fifty. His hair was quite gray,
which gave him a venerable appearance, and the cast
of his countenance was such as to add a certain degree of
dignity. His eye was dark, bright, and shrewd; and his
features generally had the strongly marked outlines of the
Scotch. He had high cheek bones, a large nose and
mouth, and around the latter the lines indicated decision
and firmness amounting almost to stubborness. He was a
little bald on the top of his head, which made his broad,
high forehead appear still broader and higher; and altogether
he had quite a commanding, intelligent appearance.
He dressed plainly, and was devoid of ostentation. He
had pride, however, and was ambitious, both for himself
and family. He was a man in general of few words;
and these, as is the case with people that speak little,
were ever to the point. He might be slow in making up his
mind to any thing new—but when once he had settled
upon a thing, right or wrong, it was almost impossible to
change him.

An early pioneer in the wilds of Texas, he had grown
up, politically speaking, with the country, and I believe
he really had her interest at heart. During her struggle
for independence, he commanded a regiment under
Houston, who was his personal friend; and subsequently
he had been elected a member of the Texan Congress—a
post of honor which he still held. Though a public man,

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

he had not neglected his own private interest; and by
speculating to some considerable extent in lands, he had
amassed quite a fortune. He owned a large cotton plantation
some miles away, which was worked by negroes under
charge of an overseer and agent, and from which he
derived a handsome income. He had taken some pains
with the education of his children, three in number—
Walter, Clara, and Mary—and altogether I found the
Morelands were among the first families of the Republic—
or State, as I should now call it—of Texas.

Bidding me be seated, the Colonel went out; and presently
Clara reappeared, accompanied by her mother and
sister. Mrs. Moreland—a pale, handsome, intellectual
woman—I found to be a perfect lady—mild, affable, and
winning though not a great talker; but Mary, unlike her
in this respect, was a perfect chatterbox, full of spirit and
raillery. The latter was about fifteen years of age, with
black hair and eyes, and very pretty features, which were
seldom in repose. I did not think her as handsome as
Clara; for I have a partiality for blue eyes, sunny hair,
and a light complexion, and in this respect Clara seemed
perfect. There was a family resemblance between the
two—but Clara seemed to me more dignified, graceful, and
lovely. Clara, however, was three years Mary's senior;
and as I have acknowledged to being in love with her, I
suppose the reader will not set me down as an impartial
critic.

Both Mary and her mother were struck with the resemblance
between Walter and myself; and as this opened
the way to conversation, without going through the lackadaisical
formalities generally incident upon the introduction
of strangers, I soon felt at my ease, and began to
regard my new friends as old acquaintances.

“Are you not paler than usual?” inquired Clara, in the

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

course of conversation, and in a tone that I fancied had a
touch of feeling in it.

“Yes—I have been confined to my room, of late, by
reason of my wounds.”

“Wounds?” she exclaimed, quickly, in a tone and with
a look of anxious surprise—“What wounds? have you
been wounded?”

“Yes, in an affray with a gang of desperadoes.”

I saw Clara's cheek pale as I said this; but ere she
could make any reply, Mary ran up to me, with the
freedom of an old acquaintance, exclaiming:

“Oh, do tell us all about it, Mr. Walton—do! Oh,
it is so romantic! isn't it, sister? My! did you really
have a fight with robbers? Dear me! I wish I had been
there: I'm so fond of adventure.”

“Hush, daughter—you do not consider what you are
saying,” chided Mrs. Moreland.

“Yes but I do, mamma—only try me, and see if I
don't.”

I told them in brief my story—of the ensnaring of
Viola, and her providential deliverance—of the assault
made upon us while crossing the country from the Brazos
to Galveston—with a detail of the fight, and of my own
narrow escape from death by the timely appearance and
heroic conduct of my faithful servant Tom; and concluded
with the disclosure of the dying St. Auburn and the
marriage of Harley and Viola.

Each of my listeners was deeply interested in my recital—
but each in a manner peculiar to herself. Mrs. Moreland
heard me through with a mother's feelings and
sympathies; Clara, I fancied, saw in myself the hero of
the tale; and while speaking of my narrow escape, I
perceived that her lovely features were very pale, and that
she was unusually excited; but Mary was one glow of

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

delight throughout; and the moment I had done, she
exclaimed, clapping her hands:

“Oh, charming! delightful! so romantic! How I
should like to have been in Viola's place!”

“Come, come, child—no more of such nonsense,”
chided her mother.

“Nonsense?” echoed Mary, pouting her pretty lips.
“I do believe, mamma, there is no romance in you.”

Mrs. Moreland smiled.

“No, child, my days of romance are gone by.”

“And mine are just coming on,” was the reply.

Walter and his father now came in together; and
Mary, running up to the latter, began to relate to him the
story she had just heard.

“Ay, ay,” he interrupted—“Walter has just been
telling me something of this. And so,” he continued,
turning to me, “you think this Count D'Estang, as he is
styled, is a counterfeiter, eh?”

“I have good reason for thinking so, Colonel.”

“Yes, and I doubt not he is more than that,” he
pursued. “About a year since, I was passing through
that part of the country, with a span of as fine horses as
can be found in this region. I stopped at a village inn;
and while there, a gentleman accosted me, wishing to
purchase the animals. I told him they were not for sale.
He inquired where I resided; and on my informing him,
and giving him my name, he replied that, in the course of
a week or two, he expected to visit Houston, and should
take the trouble of calling on me, in hopes that by
that time I might change my mind. Well, he called, but
I was not at home; and he left his card, Count D'Estang.
Subsequently he called again—but I still refused to sell.
He went away, after having been to look at my horses in
the stable, and two weeks from that time they were stolen.

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

I do not know why—perhaps because I did not like his
looks—but from that day to this, I have never been able
to divest myself of the idea that he had some hand in
taking them away.”

`Very likely,” I returned; “for I consider him capable
of any crime.”

“Well, well, we may be able to trap him yet. I will
write at once to the Sheriff of Brazoria, who is a personal
friend of mine, and tell him your story, and what I
suspect.”

The day gradually wore away; and the more I saw of
Clara, the more I thanked Fortune for her favors. As if
to charm away the time, she sat down to a fine-toned
piano, and played and sang several songs. I was
enchanted. Had she been as ugly as Milton has described
Sin, one's heart must have warmed toward her, for her
melodious voice—so sweet, so touching. It was this voice,
so used, that had magnetically drawn me to her at first;
and therefore the reader cannot be surprised that I was
now in a state of rapture.

Being pressed to sing in turn, and believing I possessed
some little talent in that way, I took up a guitar which
stood by the piano, and gave them, “Come Share My
Cottage, Gentle Maid”—throwing my whole soul into the
words, for I felt every line. Perhaps Clara thought so;
for ere I had done, her eye, which at first was fixed on
mine, drooped to the ground, and a warm glow came upon
her cheeks and remained there.

“Beautiful!” murmured Mrs. Moreland, when I had
finished.

“Too sentimental by half!” cried Mary, with a laugh:
“isn't it, Clara?”

“Eh?” exclaimed the latter, starting in some confusion;

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

for her mind had evidently followed the words of the song,
and she had forgotten that eyes were upon her.

“Why, one would think that you fancied the words
intended for yourself,” said Mary, roguishly.

Clara now blushed crimson; and I much fear I did not
remain any too pale; at all events, I know I felt very
red.

“Come, come, Mary—you are too rude—too wild,”
again chided her mother; while Walter, I fancied, smiled
to himself—though he appeared not to notice us. The
Colonel was not present.

Mary glided round to my chair, and said, in a whisper:

“Don't sing any more such sentimental songs, Mr.
Walton, will you?”

“Why, I thought you were fond of the romantic,” I
replied.

“So I am; but something wild, grand, terrible;” and
her black eyes sparkled with enthusiasm. And then she
added, archly: “It's of no use for you to sing `Come
Share My Cottage' to Clara.”

I felt the blood rush to my temples; but I affected to be
amused, and, in a careless tone, inquired:

“Why so?”

“Why, because her cottage is engaged;” and she
bounded away with a merry laugh.

It is impossible for me to describe my feelings for the
next five minutes. I felt confused, vexed, and foolish, and
the last sensation I think predominated. Had I really
made a faux pas in my first love adventure? and was I
really seeking the affections of one already engaged?
Engaged, forsooth! How that word grated on my feelings!
But no! I could not think it true; and yet my
heart somehow misgave me. But I will know, I thought

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

to myself; and if I find my fears confirmed, then farewell
to Texas and my first romantic love-dream.

“My! sister! just see how pale Mr. Walton looks!”
were the words which aroused me from my reverie, and
which proceeded from the lips of Mary, whom I now
began to regard as a regular teaze.

I looked up, and saw all eyes fixed upon me.

“Are you not well?” asked Clara, with a look of
anxiety, which made me exclaim, mentally:

“If her hand is engaged, her heart is not.”

“A little faint,” I returned to her inquiry. “A glass
of water, if convenient.”

Walter sprung to the bell-pull, and the crystal liquid
was soon produced.

“Perhaps you find it too close here,” suggested Mrs.
Moreland. “Better step out and take the air.”

I availed myself of her suggestion, and took a short
stroll with Walter; and we conversed on various subjects,
but touched not upon the one that lay nearest my heart.

-- 027 --

p464-036 CHAPTER III. A MOONLIGHT INTERVIEW.

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

IT was a calm, lovely night, the one following my
arrival in Houston, and the round, full moon, just risen in
the East, was pouring a flood of mellow light over a
beautiful landscape. One or two bright stars were visible,
as though keeping watch while their companions slept. A
certain dreamy stillness seemed to pervade Heaven and
earth—a kind of holy calm—as if great Nature were
taking her repose. Occasionally the song of some night
warbler came floating on the balmy air, and, dying away
in sweet cadence, left all again still. It was a scene and
an hour for meditation and for love.

I stood within an orange grove, through whose spreading
branches the bright moonlight streamed, and crinkled
on the teeming earth, and seemed to nestle among the
sleeping flowers. It was on the slope of a hill which
looked off upon a wide stretch of prairie, over which the
queen of night spread her rays like a great veil of silver.
Beside me stood one that made the pulse of life beat
faster, the warm blood course quicker, and the heart labor
under powerful emotions.

I am one of those who believe there is a suitable time
for every thing—that Nature, in her multifold variety, has
seasons peculiarly adapted to all the different passions and
emotions which may exist in the human breast. The
early morning, for instance—the awakening of day, with a
burnished, unclouded sky, up which rolls the bright sun in

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

glorious splendor, amid the sweet songs of all animated
nature—ever seems to me a time for rejoicing, when the
thoughts should fly upward to the Creator in a heartfelt
thanksgiving. Then come the hours of business, or of
pleasure, with a season of rest, when the mind relaxes and
loses its cares and its troubles, perchance in a brief
oblivion of sleep. There is something solemn, sad and
sweet in the dying day, when the fiery sun is quenched in
a golden sea, and the hum of busy life falls gradually off
to tranquillity, and the soft shades of coming night steal
imperceptibly on, one after another, reminding us of the
going out of life and the shutting in of death. The roar
of the storm, with its rushing winds, flashing lightnings,
and crashing thunders, stirs up the mind to sublimity;
and if the spirit be not tranquil, it readily finds a wild
harmony in the raging elements. But a soft, clear,
serene, moonlight night—when the silver veil of Luna falls
gently upon the dewy earth, and gives to the scene the
matchless charm of picturesque light and shade, and the
stillness is only broken by the melodious songs of the
night-singers—then, of all times, the soul seems best fitted
for the holy commune of love.

So at least I thought and felt, as alone I stood with
Clara Moreland, amid the shade of an orange grove, in
the rear of her father's mansion, on the night following
my arrival in Houston. Walter, Clara, Mary, and myself,
had together left the dwelling; and after wandering for
an hour or more through the garden, among the sleeping
flowers, Clara and I, as if by mutual arrangement, had
become separated from our companions, and had continued
on beyond the pale of the garden, each as it seemed
so much buried in thought as scarcely to give heed to our
steps. From some cause—and I flattered myself I could
divine the cause—Clara had been silent all the evening;

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

and often I caught her sighing, as if sad at heart. As
with her arm through mine we strolled to the point
mentioned, my heart beat fast with strange, powerful
emotions.

I have more than once said that I was in love—but
whether I had awakened such a feeling in the breast
of my companion, I could only judge from indications that
might after all proceed from other causes. I was anxious
to know; for the words of Mary, whether in earnest
or jest, had started doubts and fears; and what better
opportunity than the present to ascertain, I thought, as we
strolled on in silence. True, to introduce such a subject
now, with so brief an acquaintance, seemed ill-timed and
premature; but if I missed the present opportunity, it
might be long ere another as favorable should occur; and
under present circumstances I did not care to remain in
suspense. I therefore made up my mind to venture in
words what lay nearest my heart; but the next moment I
fairly trembled at the idea of making a beginning.

It is easy for our sex to flatter the other—to pay
frivolous compliments on the grace of person, the beauty
of countenance—to say we admire and are delighted,
when our own hearts are untouched, and we little
care in what manner our words are received; but it
is a very different thing, when emotions, that language
cannot portray, are struggling within us, aroused by the
presence of an object for whom we feel we could lay down
our life and deem it a pleasant sacrifice. Let no woman—
and I say it with due consideration—put too much faith in
the words of the man who tells her in fluent and courtly
phrase he adores her; for the true adoration of the heart
may make itself known by looks, and signs, and actions,
but the tongue is seldom the first messenger. I have
heard those who could and did boast of having made love

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

to twenty damsels, in flowery speech and graceful attitude,
acknowledge to having stood abashed, silent, and awkfward
in the presence of one for whom they really felt
what they had only professed to feel heretofore.

Thus silently pondering on the way in which I should
begin to give voice to the feelings that so deeply agitated
my breast, we reached the point I have mentioned amid
the orange-grove, when Clara, who seemed suddenly to
comprehend where she was, said, in a hurried, excited
tone:

“Why, whither are we going? let us return.”

“Stay, Clara—Miss Moreland—one moment—I have
something to say to you,” I returned, in a low, eager,
agitated tone; and I took her hand, which I felt tremble
in mine, as she made a slight attempt to withdraw it.

“Why, where is Walter and Mary?” she cried, looking
around her, and turning as if to retrace her steps.

“They are not far off, I think—but what I have to say
is for your ear alone,” I replied, still retaining her hand.

She drooped her head in silence, and I could feel her
soft hand quiver, as a tremor ran through her frame—but
she made no further attempt to withdraw it. Now had
arrived that time and opportunity I had long wished for;
but my tongue refused speech, and my very thoughts
seemed jumbled into chaos. How was I to begin? what
was I to say first? Something must be said, and that
quickly, for Clara was waiting in tremulous expectation.

“Miss Moreland,” I began—“or rather Clara—if you
will permit me so to call you—I—” Here I stopped, and
cleared my throat, and coughed a little, while my blood
rushed through my throbbing veins at furnace heat: “I
have much wished for a circumstance—I mean a privilege—
I should say—ahem—an opportunity—to—to—” Here
I felt myself breaking down, the perspiration started from

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

every pore, and in an awful agony, like a drowning man
clutching at a rope, I clutched at words, and gasped:
“In short, you must have perceived—”

“Oh, let us return, Mr. Walton!” interrupted Clara,
hurriedly, in great agitation—“I fear we shall be
missed.”

“Nay, dear Clara, hear me out!” I cried, still keeping
her hand, which she now made several attempts to withdraw.
“Nay, I must be heard,” I continued, more
resolutely. “I will detain you but a minute; and certainly
you will not refuse me so brief a point of time!”

“Go on!” she murmured, faintly.

“You must have perceived, Miss Clara, from my
conduct, since our first meeting,” I resumed, “that you
have awakened in my breast feelings which may never
slumber again; and unless I greatly err, you do not
altogether regard me with indifference. Nay, turn not
away, and do not withdraw your hand; but speak, and
tell me—is it not so? Perhaps you think me bold,
premature, in thus venturing to address you, whom I have
known but a brief time; and if you so censure me, I
cannot deny you have justice on your side; but love, lady,
will sometimes break through all formalities—leap over all
bounds of decorum—and this I must plead in extenuation
of my offence, if offence it be.

“Yes, Clara,” I went on, in a low, eager, passionate
strain—my thoughts, lately so stifled, now rushing forward
for utterance, like the waters of a dammed up stream when
its obstructions first give way: “Yes, Clara, be not angry
at the bold, presumptuous declaration, that I love you—
that I loved almost ere I saw you—and that since the
moment our eyes met, you have scarcely been absent from
my thoughts. You are the first to whom these lips ever
made such an avowal—nor should they now venture to tell

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

you so, but that I feel it necessary to know on what
ground I stand. I do not ask you to pledge me affection
in return—for as yet you know nothing of me, beyond
what I have told you; but I am anxious to learn if your
heart is otherwise engaged; and if not, I would have your
sweet voice tell me that I have not offended, and that I
may live in hope, even though you promise nothing
beyond.

“But I cannot think you regard me with indifference;
for I have narrowly watched and studied your fair features
at different times; and though little experienced in matters
of the heart, I flatter myself I have seen there signs
which bespeak emotions akin to my own. And yet, from
words your sister let fall, my breast has been chilled by
doubts and fears.

“I have said, dear Clara, that I love you; I have said
that you have scarcely been absent from my thoughts; and
I now add, that when my body has been racked with pain,
with no friend and companion near to lighten my solitude
with a single word of consolation, I have made the otherwise
heavy and tedious hours glide pleasantly by in thinking
of you: how deep then, how pure, how powerful are
the emotions which your own sweet self calls into being!
and if I thus love one who can never be mine, Heaven
only knows what may be the final consequences. To see
you, to tell you this, was my motive in coming hither:
and I now ask you to answer me, candidly and sincerely,
if I am guilty of offence? or if you can respond to the
sentiments of my heart?”

I paused, and Clara trembled violently: for some moments
she did not reply: but at length she seemed to
master her feelings, and in a low tone, said:

“It would have been better for both of us, Mr. Walton,

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

had we never met. Urge me to say no more! Let us
return.”

“Nay, Miss Moreland,” I replied, with a sense of bewilderment
and a sinking of the heart that I cannot describe—
“let me entreat you, ere you go, to explain your
words!”

“Not now! not now!” she rejoined, hurriedly: “I am
unequal to the task.”

“It is but little,” I urged, “to say why it had been
better for us had we never met. I do not wish to pry into
your secrets; but if another holds first place in your
esteem—or if your heart holds not sentiments corresponding
to mine—you may surely tell me so; and however
much I may grieve, I promise you not to get offended.
There are many of our faculties that we may cultivate;
and, in a great degree, shape to our will; but love is a
pure offspring of the heart, which we cannot bring into
existence, however much we may subdue and control it
afterward: this I know; and therefore if you tell me
there can never be a tie between us closer than that of
friendship, I shall take no offence, nor ever trouble you
with vain repinings at my fate.”

To my great surprise, instead of answering me, Clara
burst into tears. I was startled—for the cause of this
strange emotion was beyond my conjecture.

“Good heavens! Clara,” I cried, “what means this?
why do you weep? I cannot believe I have said any
thing to wound your feelings; but if so—”

“No!” no!” she interrupted, hurriedly, “but—”

She paused and shuddered.

“Go on!” I urged.

“No! no! I cannot—let us return.”

“Well, then, be it as you wish,” I rejoined, rather
coldly; and I made a movement to go.

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

“But you are offended now?” she said, quickly, turning
her face up toward mine; and I could see by the moonlight,
which fell upon it through the trees, that it was very
pale, and sad, and anxious. I was touched to the heart;
but I answered in the same cold manner:

“And if I am, I suppose it is a matter of little moment
to Miss Moreland.”

“Nay, not so,” she replied, eagerly: “I would not
have you offended with me.”

“Can aught concerning me interest you then?”

“Yes! yes! every thing! That is, I mean,” she
stammered, turning her face away—“I should not like to
give you offence,—I would like to have every one
friendly.”

“Clara,” I rejoined, earnestly, “there is an under
current to your strange manner which I cannot fathom.
Either something serious troubles you, or you are playing
a part with me.”

“I trust you do not think the latter?” she said, quickly.
“Heaven knows my actions too much betray my feelings!”

“Then if so, you do not regard me with indifference,”
I eagerly rejoined. “You are silent. May I take this
as a favorable augury? May I hope—”

“No! no!” she again interrupted: “hope nothing—
hope nothing;” and again she shuddered.

“Be it so,” I returned—“I must even take you at
your word. But pardon me one more question! Is your
heart engaged to another?”

Clara seemed to struggle with herself for a few moments;
and then, in a low tone, scarcely audible, replied:

“The heart should go with the hand.”

“Ha! I think I understand you: then your hand is
pledged?”

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

“It is,” was faintly replied.

For a short time I stood speechless, motionless; and
then rousing myself, I rejoined:

“Clara, (permit me still to call you thus, at least while
we are alone together,) you say the heart should go with
the hand; I reiterate, yes, by all means; but will it in
your case? Ha! why turn you silently away? You
dare not answer! Ah! you know it will not. Oh! then
let me, as a friend, as a brother, warn you to beware how
you let worldly considerations influence you to perjure
yourself before God's holy altar!”

“Sir! this is strong language,” returned Clara, drawing
herself up rather proudly.

“But it is justified by the cause which draws it forth,”
I answered.

“How know you that, sir? And were it even so,
methinks it ill becomes one so recently a stranger, to
assume the office of mentor to a lady who has a father,
mother, and brother at hand to look to her welfare.”

“I crave your pardon, Miss Moreland!” I rejoined,
coldly. “My zeal in your behalf overcame my discretion.
I only sought to warn, in a friendly manner, one
whom I thought would receive it in the same spirit of
kindness in which it was meant. I perceive my mistake
now, and shall take care how I offend again. When
agreeable to you, we will retrace our steps to your father's
dwelling.”

Clara made no reply; but drooped her head, as if
giving heed to her steps, and we picked our way back to
the garden in silence. As we approached the dwelling,
we heard gay voices; and the next moment could distinguish
that of Mary's, saying, with a ringing laugh:

“Making love, for a hundred!”

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

There was a low reply; and then we heard Walter
exclaim:

“This way, Will—we'll soon find them.”

I fancied I could see Clara shudder, as she quickened
her pace; and a minute after we met Walter and another
gentleman coming down the garden walk in search of us.

“Ha! here are the wanderers now?” cried Walter,
gaily. “We were afraid you had got lost,” he continued,
“and were on our way to hunt you up. Mr. Warneliff,
Mr. Walton,” he added, introducing his friend.

We bowed; but each in a cold, stiff, formal manner, that
did not express any too much delight in present acquaintance,
nor presage any very warm friendship to follow. The
truth was, one of those striking antipathies, for which one
can give no satisfactory reason, had suddenly sprung up between
us. I did not like my new acquaintance, and I felt
that he regarded me with aversion. Why this was, it would
have been difficult, I think, for either of us to have said at
the time. His name was new to my ear—even if mine were
not to his—and certainly we had never met before. Perhaps
he had heard of me—heard Clara speak of me—and regarded
me with a jealous eye; and true it is, though I knew not
why, I looked upon him as the acknowledged suitor of Clara,
to whom her hand was pledged. Rivals are never friends;
and my heart whispered me we were rivals, and he the
successful one. As we bowed, our eyes met, for the moonlight
here fell full and clear upon each face. A keen,
piercing glance shot from one to the other—a glance, as I
fancied and felt, of haughty defiance. In that moment of
time—for almost instantly he turned away to speak to
Clara—his person and features became indelibly impressed
upon my memory.

In height he was rather tall, but slenderly made, though
evidently possessed of considerable physical strength. His

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

age I judged to be about twenty-five. His complexion was
light, with light curly hair, and blue eyes. His features
were not devoid of beauty, though not to my taste. They
were regular; and his nose, mouth, and chin, taken separately,
were certainly well-formed; but the expression of
the whole countenance, and particularly that of the eyes
and mouth, was to my mind that of an unprincipled voluptuary;
and though I now felt that Clara could never be
aught to me, yet I deeply regretted that her choice, or
peradventure the choice of her friends, had not fallen upon
a more worthy object. Mr. Warncliff was studiously and
elegantly dressed; and his short upper lip was graced with
a mustache, and his chin with an imperial—the rest of his
face being cleanly shaved. I could not deny that he had
seen good society; for his movements were easy and graceful;
and his manner, save so far as concerned myself, very
courteous.

“Good evening, Miss Clara,” he said, on turning to her.
“I am rejoiced to see you looking so charming in the pale
moonlight. I trust you have had a pleasant walk, and
now feel inclined for a pleasant ride. My carriage is at
the door.”

Was it fancy? or did she shrink back with a slight
shudder as he proffered his arm? She took his arm,
however; and then I heard her say, in a low, and as I
thought quavering, tone:

“You must excuse me to night, Mr. Warncliff—I really do not feel well.”

“Mr. Warneliff!” repeated the other, with a short laugh,
facing round. “Did you hear that, Walter? Clara grows
formal. It used to be—`Willard, will you do this? and,
Willard, will you do that?' But,” and he glanced at me
in a very significant manner, “I think I can guess the
reason of the change.”

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

I felt an angry flush flash over my features, and was
about to give a tart reply; but Walter immediately rejoined,
with a laugh:

“Oh, go on, Will—never mind formalities. Willard,
with the soft adjectives, will return in good time. Come,
Walton,” he pursued, taking my arm, “it is a glorious
night! and though at the risk of being wished a thousand
miles away, we will join our lovers in a ride.”

“Nay, you must excuse me,” I said.

“What! are you ailing too?” he cried. “Heyday!
what has come over you and Clara all of a sudden? Ah!
I see: your long walk has fatigued you.”

“I have not complained of illness, or fatigue, to my
knowledge,” I replied, with an air of cold reserve.

“Oh, well,” he replied, “if you really do not wish to go,
I will stay and keep you company.”

“By no means,” I rejoined; “it would please me better
to have you all go and enjoy yourselves, the same as if I
were not here. You know I am in part an invalid still;
and I will make free to request to be allowed to retire a
little earlier than usual.”

“Oh, certainly,” replied Walter, who seemed the soul
of frankness, good-humor, and affability; “if it will suit you
better to remain, I will not
press you to go.”

Thus conversing, we reached the house; and on the steps,
Warncliff, who still had Clara's arm, turned and said:

“Walter, I fear it will be you and I alone—for I can do
nothing with Clara—she is as obstinate as a mule.”

“Out upon you,” cried Mary from the window, “for
comparing my sister to one of your own species! Faith!
if I were she, you should apologize for that rude speech, on
your knees, ere you were twenty-four hours older, or you
should wake up some fine morning and find yourself a discarded
lover.”

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

“Sooner than suffer such a penalty, my pretty black
eyes, I would do almost any thing,” returned Warncliff,
laughing.

“I believe you,” rejoined Mary, in a tone and with
an emphasis that seemed to give her words a marked
meaning.

Notwithstanding her refusal, Clara was finally prevailed
upon to take a moonlight ride—though not till her father
had joined his request to Warncliff's in a tone so like a
command that she seemed to have no alternative. There
were seats for four; and as I still persisted in declining to
make one of the number to fill them—though I now studiously
shaped my language so as not to give any offence—
Mary took my place, and the party dashed off behind a black
driver and a splendid pair of black horses.

It was still an early hour in the evening; but pleading
some indisposition and fatigue, I shortly after took leave
of the Colonel and his good lady, and was shown by a black
domestic to the lodging I was to occupy during my brief
stay with the Morelands.

Alone, in the welcome solitude of my chamber, I locked
the door, and then gave full sway to those gloomy, despondent
feelings, which must ever follow upon the total annihilation
of bright and cheering hopes. Yes, strange as it
may seem to the reader—and strange as it now seems to
me, viewing it from another point of time—I really felt as
if all the bright things had been stricken from the earth,
and that nothing remained worth the living for. Not till now
was I aware how much the bright vision of Clara had been
associated with all the delights of the present—all the glorious
anticipations of the unattained future! Not till now
was I aware, that since the first hour of our meeting, she
had been inseparably mingled with my every enjoyment.
In short, not till now was I aware what a deep, firm, rooted

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

hold she had taken upon my heart, which gives its own peculiar
hue to every object. True, I had acknowledged to
myself that I loved her; yet not till I found that love hopeless,
had I been aware of the real strength of my passion.
True again, I had never looked upon her as absolutely mine—
for I knew too little of her, and she of me, to warrant any
such conclusion; yet less, I must confess, had I ever for a
moment harbored the idea that she might be another's.
But now the last startling truth stared me in the face.
Yes, the dream was over—she could never be mine. And
yet did she not love me? She did not love my rival, I felt
certain; and when I recalled to mind a thousand little
things—in themselves nothing, yet passing signs of the
drift of feeling—I could not but flatter myself that,
whatever might be her fate or mine, I should not readily
be forgotten.

Something evidently preyed upon the mind of Clara, and
I somehow felt that I was connected with her sorrow. Had
she rashly promised her hand to Warncliff? and did she
now regret it, and yet fear to make it known? Or had this
inconsiderate step been forced upon her by the entreaties—
it might be commands—of those she feared to disobey, and
who were governed solely by worldly motives? Yes, something
had evidently gone wrong, around which her peculiar
conduct had thrown an air of mystery that perplexed me in
more senses than one.

But much as I took this mystery to heart, I had no idea
of making any attempt to satisfy my curiosity, by inquiring
into the real facts of the matter. No! she could never be
any thing to me—her own lips had said it—there was no
hope—and it only remained for me to go forth and endeavor
to forget that we had met. This I felt I could
never do; but I could depart from her fair presence; and
this I resolved to do at the earliest moment that would

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

allow of my taking leave without giving room for any speculations
as to the cause.

With these, and many other like reflections, I worried
myself to sleep—little dreaming, in the vanity of human
calculations, what the eventful morrow had in store for me.
It is well for us that we know not what a day may bring forth.

-- 042 --

p464-051 CHAPTER IV. A RIDE AND A QUARREL.

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

When I awoke on the following morning, the sun was
pouring a golden flood of light into my chamber. I arose
in some haste, for I had slept later than I intended; and
at the same moment my faithful Tom made his appearance,
and placed in my hand a slip of paper, on which was traced,
with a pencil, as follows:

“Pardon my seeming uncourteousness of last night! I
was agitated, and troubled, but not without cause. After
what has already passed between us, I think it no more
than right that I should, to some extent, give you the explanation
you desired. This cannot be done in the presence
of a third party; and I must entreat you not to mention
aught of last night's interview to any one! Destroy this
as soon as read!

“C. M.'

I perused this note some two or three times, with emotions
of delight beyond my power to describe. Clara wished to
give me an explanation in private; and if I augured more
from this than was actually set down in black and white, it
is nothing I think to be wondered at, considering that I was
in some sort a lover, and of a rather sanguine temperament.
I hardly need say, that the injunction to destroy the note
as soon as read, was not complied with. With the usual
extravagance of one in my situation, I pressed it a dozen
times to my lips, and then carefully hid it away as near my
heart as was convenient. On turning to Tom, who had

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

been eying me the while, I fancied I saw a merry twinkle
in his eye, and a suppressed smile on his ebony countenance.

“What are you grinning at?” I demanded.

“I's not grinning, Massa Hal, dat I knows on,” answered
the black, looking very serious.

“Who gave you this note?”

“De young Missus Clara.”

“Did she give you any message with it?”

“She say, `Tom, you gib dat to your massa, and don't
you let nobody else see it;' and den she slipped dis into my
hand;” and Tom exhibited a silver coin.

I expected to meet Clara at the breakfast table—but I
was disappointed. She did not make her appearance, and
Mary informed me that she was slightly indisposed.
After the meal was over, I went out with Walter, and took
a stroll around the town, with which I was much pleased—
though, being situated upon a low lying prairie, the climate
is not very salubrious. Toward noon, as we were on our
return, we met Warncliff. He bowed coldly to me, and I
returned his salutation as coldly. He then drew Walter
aside, and spoke hurriedly to him in a low tone.

“I cannot,” I heard Walter say; “Mr. Walton is my
guest, and it would be ungentlemanly to leave him.”

“But perhaps he would accompany us?” suggested the
other.

“No! no!” returned Walter, quickly; and then lowering
his voice, he added something I did not overhear.

Both now conversed in low tones for a few moments,
and then I heard Warncliff say:

“Leave it to me.”

He then turned to me, and with much formal politeness
said:

“Not aware that Mr. Moreland was otherwise engaged,
I this morning made an engagement for him to meet a

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

few choice friends, who will be much disappointed if he
does not come. Would you be so good as to excuse him
for a few hours?—or, if you prefer it, honor us with your
company?”

“Oh, I will excuse him, most certainly,” I answered,
with a stiff bow.

“You will not be offended?” said Walter coming
forward and taking my hand. “You see how it is—the
engagement has been made for me, unknown to myself.”

“Give yourself no uneasiness on my account,” I replied,
with cordiality. “I will return and have a little chat
with your sister.”

I did not say which; but the look which Warncliff bestowed
upon me, seemed to imply that he at least thought
of only one. His eyes flashed, his lips compressed, and
an angry flush passed over his features, leaving them very
pale. I was satisfied I had roused his jealousy; and this
being exactly the result I intended, I bowed, with a meaning
smile, and walked slowly away.

On arriving at the house, I met Colonel Moreland
coming down the steps.

“Ha! in good time—where is Walter?” he said.

“We were met by Mr. Warncliff, who said he had made
an engagement for him, and the two went away together.”

“This is unlucky,” he returned, musingly. And then,
after a pause, he added: “By-the-by, perhaps I could
count on you to do me a favor?”

“Certainly, Colonel—any thing in my power.”

“Thank you! The fact is, you see, my brother's
widow—the mother of Tom, whom you chanced to see die—
has been taken suddenly ill, and has sent word that she
must see Clara immediately. Now that neither Walter
nor Warncliff are here, there is no one to escort her but
myself; and I have some important business to attend to,

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

and cannot well spare the time. Now if you would be so
kind—Are you fond of riding horseback?”

“It is one of my favorite pastimes, Colonel.”

“Well, then, if you will be so kind as to accompany her
on horseback, you will lay me under an obligation.”

“It will afford me great pleasure,” I answered, scarcely
able, for very joy, to keep myself calm.

“Clara might venture alone,” pursued the Colonel;
“but as the nearest way to the widow's residence lies
across a prairie, I should feel better satisfied to have some
one with her.”

“Nothing will afford me more delight than such a
ride,” I rejoined. “What is the distance?”

“About ten miles across the prairie—but nearly twice
as far round by the road. Clara knows the way—so you
have nothing to do but keep her company. Come! come
in and take a lunch—for I shall not let you stay to dinner.
Cato, (to a house servant) go and tell Mingo to saddle the
gray for Miss Clara, and the sorrel for Mr. Walton, and
bring them round to the door here immediately. And hark
you, boy! if Mingo is not at the stable, put the saddles on
yourself. Away with ye! and don't let the grass grow
under your feet.”

Saying this, he led the way into the house, and ordered
some refreshments to be served without delay. Just as he
had done giving these directions, Clara entered the room,
looking very pale, but more lovely I thought than ever.
A slight flush mantled her features as she saluted me—
but ere she had time for further speech, her father exclaimed:

“Away, Clara, and don your riding dress! Mr. Walton
has kindly consented to accompany you: Walter has not
returned. Come! away with you! for your aunt may die

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

ere you get there—something tells me she is not long for
this world.”

Clara blushed still deeper, as her father made this announcement;
and turning quickly away, she left the room.

“So you are going to run away with Clara, eh?” cried
Mary, bouncing into the room, with a roguish twinkle in
her black eyes. “Take care you bring her back safe, Mr.
Walton, or it will not be well for you to show me your
face again!”

“I shall certainly endeavor to do so,” I answered, with
a laugh.

“I wish I were going. Papa—”

You will stay,” said her father, peremptorily.

“Always the way,” muttered Mary, pouting her pretty
lips, as the Colonel quitted the apartment. “If there is
the least chance for a spice of romance, Clara goes, and I
am carefully housed. Never mind!” she pursued, tossing
her head and shaking her raven curls; “I shall not
always be in leading strings, and then let them bridle me
who can. Now mind!” she continued, with an arch look,
holding up her finger: “don't you run away with Clara,
nor steal her affections! do you hear?”

“Away with you, Miss Impertinence!” cried the Colonel,
at this moment returning. “I trust Mr. Walton is a
gentleman; and if so, it will be enough for him to know
that the hand of Clara is already engaged. The lunch is
ready, sir—this way.”

I was glad to escape from what I was just beginning to
feel a rather embarrassing situation. After a hasty meal,
I made some change in my dress, secured my pistols about
my person, and informed Tom whither I was going. By
the time I had done this, the horses were at the door, and
Clara, in a riding habit, stood ready to mount. I assisted
her into the saddle, with emotions I shall not pretend to

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

describe. I had never seen her look so charming as now,
as she sat erect on her gallant gray—the plume of her
riding-cap sweeping down so as to mingle with her sunny
curls—her eyes sparkling, and her pale features growing
animated with that sort of enthusiastic rapture which the
true lover of the equestrian art ever feels when well
mounted. I was soon by her side; and waving a cheerful
adieu to the father, mother and sister of my companion,
who were watching our departure, we rode slowly down
the avenue to the gate opening upon the street.
Suddenly, I knew not why, I felt a cold shudder pass
through my frame; and, for a moment or two, a sense
as of some heavy calamity oppressed me, and fairly made
my heart sink. At the same moment Clara turned her
head to look back; and as I thus caught a full view of
her features, I was struck with their deathly pallor, and a
certain expression of wildness and alarm which they displayed.
Could it be that we both had a presentiment of
coming evil? that a dark cloud of the future was lowering
over our heads, invisible to all but our spiritual eyes?

“What is the matter?” I inquired of my fair companion.

“Nothing! nothing!” she said, hurriedly; and giving her
horse a smart cut with her riding whip, she rode quickly
forward to the street, and then moderated her pace.

This street led out of town in a northerly direction; and
as this was our course, we did not turn out of it. We had
advanced along it some two hundred yards perhaps,
and I had my eye on a beautiful prospect away to the
left, when I heard a voice, not unfamiliar to me, exclaim:

“Whither bound, my pretty runaway?”

I turned my head quickly, and beheld the object of my
dislike, Willard Warncliff, in the act of putting his hand
upon Clara's bridle-rein.

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

“Do not detain me!” she said, hurriedly, with considerable
agitation, as he stopped her horse. “I am on
my way to visit my aunt, who has suddenly been taken ill
and sent for me.”

“Methinks I am the proper person to escort you
thither,” he replied, with marked emphasis on the
pronoun, glancing somewhat fiercely toward me.

Clara looked frightened, and I felt my blood boil—
though, by a great effort, I controlled my temper, so as to
rejoin, in a cold, quiet tone:

“As you and Walter had a pressing engagement on
hand, and were not present, Colonel Moreland assigned the
pleasure of escorting Miss Moreland to her destination, to
your most humble servant.”

“But I am present now, sir,” he replied; “and, with
your good leave, I will take the trouble off of your hands.”

“Will you be so good, my dear sir, as to inform me to
what trouble you allude?” I inquired, with mock politeness.

He colored to the temples, and his eyes flashed fire.

“In short,” he rejoined, “I will take your place by my
affianced bride.”

“In short, you will do no such thing,” said I, “unless
Miss Moreland particularly desires it.”

“Which she does, of course,” he said, appealing to
Clara.

“Where is Walter?” she inquired, a good deal agitated,
and apparently somewhat alarmed.

“He is with some friends, not far off,” replied Warncliff.
“I chanced to espy you coming up the street, and left him
to speak to you: I can call him if you wish.”

“It were a pity to withdraw you both from your friends
at the same time,” I interposed; “and therefore, in case

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

you do call Walter, perhaps you had better take his
place.”

“I was not addressing my conversation to you, Sir
Insolence!” cried Warncliff, almost beside himself with rage—
at the same time giving me a look, which, had looks the
power to destroy, this narrative had never been penned.

“It is a matter of indifference to me to whom you were
speaking,” I rejoined, carelessly.

“Say you so, sir!” began Warncliff—but was interrupted
by Clara, with:

“Come, come, gentlemen—no quarrelling!”

“Your presence, Miss Clara, will protect him now,” he
replied; “but,” and he looked fiercely at me, “we shall
meet again.”

“I hope not,” I returned, “for I dislike to meet any
but gentlemen.”

“How, sir! do you—”

“Come, come, Willard,” cried Clara, now really
alarmed; “for my sake, retire, and let there be no more
words between you! Go, Willard—you are detaining
me; and my aunt, for what I know, may be dying.”

“Shall I take his place?” inquired Warncliff, sullenly.

“No, no! I would not so insult him.”

“Indeed!” sneered the other: “Umph!”

“Come, Willard, let go my bridle-rein!” said Clara,
coaxingly, in a tremulous tone.

To this request Warncliff gave no heed; but first looked
fixedly at her, and then fastened his eye on me, with an
insolent and most wicked expression. I felt that I had
borne about as much as my nature could stand; and quietly
taking Clara's riding-whip from her hand, I bade him
let go his hold or take the consequences. As he did not
seem inclined to move, I raised the whip, with the

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

rapidity of lightning, and struck him a blow across the hand
that brought the blood.

With a yell of demoniac rage and pain, he sprang back;
and at the same moment I started both horses forward,
upon a quick gallop. After riding a short distance, I
turned my head, and saw Warncliff still standing where we
left him, looking after us with one of the most fiendish
expressions of countenance I have ever seen. In his hand
he held something which I took to be a pistol. This he
raised and pointed toward me; and while I kept my eye
on him, expeeting every moment he would fire, he suddenly
wheeled on his heel and disappeared.

“Oh! Mr. Walton, what have you done?” said Clara to
me, in a tone of alarm, as we slackened the speed of our
horses about half-a-mile beyond the town.

“Nothing, I trust, offensive to you,” I replied—“or, if
so, I shall deeply regret it.”

“You have made Warncliff your mortal enemy, and I
fear he will revenge himself upon you in some terrible
manner.”

“Were I certain Miss Moreland only regretted this on
my account, I should rejoice at the danger which could
give me so much interest in her eyes,” I replied.

“Nay, this is folly,” she said, hurriedly. “My taking
an interest in your welfare would not advantage you in the
least; but, on the contrary, might raise you up enemies
where you least expect them.”

“I know not how that may be; but only tell me
your heart is mine, and I will unflinchingly brave all consequences,
even though the displeasure of your father be
one of them.”

“Ha! why do you mention the displeasure of my
father?” she returned, quickly: “have you and he spoken
together on this subject?”

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

I repeated what he had said concerning her hand being
engaged.

“Ah! yes,” she sighed—“on this point he is inexorable,
and will hold any one an enemy who seeks to counteract
his wishes.”

“It is then by his express command that you tolerate
the visits, or more especially the suit, of Warncliff?”

“I cannot deny it,” returned Clara, in a low tone.

“I fancied as much,” I rejoined; “for it is easily seen
you rather fear than love him.”

“But it was not always so,” she resumed. “Nay,
there was a time when he stood high in my esteem; but
of late, from some cause—” She paused, and hung her
head, and the color deepened on her lovely features—“In
short, I think I have seen that in his character which no
true woman would tolerate, and which no one would like
to perceive in him who is to be her partner for life.”

“Then, even at the risk of offending you again, I must
repeat my warning—beware how you perjure yourself
before God's holy altar! for when you there take upon
you the sacred vow—to love, honor and obey—will it not
be perjury?”

“But what am I to do?” she said, earnestly. “My
father's commands must be obeyed.”

“No parent's commands should be obeyed, when those
commands lead to dishonor,” I replied; “nor has any
parent a right to impose such commands upon a child. I
know that you love and respect your worthy father, and
my counsel to you in this matter may seem harsh; but
believe me, I speak for your own good, and with no selfish
motive—though you appeared to think otherwise last
night.”

“I was offended last night, I do not deny; for I then
felt that, for a stranger, you were taking unwarrantable

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

liberties; but after due reflection, I was forced to acknowledge
to myself that, if a little severe, you were just; and
thinking perhaps that I had wounded your feelings, and
that there could be no harm in giving you a fair statement
of how matters stand between Warneliff and myself, I this
morning sent you a note to this effect.”

“Which I received, Clara, with grateful emotions,” I
rejoined; “and without which I should never have presumed
to address you on this important subject again.
No, believing myself out of place at your father's house—
that my presence would prove rather an embarrassment
and annoyance to you than a pleasure—I had resolved to
take the first favorable opportunity of bidding you a final
farewell.”

“Would that we had never met!” murmured Clara,
drooping her head.

“As matters stand, it had doubtless been better for
both of us,” I rejoined. “Still, Clara, if you are willing
to look upon me as a friend, I will counsel you to the best
of my poor ability, and promise you not to say aught to
you which I might not with propriety say were you
already wedded.”

“Oh, say you so?” cried Clara, joyfully. “Thanks,
sir! thanks! your words relieve me of a weight of embarrassment.
Now I feel I can speak to you as to a friend
who will not abuse my confidence. The truth is, my approaching
nuptials with Warncliff give me great uneasiness—
but I know not how to avoid them, without offending
my father.”

“Would it not be well for you to go to him, and in
plain language tell him, that to obey his commands in
this respect would make you unhappy for life?”

Clara shook her head.

“You do not know him,” she said; “he likes not to

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

have his wishes thwarted, no matter from what cause.
He is self-willed; and once determined upon a thing, it
is almost impossible to change him. In this case, I am
certain he would remain inexorable, unless he himself
should find cause to take offence at Warncliff; and that
he is not likely to do; for the latter is one who, for selfinterest,
would sacrifice his right hand to please him.”

“And pray who is this Warncliff, that has so strong a
hold upon the regards of your father? and how has he
managed to work himself so deeply into his favor?”

“He is the son of an early friend of my father's, who
came to this country with him, and died here about six
years ago. The elder Warncliff had buried his wife a
year or two previous—so that Willard, an only child, was
left parentless on the demise of his father. The latter
left his son a small property, of which my father was
appointed trustee, until such time as Willard should attain
his majority, which took place about a year or so after
the death of his parent.

“I have said that the elder Warncliff and my father
were friends; and so warm is the attachment of my
father, that I verily believe he would willingly sacrifice
half his worldly possessions, rather than see one he calls
his friend suffer. On his death-bed, Warncliff said to my
father, that if agreeable to all parties, he should like
to have Willard and myself united; and my father promised
to do all in his power to bring about such a result.

“Well, to be brief, after the death of his father, Willard
became a daily visitor at our house, and was treated as
one of the family. Though much my elder, he ever
showed me so much deference, and took so much pains to
please me, that, though at first I was any thing but
partial to him, I came to like him exceedingly; and when,
a year or two after, my father one day took me into his

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

library, and informed me that he designed Willard as my
future husband, I did not object, but laughingly replied—

“ `Better him than a worse.'

“This I suppose my father communicated to Willard;
for a day or two after, he made me a formal proposal;
which I, girl-like, thoughtlessly accepted; though he
stipulated that the wedding-day should be distant, and of
my own fixing.

“Time wore on; and the more I saw of Willard, the
less I really liked him; till at last I began to look upon
a closer connection with him with a feeling akin to abhorrence.

“He came not so regularly now as formerly to our
house. Sometimes I would not see him for a month; and
when I did see him, methought I could detect traces of
recent dissipation. He gave out that he was speculating
in lands beyond the Brazos, which kept him much away;
and certainly his style of living when here, indicated an
income he could never have derived from the small property
left him by his father.

“At present he is stopping at the most expensive
hotel, has two servants and a span of horses, and spends
money with an extravagance that would soon impoverish
a man of wealth. I do not know what to make of it;
but I have sometimes thought—that—perhaps—”

“His resources are not honestly gained,” rejoined I, as
Clara paused.

“Ay, even so,” replied Clara—“though I did not like
to say it.”

“Fear nothing from me, Clara—your words will not be
repeated.”

“I believe you,” she said, the color deepening on her
fair features; “and to show you how much you possess
my confidence, I now assure you that I have never

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

breathed these suspicions to a soul besides yourself—nor
would I dare do so, unless I had substantial proofs to support
them.”

“From my heart, Clara, I thank you for your confidence,”
I replied, with very peculiar emotions; and it was
with difficulty I could restrain myself from saying more:
but I remembered my promise, and withheld the warmer
expressions that rose to my lips. “Yes,” pursued I,
recurring to the main subject, “I do not think Willard
Warncliff any too honest; indeed, I believe him unprincipled,
and one that would scarcely scruple at any thing
necessary to the accomplishment of any purpose he may
have in view; therefore, as to one standing on a fearful
precipice, do I cry, beware! draw back! ere you take the
leap from which you can never recover. Nor do I say this,
Clara, with any selfish motive; but, as I know my heart,
purely for your own good, and as I would warn you from
any other danger. No, Clara, you have my promise that
I will say nothing to you which I might not with propriety
say were you already married; and to this I will now
add, that were you to freely offer me your hand, I would
not accept it without your father's consent; and as this,
according to your own showing, would not be likely to be
obtained for one who had thwarted his wishes in a matter
of so great a consequence as the disposal of your hand, you
will readily see what little prospect there is of my ever
having further claim on you than that which is accorded
to disinterested friendship: hence, I pray you, if you
value my counsel at all, let it join with your own honest
convictions, and prove powerful enough to save you from
irretrievable ruin and hopeless misery!”

“But what am I to do?” said Clara, dejectedly.

“Reject him! Tell him you have studied your heart,

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

and find you cannot love him, and that your hand can
only go with your heart.”

“But my father?”

“He may be angry at first; but far better brave his
anger, than perjure yourself before God, and endure a
wretched existence, by being irrevocably bound to one
you fear, and perhaps abhor.”

“Oh! I know not what to do!” groaned Clara, her fair
features expressing great mental suffering. “Yes, I do
fear him, and I tremble at the thought of telling him that
I can never be his. But it must be so!” she said, more
firmly; “and the sooner perhaps the better; for marry
him I have now resolved I never will. I dread the storm
that will follow—but better brave that than do worse.
And he is so pressing of late—so urgent for me to name
the day!”

“Ha! he urges you to name the day, does he?” cried
I. “So-so! perhaps the gentleman finds his funds running
low?”

“Ha!” exclaimed Clara, quickly; and she turned and
looked me full in the face, with the expression of one suddenly
struck with a new idea. “Yes! yes!” she continued:
“I see it now! I think you are right; for on the
day he marries me, he gets ten thousand dollars, already
set aside as my marriage portion. Ah me! what an
abyss have I escaped! and this escape I owe to you; for
without the advice of some friend, warning me back, I
fear I should have yielded to the force of circumstances,
and gone forward to my doom. But as you, like myself,
suspect his honesty—pray tell me in what way you think
him dishonest?”

“I know nothing, of course; but I strongly suspect
him of being a professional gambler, for one thing.”

“Good heavens!” cried Clara, much startled at the

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

suggestion; “and Walter is his associate! Perhaps he
is already winding the snares of hell around him! They
were always very intimate,” she added, musingly.

I remembered the almost startling vehemence with which
Walter had adjured me never to gamble again—recalled
the engagement of the morning, and the earnestness of his
manner in replying to Warncliff, that I must not accompany
them—and thought it more than probable that the
fears of Clara had too good a foundation.

“But Walter has been absent a couple of years,” I
replied—“so that Warncliff has had no chance to corrupt
him of late.”

“True,” rejoined Clara—“nor shall he now have an
opportunity, if I can prevent it.”

“You will have to be very cautious in what you do,”
said I.

“If I only had proof that Warncliff does gamble!” she
rejoined, thoughtfully.

“How would it do to ask Walter the question, in plain,
bold terms?” I suggested.

“I will try it,” she replied; “and if he deceives me, it
will be the first time.” Then, after a pause, she continued:
“I am sorry you struck Warncliff—for now you
will be exposed to his insults and the censure of others.”

“I should have been less than a man,” I rejoined,
“could I have stood quietly by and seen you plead in vain
for your liberty. So far as it gives you uneasiness, Clara,
I regret having struck him—but no farther. As to his
insults, and the censure of others, I care not a farthing
for them.”

“He will force a quarrel on you, I fear,” she rejoined;
“or, what is worse, take secret revenge. Good heavens!
perhaps he will challenge you!”

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

“Well, if he can prove himself a gentleman, I will give
him satisfaction.”

“Oh! no! no! no!” cried Clara; “you must not
fight! for you would be killed, and he would triumph.
Oh! promise me you will not fight him!”

“I would rather not make any such promise—but I will
try and avoid him, for the sake of all parties, and take
my departure as soon as I can after our return.”

“What! will you then leave us so soon?”

“You see the alternative.”

At this moment Clara looked quickly around, drew in
her horse, and exclaimed:

“Ha! where are we? I have been so much engaged
talking, and thinking, I fear I have missed my way.”

-- 059 --

p464-068 CHAPTER V. LOST ON THE PRAIRIE.

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

We had followed the road, and were now about two
miles beyond the town, on an open prairie, which, in a
northerly and westerly direction, extended for miles,
occasionally relieved here and there by what I may term
an open wood, or a kind of grove clear of underbrush.
To reach the residence of Clara's aunt by the nearest way,
we should, according to her account, have turned off to
the left, about a mile back, and made a bee line for a
certain cluster of trees, which, some half a dozen in
number, surrounded a clear spring of cold water, and were
distant about three miles.

“But it does not matter riding back,” she said; “I
think I see the spot from here; so we will set off
across the plain; and at a little quicker pace, too—for I
had almost forgotten the illness of my aunt.”

We did so accordingly—galloping over a smooth,
luxuriant prairie, where the wild flowers, of rainbow hues,
vied with each other in beauty, as they rose above the
green, velvet-like turf. As Clara was to be guide, I rode
by her side, without asking any questions concerning
the way, but occasionally conversing with her on other
matters. I had noticed a clump of trees on leaving the
road, toward which we were directing our steps; and supposing
that Clara knew the direct route to our destination,
and that we were now going right, I thought nothing
more about it. In something less than an hour, we found

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

ourselves near the grove; when Clara, giving a quick,
eager glance toward the trees, exclaimed:

“Ha! I have made a mistake!—this is not the spring!”

“Well, that can matter but little,” I replied, “if we
have kept the proper direction.”

“I fear we have not,” she said, quickly; “and a slight
variation would take us far out of our way.”

We rode up to the grove, which was on slightly rising
ground, and consisted of numerous trees, clear of underbrush,
standing in orchard-like regularity, and covering a
space of a hundred yards in length by fifty in breadth.
The ground here was moist, and the vegetation rank—the
grass, still green, coming nearly to our stirrups—though
there was no regular spring. I have rarely seen a grove
so beautiful, even when nature has been aided by art.
Here, side by side, grew the ash, the cypress, the sycamore,
and the oak, in majestic beauty—their numerous
branches interlocking, as if in a fraternal embrace—and
their different-hued foliage commingling in picturesque
harmony. Vines were twined around the huge trunks of
some; and some three or four were draped with the
Spanish, or long moss; which, of a dark silver gray color,
drooped over them like a veil; and, partially concealing
their foliage, gave them a solemn, sombre, funereal aspect.
This curious vegetation, I believe, is peculiar to Texas—at
least I have seen it nowhere else; and somehow it always
reminded me of a beautiful woman in mourning—it has
something so attractive and sad in its appearance. It is
much seen on the bottom lands, near the large rivers, but
seldom in other places.

We stopped our horses in the shade; and the soft
breeze, as it stole through the leafy arches, and fanned our
brows, felt delightfully refreshing; for, although October,
we had found it very warm riding in the noonday sun.

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

“How beautiful!” I exclaimed, as I glanced around the
grove, and then ran my eye over the flowery plain, which
stretched away on every hand for miles, and, in one or
two directions, extended beyond my range of vision,
apparently bounded by the blue horizon.

“Yes, it is very beautiful,” replied my fair companion,
with an anxious look; “but I can scarcely enjoy the
scene, for fear I have lost my way.”

“I think you need give yourself no uneasiness,” I
replied; “for surely, in this short distance, we cannot have
varied much from our proper course.”

“Enough, at least, to perplex me,” she rejoined; “for,
having varied from the right path at all, I know not how
to regain it.”

“Nothing is easier: we have only to retrace our steps
and try again.”

“But think of the delay! and I am so anxious to reach
my aunt's.”

“Well, as you know the point of compass, I think it
would be risking very little to go forward as we have
begun.”

“Let me see!” said Clara, thoughtfully. “From the
spring, I should shape my course in this direction (pointing
with her finger); and that would take me to a woodland,
about five miles distant, near which is a little knoll,
from the summit of which can be seen the village where
my aunt resides. Now yonder is a woodland, which, in
appearance, and that of the country round—distance, too,
considered—I think must be the point I wish to reach.”

“From your description, I should judge so,” I replied.

“We will ride forward to it on a venture,” she rejoined;
“for I dislike the idea of turning back.”

We accordingly set off again, at a fast canter; but it
was an hour, at least, before we reached the woodland—

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

proving that the distance was greater than Clara had
calculated on. When we did reach it, it was only to be
sadly disappointed—for it was not the spot of which she
was in search. She looked alarmed.

“Good heavens!” she cried: “now, in truth, I fear we
are lost!”

“Not so!” I replied—“for it is easy to find our way
back.”

“Well, that seems the only course left us: but only
think what a loss of time!—and our horses will be completely
fatigued: see how they pant now:—we must have
come ten miles, at least.”

“But surely,” I pursued, “it must be needless to go
back; we cannot be far from the right course; yonder is
another woodland—perhaps that is the one we seek.”

After some further discussion, we decided to ride forward
to the spot I pointed out; and, if still wrong, we
would retrace our steps. It was about three miles distant,
and we reached it in less than half an hour—but it
was not the place we sought.

There seemed nothing better to be done now, than to
turn back and go the ground all over again; and reluctantly,
dispiritedly, we began the task.

But, for some reason—perhaps because we had got a
little bewildered in our repeated efforts to get right—and
perhaps, too, because these numerous groves, dotting the
broad prairie as islands do the sea, have such a striking
resemblance to each other at a distance—we even failed to
keep our course back, but strayed off to spots we had not
before visited; and in less than two hours after setting
out on our return, we were as much lost as if we had been
in a wilderness a hundred miles from human habitation.

The first sensation of being lost on a prairie, or in a forest,
is terrible; and, if any thing, this terribleness I think

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

increases, as time passes, and you find every effort to extricate
yourself from your awful situation prove unavailing.
That feeling of helplessness, loneliness, utter desolation and
despair, which succeeds each vain attempt to right yourself,
will make the stoutest heart quail, the strongest nerve
quake. Death stares you in the face, if you dare to look
into the future—and death in its most grim and ghastly
and hideous form! Death is appalling at all times—for
nature instinctively shrinks back from it; but even death
has its degrees of terror; and one of the most striking is
that which comes in the form of starvation—afar from the
sound of a human voice—afar from all that can give you
a faint hope of rescue. The thought of dying alone—
without one consoling word, one sympathetic look, one
parting adieu from those you love—and to know that your
fate will ever remain unknown, an agonizing mystery to
your friends—that your flesh will become food for ravenous
beasts, and your bones will be left to whiten in the
desert,—the thought of all this, I say, will make your
frame quiver, and your blood almost curdle in your veins.
And then, as you shudderingly contemplate this vision of
horror, to have the phantom of bloody violence step in
before it, and seem to warn you not to count on even these
brief hours—or, in other words, to reflect that long before
exhausted nature may loose her hold on your immortal
spirit, the teeth of some prowling beast may suddenly despatch
you over the fatal bourne—in no degree softens the
aspect of the frightful picture. And if to all this be added
the like doom for another, whom you prize even beyond
life itself—and to save whom, from the fate described, you
would almost willingly undergo it alone—the case becomes
one of mental anxiety almost beyond the strength of reason
to bear.

Oh! man—alone on the prairie, in the forest, or on the

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

ocean—surrounded only by the works of the Almighty
hand—what is he? He who elsewhere boasts of knowledge,
of greatness, of power—what is he here? How
small, how infinitesimally small, does he now appear unto
himself! and how insignificant, when compared with the
vastness of all around him! He beholds nothing but the
works of Almighty God; and feels that his own knowledge,
however great, is not even as a shadow to a substance to
that which could construct Nature and fix her eternal
laws; that his greatness is a nothing in infinite space;
that his power is less, far less, than the weight of an atom
to a universe. And yet this same man, in another place,
and under other circumstances, dares, it may be, through
infatuated conceit, to argue against the perfection of creation—
to impiously question the wisdom and justice of
the God who made him! Oh, folly! human folly! the
glaring exhibition of the frailty of the lowest order of
being made in the image of Jehovah!

Such were some of my reflections, as, with my half-distracted
companion, I dashed over the prairie, from place
to place, under the terrible sensation of being really lost.

But though much alarmed, my fears had not yet reached
that point at which hope takes flight and leaves one to
despair. No! I felt we were lost; but I doubted not we
should ultimately find the road, of which we were now in
quest, and be able to gain the home of Clara in safety.

And why we had not yet found it, is a mystery, which,
to this day, I am unable to solve. Surely, we had ridden
far enough, and more than far enough, to have reached it,
even allowing for the variation of several points from the
course pursued on leaving it. Could it be possible that we
had touched on some of the very woodlands we were seeking,
without recognizing them? It might be so; for when
one has become bewildered about his way, places the most

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

familiar have such a different appearance that he knows
them not.

When we first turned back to retrace our steps, so confident
was I of going right, that I would have wagered my
life against a trifle that I would not vary twenty paces
from striking the road where we left it. And yet hours
had passed since then, more miles had been gone over than
we had first traversed, and now I knew not where we were.
Our animals, too, were fatigued; and Clara was so frightened,
that it taxed all my powers of reasoning to keep up
her spirits so as to enable her to sit her horse. As if to
make matters still worse, the sun, which had all along
shone out bright and clear, now became obscured by
clouds, which floated up from the west, and I no longer
had even that guide to tell me what direction I was pursuing.

At length we reached a woodland, larger than any we
had before seen, which, gradually rising above the prairie
around it, sloped off to the westward, with a small purling
stream of pure water meandering through the centre. This
woodland was about a mile in length; and on leaving it,
the brook pursued its course through a slight valley, where,
in the loamy soil, it had cut a channel for itself some
twenty feet in depth. Fatigued and disheartened, we halted
under the trees, and for a brief time silently gazed
upon each other. Clara, pale and frightened, was the first
to break the silence. Wringing her hands, in the agony
of despair, she exclaimed:

“Oh! Mr. Walton, what is to be done now? We are
lost! we are lost! and may never behold our friends
again. Oh, merciful God, protect us!”

“Do not despair!” I said, assuming a cheerful tone,
though in truth my heart almost died within me. “We

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

shall certainly be able to find some habitation, if we
pursue any one course far enough.”

“And how long think you our horses will hold out,
without rest and refreshment?” she returned. “See how
they droop now!”

“Rest and refreshment they must have,” I replied;
“and what better place for both than this? Here is grass
in abundance, and here is water; let us dismount and give
them an hour to graze—by that time they will be able to
bear us many a mile with ease.”

“But an hour will bring us hard upon night,” said
Clara; “and oh! what will become of us then?” and she
fell to weeping bitterly.

I endeavored to tranquilize her—but for a long time
without success. At last she grew calm; but it seemed
the calmness of despair, rather than hope. I assisted her
to dismount, and seated her under a large oak, near which
a spring bubbled up clear, cold water. Having watered
the horses and turned them loose, I constructed a sort of
cup, of fresh leaves, and gave Clara to drink.

“Would to Heaven,” I said, as I handed it to her, “I
could give you to eat also! but unfortunately we took no
food with us.”

“Starvation!” returned Clara, looking wildly into my
face: “Starvation! yes, that is it—that will be our doom!
Oh, Heaven! what a fate!”

“Nay, Clara, do not make matters appear worse than
they are,” I rejoined; “for I pledge you my solemn word,
I can supply you with food for a month, should such a
thing be necessary, though it may not be so palatable as
I could wish.”

“How?” she cried—“how can you get food here?”

“I have my pistols with me, and can shoot game when
it comes near enough.”

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

“Then you think it will be a month ere we find our way
back to my father's?” she pursued, in the same wild
manner.

“No, I think no such thing, Clara—for I trust you will
see your father ere to-morrow night.”

“To-morrow night!” she repeated, slowly: “to-morrow
night!” And then quickly: “But to-night? what of
to-night?”

“Why, unless we are so fortunate as to find some habitation
soon, I fear we shall be obliged to pass it in the
open air.”

“Oh! good heavens!” almost shrieked Clara, as if the
idea had struck her for the first time: “we shall be torn
to death, and devoured by wild beasts!”

“No! I will build a fire and keep them off—you shall
sleep as securely as in your father's mansion.”

“Sleep?” she repeated: “why mention sleep to me?
Think you I can sleep with the doom of death impending
over me? Oh, great Heaven, what will become of us?
what will become of us?”

I saw my fair companion was gradually getting more
and more nervous; and unless I could rouse her from the
weight of despair that was settling down upon her, I
feared the loss of reason might be one of the consequences.

“Clara,” said I, gravely and sternly, “you are the
daughter of a pioneer and soldier—but to hear you talk,
one would suppose the blood of a coward ran in your
veins.”

The effect produced by my words was what I had hoped
it would be. She quickly started to her feet, and with
glowing cheeks and flashing eyes, exclaimed:

“None but a coward would insult a lady unprotected
and in distress.”

“Nay, I meant not to insult you, Clara,” I replied;

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

“but you must yourself admit, that neither your language
nor your conduct, for the last three hours, has been
that of a heroine.”

“Indeed, sir! Well, you, I must say, have been
exceedingly courageous, considering there has been no
danger to try your nerves,” she returned, haughtily.

“Exactly, Miss Moreland; there has been no danger;
there is none to be apprehended; therefore your gloomy,
desponding words have been out of place.”

“Very well, sir! I will trouble you with them no
more.”

“Come, come,” I said, “we must not be angry with
each other. If I have said any thing to wound your feelings,
I can honestly avow I have done it with the best of
motives. In the way you were going on, you bade fair to
do yourself an injury, and I took this course to prevent
it.”

After some further conversation of a like nature, the
anger of Clara disappeared, leaving her far less despondent
than before. I no longer had any fear for her
reason.

“I know I am a foolish, timid girl,” she said; “I
always was; it is my nature, and I cannot help it; though
I have sometimes thought, that in the moment of real danger,
should such be my misfortune, I might perhaps show
more courage than one who has only known me under
other circumstances would naturally expect from me.”

“I doubt it not,” I replied; “for the bravest are not
always those who exhibit the most courage at the first
approach of peril; nor are the cowards always to be found
among those who tremble and turn pale at the first alarm.
But, honestly now, I see no good reason why we should
get frightened at our situation. True it is, we have lost
our way; and it is probable we shall have to undergo

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

much that is disagreeable—and, it may be, suffer some
hardships, ere we get back to Houston—to say nothing of
your disappointment in not seeing your aunt, and the
alarm that your friends will feel, if they by chance learn
of our mysterious disappearance: but beyond all this, I
have not much apprehension; and if we only had wherewithal
for a couple of meals, I think I could even pass the
night in tolerably good spirits.”

“For myself,” replied Clara, “I could not eat; and
were the most tempting viands now before me, I would
not taste a morsel. But what do you propose? what is
now to be done? The sun is not more than an hour and
a half above the horizon, and it behooves us to think about
preparing to pass the night.”

“Now, Clara, you speak to the point, in the right spirit;
and it gives me pleasure to see that you are likely to
adapt yourself to the circumstances without any vain repinings.
Since finding this stream, the idea has struck me that
it may be well to follow it. It will, I think, lead us to a
larger stream—perhaps the Brazos; and once that is
found, we are sure soon to reach some settlement where
we can procure food and a guide.”

“But suppose,” suggested Clara, “it should, instead,
lead us deeper into the wilderness, and further from
human habitations?”

“We must run our chance, of course; but I know of no
better plan, since I do not know the country at all.”

“Well, Mr. Walton, do as you think best—I leave it all
to you.”

This being settled, and having waited a sufficient time
to refresh our horses for another long ride, should we find
it necessary, I caught and bridled them, and we set off
down the bank of the little stream.

When we reached the open prairie—through which, as

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

I have said, the rivulet flowed in a deep channel—the sun
was within half an hour of setting. This I knew by my
watch—for the sun itself was so obscured by clouds, that
its position in the heavens was not discernible. These
clouds, though dark and thick, did not appear very humid;
but I thought them precursors of a storm; and I felt
deeply anxious to find some shelter, where Clara at least
could be protected from the rain.

For miles in the direction we were going, an open prairie
lay before us; but in the extreme distance we could
see the line of a forest, extending away to the right and
left as far as the eye could reach. Knowing that the bottom
lands of the large water courses were in general heavily
timbered, I now felt my spirits revived by the hope
that we might be approaching a river; and if so, I doubted
not we should soon discover some habitation.

Our anxiety therefore to reach the wood, ere night
should fairly set in, may readily be imagined—and we
urged our horses over the ground at their fastest pace.
But after putting miles between us and our last stopping
place, without seemingly drawing any nearer to the forest,
I became painfully aware in how great a degree I had miscalculated
the distance.

The truth was, we had first beheld this line of forest
from high ground—which sloped off so gradually in every
direction, that to us it appeared entirely level—and it
would have been no easy matter for any one to realize that
we stood more than a thousand feet above the objects at
which we were aiming: yet such was the fact.

Could we have passed over this portion of country under
pleasant circumstances, I should have been enraptured
with the scene. Although at a season of the year when
our northern forests put on the variegated hues of autumn;
and the flowers, that have charmed us through the heats

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

of summer, begin to fade and disappear; it seemed as if
Nature had just received the recuperative powers of gentle
Spring, and was charging every thing with a fresh new
life.

Never before had I seen so broad a field, so filled with
beautiful flowers. Millions on millions of every kind, of
every hue, spread over the teeming earth. Here were
dahlias of every color, from snowy white to dark crimson;
trumpet flowers of the three genera; geraniums, heartseases,
lupins, lilies, honey-suckles, anemones, jessamines,
golden rods, passion flowers, primroses, violets, ladies-slippers,
and many others of whose names I am ignorant.

The sun had now fairly set, and the shades of advancing
night were gradually stealing over the earth. Insects
began their evening songs, night-hawks rose and swooped
in the upper air, and bats flapped their wings around and
above us; while more than once the howl of some distant
wolf came floating on the breeze, causing our horses to
snort with fear, and Clara to ride closer to my side, with
maidenly timidity.

Although the moon was at the full, I knew that the
dark clouds, which now stretched across the heavens from
west to east, would render her light very feeble; and as I
contemplated the long stretch of plain before us, ere we
could reach even the shelter of the woods, I began to regret
that we had quitted our last stopping place, where I
could at least have collected fuel for a fire while the light
of day remained, and made other preparations for passing
the night with some degree of safety, if not comfort. For
a few minutes, I had serious thoughts of turning back; but
when I reflected that it would be dark before we could
reach the woodland, I thought we might as well continue
our course, and perhaps something better would turn up.

Accordingly we rode on at a fast gallop, keeping near

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

the bank of the stream, of which we had resolved not to
lose sight. Night now came on very fast; and to increase
our discomfort, it began to lighten in the west, and soon
after we could hear the faint rumble of distant thunder.

“Oh, it will be awful, if we have to pass the night ex
posed to the fury of a tempest!” cried Clara, in alarm.

“We may find a shelter,” was my only reply, as I
quickened the speed of our horses.

We had ridden perhaps a mile further—and perceived
with dismay the rapid advance of the storm, from whose
fury there seemed to be no means of escape—when, looking
away to the left, I fancied I saw a dark spot on the plain.
The light was too dim, and the distance too far, for me to
make out what it was; but thinking it might be a rock, a
tree, or a cluster of bushes, either of which might afford
some little protection, I determined to ride toward it. We
had not gone many rods in this direction, when (joy inex-
pressible!) from the centre of this dark object we beheld
the faint gleam of a light.

“Thank God!” I exclaimed, rapturously, seizing the
hand of my fair companion—“we are at last drawing
near something human.”

Clara returned the pressure of my hand in silence, and
wept for very joy. A few minutes later we rode up to this
dark object, which we now discovered to be a bushy knoll,
in the centre of which stood a small hut or cabin, through
one of whose crannies streamed the light that had caught
my eye. What the interior of this singular structure,
standing thus isolated, might contain, I could form no
idea; but even if the abode of desperadoes, I thought it
better to throw ourselves on their hospitality, than bide
the perils of the night on the open plain.

I therefore hallooed at once; but getting no answer,
and hearing no movement within, I repeated my call; and

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

this meeting with a like success, I dismounted, and push-
ing through the bushes, applied my eye to a crevice.

I beheld a small apartment, containing nothing that
could be called furniture. A rough kind of a slab
bench or table stood before me, and on this was a horn
cup, half full of grease, from which projected a burning
wick. This was all I could distinctly make out; and
returning to Clara, who still sat on her horse, trembling
with hope and fear, I informed her what I had seen,
adding:

“I cannot conjecture what sort of a human being or
beings tenant this abode, nor whether we shall be welcome
or not; but under our circumstances, I think it best not
to be fastidious, nor to stand on ceremony. Come, let us
enter.”

Had there been any alternative less fearful than that
of passing the night on the prairie, Clara would have
embraced it; but as it was, she tremblingly alighted.

Fastening our horses to the bushes, I took her hand,
and we proceeded to the hut. The skin of a wild beast
hung at the entrance in place of a door; and pushing this
aside, I led the way into the interior, my companion fol-
lowing, her delicate frame quivering like an aspen.

-- 074 --

p464-083 CHAPTER VI. THE HERMIT.

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

THE wretched hovel we had thus entered unbidden, con-
tained at the moment no person but ourselves. It was a
miserable affair indeed—being constructed of sticks and
turf, and built against a large rock, which formed one of
its sides. In two or three places the turf of the walls had
crumbled away, forming those crannies through one of
which we had seen the light. There was no chimney, and
no outlet besides the door.

The bushes surrounding this singular structure had been
left untouched; and they grew so high and so close, that
one might have ridden past in broad daylight, without dis-
covering the shanty at all, or even suspecting that nature
was not sole master of the ground.

The interior was in keeping with all the rest. Besides
the slab table and its primitive lamp, there were a couple
of three-legged stools, a box, a kettle, a gourd, and on
some wooden pegs hung a few coarse garments; while in
one corner was a litter of dried grass, which probably
formed the bed of its strange occupant.

But who could this occupant be? and why did he or
she live thus isolated? Doubtless some anchorite, I
thought, who, having renounced the world, and wishing
never more to commune with the human race, had secreted
himself on our approach, to remain hidden till our
departure.

I communicated this idea to Clara, who, as she

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

glanced timidly around, exclaimed, in a low, nervous
tone:

“I shall thank Heaven if the owner of this abode turn
out to be nothing worse. Ha! hark!” she said, catching
hold of me, and trembling with terror. “I hear steps!—
some one comes!—oh, God! protect us!”

As she spoke, I heard a rustling of the bushes. Step-
ping in front of Clara, I drew one of my revolvers, and,
keeping it out of sight, faced the door, ready for peace or
strife, as the case might be.

At this moment the skin was thrust quickly aside, and
a flash of lightning, that almost blinded me, displayed the
outlines of a tall figure standing in the entrance. Then
came a crash of thunder, that made the ground quake
under me; and instinctively Clara threw her arms around
me, with a cry of terror. I grasped my weapon firmly,
and kept my eyes fixed on the stranger.

For a few moments he silently regarded us; and then,
as the roar of the thunder died away, he said, in a clear,
sonorous tone:

“Peace be between us!”

“Amen! with all my heart!” returned I.

The stranger then advanced into the room; but as he
came near the light, so that Clara could see him dis-
tinctly, she uttered another cry of fear, and clung still
closer to me, as if for protection.

Nor was I myself very favorably impressed with the
appearance of the stranger, as I surveyed him for a
moment by the dim light; and notwithstanding his peace-
ful language, I by no means felt disposed to throw aside
my weapons and regard him as a harmless friend.

In height he was not much short of six feet—thin and
gaunt—all bone and muscle. His face was long, pale,
and cadaverous; and his large, black eyes, which seemed

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

to roll restlessly in their hollow sockets, had a wild, un-
settled expression. Over the eyes were large, bushy
brows, with a broad, high forehead, which, compared with
the rest of the face, most of whose muscles were working
in some manner, seemed to remain in grave repose, as if
conscious it contained a master intellect. The nose was
long, of the Roman type, and the mouth very large, with
thick, projecting lips.

It was difficult to tell, after long and close study, what
were the predominant propensities of this singular being;
but it struck me, even at a cursory glance, that in him the
animal and the intellectual warred for the mastery; and
that in spite of reason and conscience, the former too
often obtained a temporary victory. It was not a face I
could wish near me under favorable circumstances, and I
felt I could now have dispensed with it without a regret.

Not the least singular part of this strange being was his
dress; and this, I think, had as much to do with the
fears of Clara, as the look he bestowed upon her. From
the neck to the knees reached a long, loose frock or gown,
made of bear-skin, dressed with the hair on, which was
worn outside. This had a belt around the waist, but was
without ornament or sleeves. A skull-cap of the same
material, which fitted close to the head, and concealed the
natural hair, if there were any, completed his attire. Not
a single other garment, that I could discover, had he on;
and his long, bony arms, hands and feet were entirely
bare.

In the belt around his waist was carelessly stuck a long
hunting knife, and this appeared to be his only weapon.
A large cup, which he placed on the table, containing
water, led me to infer that he had just returned from
filling it at the creek.

“Well,” he resumed, looking hard at both of us, but

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

letting his eyes wander over the trembling Clara, with an
expression I did not like—at the same time drawing in his
breath, something like a sigh, and puffing it out with the
sentence—“you have lost your way, I think.”

“And why do you think so?” I returned.

“Because you are here, when you should be elsewhere.
I cannot suppose you did me the honor to come here
expressly to see me.”

“You are right, sir; we have missed our way; and
shall be very thankful for any information that will enable
us to get back to our friends. We left Houston a little
before noon, to cross the prairie to a small village called
Centreville—but where we are now, neither of us have
any idea.”

“To the best of my knowledge,” replied the stranger,
“you are about thirty miles from Houston, and at least
twenty from the nearest settlement.”

“Strange, that we could so have missed our way!” I
rejoined. “But in what locality is the nearest settlement?”

“The nearest is on the Brazos, due west from here.”

“Too far to ride to-night,” I returned, “with our tired
horses—therefore we must claim hospitality of you.”

“I had rather you would ride on,” said the stranger,
gruffly. “I like not to associate with my kind.”

“Nor do I,” I replied, sharply, glancing at his costume
in a marked manner, “with such as make beasts of themselves,
in more senses than one; but in this world, I find,
persons have to put up sometimes with things that are
very disagreeable. Surely,” I continued, as the cabin
shook under another crash of thunder, and the rain began
to fall in torrents, “you would not be so inhospitable as
to ask us to leave in such a storm?”

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

“No,” he answered: “but the storm will not last long,
and there is a moon.”

“But our horses—”

“Oh! they will take us through,” cried Clara, eagerly,
who now spoke for the first time. “They will surely hold
out twenty miles: let us go!”

At the first sound of Clara's voice, our strange host
fixed his large, black eyes upon her; and an expression
came over his countenance that made me tremble—it was
so wild, so sinister, and partook so much of the baser
animal. His dark eye-balls assumed a reddish, fiery cast—
his nostrils expanded—his thick lips slightly parted—
and his whole frame seemed to tremble with brute passion,
partially suppressed.

At one moment I thought him about to spring upon the
speaker, and seek to rend her like a madman; and I took
care to so hold my revolver, that, in the event of such an
attempt, I could interpose effectually.

Fortunately, Clara did not notice his manner; and
when she ceased speaking, he pressed his hands to his
eyes, for a moment—a shudder ran through his frame—
and when I beheld his face again, it seemed more calm
and composed than at any time since his entrance.

“She says well,” he said; “instinct, if not reason,
should teach her to fear her worst enemy. She desires to
go and I pray to be delivered from temptation. I am a
curse to myself, a wo to my fellow man, and a living disgrace
to my name and race. There are times when a
child could lead me to humble myself before the Cross of
the Redeemer—and there are times when the arch-devil
of hell is not more of a demon than I.”

I gazed on this strange being as he spoke; and instinctively
I shrunk back as from a madman; while Clara

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

clung to me in speechless terror. The awful idea that he
was a maniac, began to chill my blood with horror.

He seemed to read my thoughts, as his large, black
eyes, in their hollow sockets, rolled slowly over my person
and fastened upon my face. A grim smile stole over his
features, and he resumed:

“You think me mad—but alas! you are mistaken.
Would to Heaven I were mad! for then I should not be
accountable for my deeds. But reason is here,” putting
his hand to his forehead; “and conscience here,” removing
it to his heart—“dooming me to unutterable
misery.

“You see me here, in this squalid place, afar from
human beings. I sought this spot to avoid my kind;
and with my own hands I built this hovel, where I
thought none would find me. And this I did, that I
might worship God in secret, do penance for my past
transgressions, and avoid temptation. You seem astonished,
as well you may be. It is not likely you ever
before gazed upon a wretch like me, or ever will again.
I hope not; for the old proverb, that `misery likes company,'
finds no hold in my heart.

“No,” he continued, sadly, “bad as I am, I wish mankind
well; and that I may do my kind no more wrong,
have I left the haunts of men, I trust forever. Would
you believe it, sir? I was well born, and well educated—
had once many friends and kindred, who looked upon me
with pride, and who even thought that I would be an
honor to my name. Alas! how little they knew me.
Passion—wild, uncontrollable passion—led me to destruction.
In an evil moment I—”

At this instant a crash of thunder interrupted his
speech. He started, and looking wildly around, exclaimed:

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

“You see the very elements would cut short a confession
from which you would shrink with horror! Thank
God! I have not made it!”

He seated himself, and burying his face in his hands,
rocked to and fro, muttering words to himself which I did
not understand.

“As soon as the storm is over, Clara, we will go,” I
said, in a low tone, to my fair companion—“for I would
rather trust myself alone on the plain, than here, in such
company.”

“Oh! yes, let us go—he terrifies me!” she answered,
still clinging to me, and keeping her eyes on the object of
her dread.

The lightning was now playing around us vividly—the
thunder rolled and crashed—and the rain, driven fiercely
by the blast, beat hard against our earthen tenement, and
soaking through the turf, or pouring through the crevices,
began to wet the ground under our feet. It was a dreary,
dismal scene within, and a fearful night without. I
thought of our horses, and felt very uneasy lest they
might break loose and leave ns, and thus sadly increase
the disagreeableness of our situation. I dared not venture
out to them, and leave Clara alone with the stranger,
and I could not think of exposing her delicate frame to
the peltings of the storm.

At length it occurred to me that perhaps the stranger
would see to them, and I thus addressed him:

“Sir! you have said you are anxious we should leave
you! and the moment this storm is over we will do so,
provided our horses do not get away from us. I left them
fastened to the bushes—could I presume on your kindness
to see if they are still there?”

He raised his head, with an air of offended pride, and
replied, sharply:

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

“Am I a hostler, sirrah? Why go you not your
self?”

“Because of my companion, whom I neither wish to
leave nor take with me.”

“Ah! true,” he rejoined, softening his tone: “I understand.
Yes, I will go—for what care I for the storm?—
it will hardly spoil these garments;” and with a grim
smile he went out.

“Oh! let us begone from here, Mr. Walton—do!” cried
Clara, in a trembling tone, as the other disappeared.
“Heavens! what an awful being!—and how wicked he
looks at us!”

“Do not seem to fear him,” I replied; “and do not, in
reality, be alarmed. I have my weapons safe, and he
shall not harm you.”

In a few minutes the stranger returned.

“I have brought your horses to the door,” he said:
“they will be safer here: but do you not think they would
be better for a little corn?”

“If you have any for them, I will pay you well for it,”
said I.

“Pay!” he replied, again drawing himself up proudly.
“I keep no hostelry, sir! I give—I do not sell! Pay,
indeed! I would not touch your vile coin, that `root of all
evil,' except to cast it from me, and say, `Get thee
behind me, Satan!' ”

With this he approached the dried grass before mentioned
as serving for a bed, pushed it aside, raised a flat
stone, and from a small cavity thus disclosed, took out
several ears of corn. As he passed the slab-table, on his
way to the horses, he laid a couple of the ears upon it;
and on his return he pointed to them, with another grim
smile, and said:

“You see, my guests, your horses fare as well as your

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

host. This is my evening meal. Come, will you not join
me?”

I thanked him, but politely declined the tempting offer
of eating dried corn in the kernel.

“Perhaps you do not like the way in which it is served
up,” he resumed, with a touch of sarcastic humor; “but
Dame Nature has a way of her own in these matters; and
though it is generally believed that she succeeded in
pleasing our first parents, yet we moderns, having become
very fastidious, are continually devising means to make
improvements on what was before perfect, and tickle our
palates to our own detriment. Did man take things more
as Nature gives them to him, he would be longer lived, and
have less need of poisonous drugs.”

As he spoke, he raked off a large mouthful of the kernels
with his teeth, and began to chew them.

“And so,” said I, somewhat amused, and willing to
humor this singular being, “you think our food should be
devoured as Nature gives it to us?”

“Undoubtedly, in most cases,” he replied. “Do
animals prepare their food? and yet how seldom do you
see animals require medicine!”

“And would you have intellectual man do as the
brutes?”

“I would have him as wise as the brutes, sir, in the
matter of eating, so as to preserve his health. I am an
advocate, sir, for natural simplicity, in food and dress, as
you can perceive.”

“Yes,” returned I, “it is easily seen that art has but
little to do with your way of living. But though I were
certain, that, by following your example, I should add a
score of years to life, I do not think the temptation would
be sufficient to make me a disciple of your school.”

“No, you are like the generality of mankind—fond of

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

luxury, ease, and pleasure,” he rejoined, with something
like a sneer. “Go your way, sir, to destruction!—live a
quick life, and get a speedy death.”

As I made no reply to this, he proceeded to devour his
corn, washing it down with water from the cup, and
occasionally muttering to himself.

Having finished his meal, he laid his bare arms on the
table, and rested his face upon them. In this position he
remained for half an hour, I saying nothing to disturb his
reverie.

By this time the fury of the storm was spent; and
eager to get away, we began to move toward the door to
remount our horses. He heard our steps, I suppose; for
he started up rather quickly, saying:

“Are you going?”

“Yes,” I replied, “we are about to leave you, with
many thanks for your kindness, since you will accept of
nothing more substantial.”

“How beautiful!” he exclaimed, again fixing his gaze
on the terrified Clara, while the same wild, fiery expression
began to gleam from his dark eyes. “But go! go!” he
added, quickly: “take her from my sight!—deliver me
from temptation! In Heaven's name, go!”

Clara needed no further urging; and ere the words
were fairly out of his mouth, she had vanished through the
door-way—while I merely loitered a moment, to cover her
retreat.

Our hermit host, however, showed no disposition to
follow us; but resumed his seat at the table, the instant
Clara was out of sight.

Seeing this, I made any thing but a slow exit, not
knowing how soon some troublesome freak might seize
upon this worthy advocate of natural simplicity.

It was still raining; but the body of the storm had

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

passed over; and a streak of clear sky in the west, with
broken clouds overhead, their edges silvered by the rays
of the moon, seemed to assure us we should have fair
weather soon, and a delightful night above us, whatever
might be our fortune below.

We found our horses at the door, and were quickly in
the saddles; and then I experienced a feeling of security,
to which, for the last hour, I had been a stranger.

I now called to the Hermit, and inquired the most
direct route to the nearest settlement.

“I told you once, due west,” he answered, in a gruff
tone, from within.

“Are yonder woods the timber lands of the Brazos?” I
inquired.

The answer being in the affirmative, we were on the
point of starting our horses forward through the bushes,
when Clara exclaimed, in a low, eager tone:

“Hark! what is that?”

I listened, and heard a dull, rumbling sound, which at
first I thought to be distant thunder. But the noise,
instead of dying away, seemed to draw nearer; and my
next conjecture was, that it was a stampede of wild horses.

As the sound still continued to become more audible, I
was fearful some of the animals might rush through the
thicket; and to protect ourselves, we drew close up
against the hut, on the southern side.

Scarcely had we done so, when a number of the animals
seemed to be rushing past us, to the right and left, outside
of the thicket; and the next moment our ears were greeted
with a series of diabolical yells, that appalled us with
horror, and sent the blood curdling to our hearts.

-- 085 --

p464-094 CHAPTER VII. WE ARE MADE PRISONERS.

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

A SUDDEN stillness succeeded these horrible yells, the
trampling of horses was no longer heard, and I knew that
we were completely surrounded by a large body of
Indians.

An awful sickening feeling came over me, as I contemplated
our probable doom. Death, speedy and bloody—
or, what was scarcely a less terrible alternative, a wretched
captivity. Poor Clara! what a fate for her! In that
fearful moment, could I have purchased her freedom and
safety with my life, I would freely have given it.

A thousand thoughts now crowded themselves upon me
at once—for in moments of extreme peril, the mind seems
to expand so as to grasp a hundred subjects at the same
time. I thought of home and the friends there, and what
painful affliction the mystery of my fate would cause them.
I thought of myself—young, just setting out in life, and
with every thing to make life desirable—doomed to hopeless
misery or death. I thought of Harley—of Viola—of
Clara—of her parents—her brother—her aunt—what all
these last must think and say of us. And all this, and
much more, in that space of time which is measured by two
vibrations of the pendulum of a clock! Surely, intellect is
Godlike! and possesses, though in a very limited degree,
the omnipresent attribute of Deity.

The yells of the savages had so terrified Clara as to

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

render her incapable of speech or motion; and this I
thought so far fortunate, that we had not betrayed ourselves
to them; and if, as I hoped, they knew not of our
presence within the thicket, there was a bare possibility we
might yet escape. I dared not communicate this to my
companion, even in a whisper—for I had often read of the
keenness of the Indian ear in catching and distinguishing
sounds—but I put my finger to her lips, as a sign that I
wished her to remain perfectly silent. She did so, whether
she understood my meaning or not.

Presently I heard a movement in the bushes; and directly
after, a deep, guttural voice, addressing some words
in an unknown tongue to the strange being within the hut.
The latter seemed to understand the Indian, for he replied,
apparently in the same language. I then heard him moving
about inside, as if collecting some of his things for a
sudden departure. In a few moments he quitted the hut,
and spoke some words to the Indian outside, when both
moved away together.

I now really began to entertain some hope that we
should be overlooked and left to ourselves—though I trembled
at the idea that our late host might betray us. I am
inclined to think, however, I did him injustice by this suspicion;
but, at all events, my horse, at this critical instant,
gave a loud snort; and my heart died within me, for I felt
that it was in vain to hope for concealment longer.

I now heard exclamations, as of surprise, among the
savages; and then something uttered in a commanding
tone, as by one invested with authority. Then the voice
of the Hermit, as I will term the owner of the hut by way
of convenience, called out to us:

“Ride out here, my friends, and surrender yourselves
prisoners. Resistance will not avail you, and to attempt
it will cost you your lives.”

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

“Alas! dear Clara, we are doomed,” I said.

“May God protect us!” she replied, in a low, sad tone,
which, greatly to my surprise, seemed in no degree tremulous.

We now rode out of the thicket upon the plain, and
were immediately surrounded by some eight or ten dismounted
Indians, among whom was the Hermit. The
latter came up to my side, and said:

“My friend, I am sorry for you—but it was no fault of
mine.”

“What will be done with us?” I inquired.

“Of that I know no more than yourself,” he answered.
“As you have made no resistance, I think your lives are
safe for the present.”

“What tribe is this?”

“The warriors were originally from various tribes; but
are now organized under one leader, and term themselves
Wepecoolahs—which, in English, signifies Forest-Rangers.
The name of their chief is Kenneloo, or Death-Arrow.”

“You are, then, no stranger to them?”

“Alas! no, we are too well acquainted.”

“Then since you know them, and can speak their language,
perhaps you can prevail upon the chief to release
us, or put us to ransom!” I rejoined, eagerly. “Oh! sir,
if you can and will do this, I will hold my life as yours to
dispose of.”

“I will do what I can,” he replied; “but count not too
much on my influence with this bloody chief, for I am a
prisoner myself.”

“How! you a prisoner?—you seem to be free.”

“I am not bound—for I have pledged my word not to
escape, and Kenneloo knows he can trust me—but still I
am none the less a prisoner.”

`And what do they intend to do with you?”

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

“They say I must go with them—but for what purpose
I have not yet been informed.”

While the Hermit and I were thus conversing, the group
of dismounted savages had been walking slowly around
Clara and myself, examining us, our horses and equipments.
They put their hands on the necks of our beasts,
and let them slide down their breasts; they felt of their
flanks, and then of us, and peered into our faces. Apparently
they were satisfied with the capture of what had
cost them nothing, for they gave several grunts of approval,
and then held a short consultation among themselves.
They then called the Hermit to their council; and
after an absence of a few minutes, he returned to me, and
said:

“I am desired by Kenneloo to inform you, that unless
you attempt to escape, your lives for the present are safe.
You will also be allowed for the present to retain your
horses, and will be sent off under an escort of four trusty
warriors.”

“Sent whither?” I inquired.

“I have not been informed—probably to the village of
the Wepecoolahs,” he replied.

“And what will become of the others, meantime?”

“Indians,” he answered, gravely, “never venture this
far into the territory of the whites, except for trade or
plunder; and you may draw your own conclusion as to the
purpose of the present party, when I inform you they
carry nothing but deadly weapons.”

“And go you with them, to aid them in their bloody
designs upon your race?”

“I go with them, an unwilling prisoner, sir,” he replied,
haughtily; “and I thank you not for your base suspicions.”

“I only meant to inquire if it were their intention to
put you to so severe a trial,” I hastened to rejoin, in a

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

conciliating tone. “If I wounded your feelings, I crave
your pardon! But did you state my proposition to the
chief, of putting us to ransom?”

“I did; but he will not do so for the present. Much
will depend upon the success of this expedition, whether or
not you ever regain your freedom.”

“And are there no terms on which he will set my companion
at liberty?”

The Hermit walked away to the chief, spoke aside with
him for a few moments, and returning, replied:

“No, she must go with you; and if you attempt to escape,
and succeed, her life will be sacrificed.”

“Alas! poor Clara! would to Heaven I could save you,
even with my life, from so dire a fate!” I said, taking her
hand, as we sat side by side on our horses.

“I would not accept liberty at any sacrifice to yourself,
Mr. Walton,” she replied, in a tone that betrayed deep
emotion. And then, after a brief pause, she added, with
what seemed an impulsive gush of feeling: “No, Henry
Walton—dear Henry—I would go with you even to the
grave.”

This language of endearment, expressive of the deepest
and purest affection, coming so unexpectedly from the lips
of Clara, made my heart beat wildly; and for a few moments
I hardly knew which emotion predominated—joy at
the avowal, or grief for the peculiar circumstances which
drew it forth. I was at once the happiest and the most
miserable of men: happy, in knowing that Clara truly
loved me—miserable, in remembering that we were both
captives to a barbarous foe.

“God bless you, dear Clara, for these sweet words!” I
hastened to reply; “and whatever may be my fate, they
shall mark a green spot on the waste of life; and I
will treasure them in my heart of hearts forever.”

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

At this moment the moon streamed her soft rays through
the broken clouds, and bathed us in a flood of silver light.
I caught at it as a favorable omen.

“Behold!” I cried; “light breaks in upon darkness,
and tranquility again reigns where so late the elements
waged terrific battle! The storm of adversity has fallen
upon us; but, I trust in God, it will pass, and that the sun
of prosperity will once more make glad our hearts, even as
you queen of night casts her mild radiance over a scene so
lately wrapt in awful gloom.”

As I said this in a low tone to Clara, an Indian rode in
between us, and another on the other side of me; when
both proceeded to fasten my arms in such a way that I
could make no other use of them than to hold the reins
and guide my beast. But I was thankful for even this
privilege, when I might have been put to so much severer
treatment; and which, in fact, I rather expected than
otherwise.

Having made my hands fast, they proceeded to search
my person, taking away my revolvers, my watch, money,
and such other articles as I chanced to have about me.
The watch, pistols, and money, seemed to afford them an
agreeable surprise; for they uttered grunts of delight;
and riding away a few paces, they dismounted, and collected
their companions around them, to the number of
more than fifty.

The moon now shining out bright and clear, I had a
fair view of the whole party, as one after the other they
busied themselves in handling the revolvers—whose numerous
barrels seemed to strike them as very curious—and
the watch, whose regular ticking caused them great
wonder and delight.

They were a villanous looking body of men—half-naked,
bedaubed with paint, their faces streaked black and

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

red, and their crowns shaved, all but a single tuft of hair
in the centre, which was adorned with the feather of some
wild bird—with bows in their hands, sheafs of arrows to
their backs, and tomahawks and scalping-knives in their
girdles; but notwithstanding their fierce, formidable, and
utterly disagreeable appearance—and notwithstanding
that I was their prisoner, whom death only might release
from captivity—I could scarcely avoid laughing at the
comical gravity they displayed over the watch, each apparently
attempting to be more wise and knowing than his
companions. One would take it, examine it attentively,
particularly its face, by the light of the moon, turn it over
and over, put it to his ear, and then, with the manner of
one who had made some important discovery, would point
out something that had struck him as peculiar, and
hand it to the next, with a self-satisfied air that was truly
ridiculous.

Thus it went from one to another—the revolvers following
next in the examination, and going the same round;
and when the last one of the party had given an opinion
of his own on the articles, the Hermit—who, with folded
arms, had been standing silently apart—was called up to
the group, and all seemed to turn to him, as to one unanimously
chosen umpire, to decide which was right.

This proceeding probably occupied some quarter of an
hour, which time I spent in conversing with Clara, in a
low tone. I was agreeably surprised to find one who had
been so timid at the bare thought of danger, so calm and
firm in the real moment of peril; and I called to mind
her words when speaking of such an event. Her face, as
I beheld it by the light of the moon, was very pale—the
lips seemed unusually compressed—and the eyes, those
soft, melting blue eyes, had a clear, resolute expression,
that bespoke a firmness of character far beyond what

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

I had ever given her credit for possessing. The look altogether
was rather stern than timid—every feature was
composed—not a single member of the body appeared to
quiver—and I could not detect the slightest tremor in her
voice.

She spoke of our captivity as a sad event; but said
that our lives were in the hand of God—that in him she
put her trust—and that whatever might happen, she
prayed for resignation to say, “Thy will, O God! not
mine, be done!” She said her loss would be a very
severe blow to her family, and she feared that evil tongues
might start some scandalous tale of our being absent
together; but even of this—of home, and all connected
therewith—she spoke with a calmness, a lofty resignation,
that astonished me; and if I loved her before, as one
loves a tender object needing protection, I now mingled
with that love a certain feeling of admiration, which only
superior qualities can excite.

As soon as the Hermit had answered the questions propounded
to him, he and the chief advanced to my side.
The latter was a large, athletic Indian; but save a few
extra ornaments, in the way of feathers—if such things
indeed could be called ornaments—I could perceive
nothing to distinguish him from his fellows.

“Kenneloo,” said the Hermit, addressing me, “would
know how many watches you are willing to give for your
ransom, and that of your companion?”

“Ask him to name the number he will accept,” I replied,
eagerly.

The two held a brief conversation, when the Hermit
rejoined:

“He will take a hundred.”

“And I will give them,” was my answer.

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

Again the Hermit spoke with the chief; and then continued
to me:

“But how, when, and where, is he to obtain them?”

“I will deliver them at any place he may name, within
a reasonable distance, and within ten days from our reaching
Houston.”

This was translated to the chief, who only slightly understood
English; and he was in the act of making some
reply to the Hermit, when we were all startled by the report
of a pistol.

Suddenly there was a great commotion among the
Indians; and immediately some fifteen or twenty came
running toward us, uttering yells of rage.

Their object, as I soon learned, was to sacrifice Clara
and myself on the spot; but their bloody design was frustrated
by the chief, who promptly interposed, and inquired
into the cause of the disturbance.

It seems that in handling the revolvers, some one had
discovered the trigger of one, had pulled it down to its
place, and, bent on new discoveries, had pressed his finger
hard against it, by which means one of the barrels had instantly
been discharged, lodging a ball in the breast of
another, who chanced to be standing directly in front of
the muzzle. This had excited both consternation and rage;
and the latter feeling was directed against us, for having,
as they superstitiously believed, bewitched the weapon to
do them harm.

As I have said, the interposition of the chief prevented
the immediate retaliation, and gave the Hermit an opportunity
to explain to them that they, rather than we, were
in fault.

The result was, after a long discussion—during which the
Hermit in some degree succeeded in his efforts to pacify
them—that they agreed to relinquish present vengeance.

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

But the treaty concerning ransom was abruptly broken off—
the chief declaring that we should be held as prisoners,
to be finally disposed of according to future circumstances.

This being settled, we were immediately joined by our
guard—four stout, grim-looking fellows—while the others,
remounting by the chief's orders, dashed swiftly away,
taking the Hermit with them, to whom they assigned the
horse of the disabled warrior.

-- 095 --

p464-104 CHAPTER VIII. A LONG JOURNEY.

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

On the departure of the main body of the savages, two
of our guard kept their station by us, while the other two
proceeded to remove the wounded Indian into the hut.

They were absent nearly half an hour; and on rejoining
us, I perceived a fresh scalp dangling at the girdle of one
who appeared to be the leader of the four. He slightly
touched it, in a significant way, as he came up; and then
each uttered a long, low, mournful wail.

I concluded from this that their companion had died of
his wounds, and that he had been scalped by his friends,
to prevent such a barbarous trophy falling into the hands
of an enemy.

It is strange what importance the red men of the forest
attach to the small bit of skin growing upon the top of the
head! But such is the disgrace attending the loss of this,
among some of the tribes, that a warrior would much
sooner part with his life; and instances are on record, of
many a daring brave having rushed into the very jaws of
death, to prevent the scalp-lock of a deceased friend becoming
the property of his foe.

The returned savages having remounted their horses,
they arranged themselves, two on either side of us; and the
signal being given to start, away we dashed, in a northerly
direction.

We crossed the creek, which our animals were made to
leap, and away we sped over the plain. It was a glorious

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

scene, as, all traces of the storm having disappeared, the
round, full moon poured her silvery flood through the blue
arch of heaven down upon the teeming earth.

A ride of some three hours brought us to a small woodland,
which, unlike most we had seen through the day, had
a thick, almost impenetrable undergrowth; and as my beast
and Clara's had showed signs of unusual fatigue during
the last few miles, the Indians concluded on making a halt
here.

Accordingly we all dismounted, and Clara and I were
bound to a couple of saplings, to make sure against our
escape. The Indians then proceeded to start a fire on the
edge of the thicket, so that its light would be thrown far
out upon the prairie, where the horses were allowed to
graze, after first being hoppled to prevent their running
away. They then produced some dried meat, and a kind
of hard cake, made from Indian corn, something like a
tortilla, with which they appeased their hunger, slaking
their thirst with water from a near spring, which one of
the party brought in a small gourd that they carried
with them.

When their own meal was finished, one of them came to
us, and made signs to know if we were hungry. My appetite
had become rather keen from my day's ride, and I
gave an affirmative nod, my head being the only part of
me now at liberty.

“And you must eat also,” I said to Clara, as the Indian
returned to his companions to get us food; “for there
is no knowing when the next meal will be made; and nature
must have sustenance, or you will droop by the way.”

“For this reason,” replied Clara, “I will endeavor to
eat—though I have no appetite.”

On rejoining us, the Indian unbound our hands, and I
had the satisfaction of seeing Clara devour more of the

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

coarse food than I had expected; while on my part, I made
quite a hearty meal—not so much because I relished the
fare, as because I thought it necessary to keep up my
strength for the trial before me. Water was then given us
from the gourd; after which such alterations were made in
our fastenings, as would enable us to lie down upon the
damp earth.

I confess that my bed was none of the best; nor was my
situation, all things considered, a very agreeable one; but
notwithstanding all this, I gradually fell asleep—and this
the more readily, that one of the savages had intimated by
signs to Clara and myself that we must hold no conversation
with each other.

The last recollections I have of that night, are of seeing
three of our guard stretched out on the earth, within the
firelight, and the fourth keeping watch, leaning against a
tree; and of wondering to myself if poor Clara slept, and
what kind of a fate the great future had in store for us.
With this I gradually closed my eyes; and with these
thoughts, as it were flickering about my brain, I gradually
went off into the land of dreams, and thence passed into
the unconscious state of a deep, heavy sleep.

I slept for several hours; and was finally awakened by
one of my captors, who signified that it was time to resume
our journey. The moon I now perceived was far in the
west, and already the gray light of breaking morn was
mingling with her silver rays.

Clara was already up, and standing near, her soft, blue
eyes fixed upon me with an expression of mournful resignation
that went to my very heart. Her features were very
pale, and I thought I could detect traces of recent tears.

“Have you slept any, Clara?” I inquired, in a tone
which, in spite of myself, was tremulous with deep feeling.

“But little,” she answered; and was about to add

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

something more, when one of our guard stepping in
between us, and taking hold of her arm, silently pointed
to her horse, which, together with mine, stood bridled and
saddled close by.

In a few minutes we were all under way—the Indians
riding their horses bare-back, and managing them with
halters made of thongs.

For hours we dashed away to the northward, keeping
clear of any thing like a settlement, or even the habitation
of civilized man. This somewhat surprised me; for
I knew there must be several towns and forts above us,
to say nothing of the log-cabins of white settlers scattered
in every direction; but our captors appeared to be perfectly
familiar with their route—which led me to the conclusion
that they knew a way of penetrating low into the
country, perhaps to the very Gulf, without necessarily
coming in contact with their white foes—and that this was
neither the first nor second time the present party had
been over the ground.

For hours, I say, we dashed away in a northerly direction;
and during this time scarcely a word was spoken;
and then only by the leader, who once or twice addressed
his companions, probably to communicate something concerning
the journey.

The sun meantime had risen bright and glorious, and
was now half way to the zenith. My impression concerning
our captors, now that I beheld them by the clear light
of day, was in no degree more favorable than when I had
first seen them by the rays of the moon the night previous.
They were fierce, blood-thirsty looking savages;
and as I gazed upon their half-naked, painted, hideous persons,
I began to wonder why we had been treated with so
much lenity—or why, in fact, we had not been murdered
and scalped at once. But perhaps, I thought to myself—

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

and the very idea made my blood run cold—we are thus
carefully protected and reserved for more inhuman treatment—
that of dying at the stake by slow tortures.

During the morning's ride, no opportunity was allowed
me of speaking a word to my fair companion. With an
Indian on either side of me, I rode in advance of Clara,
who was guarded in the same way. By turning my head,
I could occasionally catch a glimpse of her sweet features.
Her face was deadly pale, but still exhibited an expression
of mournful resignation. Poor girl! how I pitied her!
and how gladly would I have laid down my life to place
her once more in safety within her father's mansion!

The prairie, which thus far had been nearly as level as
a floor, now began to exhibit a rolling, wave-like surface,
and the vegetation to be less beautiful and luxuriant.
The grass grew taller, and the blades became more sparse,
coarse, and wiry; while the flowers became less and less
frequent, and exhibited far less variety of color.

At length we reached the timber-lands of some river,
the name of which is unknown to me, and plunged into a
deep wood, through which we rode to the bank of the
stream, where our captors made a halt. Here we all dismounted,
and our horses were again allowed to graze upon
a sward that was green and rich, though shadowed with
trees.

The Indians now broke their own fast, and on the same
kind of food they had eaten the night before; and after
they had done, a portion was offered us, which we were
not loth to accept—for our long, weary ride now rendered
even this coarse fare quite palatable.

We remained in this place some two or three hours, and
then resumed our journey—fording the stream, and continuing
on northward, over a hilly, wooded country, till
the sun went down—when our captors, finding our beasts

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

were the worse for the day's travel, camped for the night,
greatly to our relief and satisfaction, for poor Clara was
so fatigued as scarcely to be able to sit her horse.

But I will not trouble the reader with a detail of our
progress on our long and toilsome journey. One day
went much as another, without the occurrence of any
striking incidents to vary the tiresome monotony. We
were nightly secured against even an attempt at escape,
by being bound, and carefully watched by some one of the
four; and at the break of day each morning we were
obliged to mount our horses and ride whithersoever our
captors willed.

During all this time, Clara and I seldom exchanged
any thing more than looks—for the Indians liked not that
we should converse with each other—and in fact they
spoke but little among themselves.

A week's journey took us far to the northward; and
already we could feel a great change in the temperature—
the air being much cooler and more bracing through the
day, and the nights often so cold as to render a fire indispensable
to comfort. Here, too, we could perceive the
marks of frost, in the variegated hue of the woodlands;
and more than once I felt chilled to the very bone, by cold
blasts that came sweeping down from the far distant mountains,
on whose summits ice and snow hold an eternal
reign.

At length we crossed a large stream—which, from its
peculiar appearance, I am led to think was the Red
River; and two days after this we ascended a steep hill,
and looked down into a deep valley, where, along the
bank of a small stream that flowed through it, we beheld
some fifty Indian huts, being the first habitations of any
kind we had seen since our capture.

The moment the Indians got a full view of their village

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

—for such it really was—they uttered loud yells of
delight; and three of them darted away, running their
horses as if on a race, leaving the fourth to follow more
leisurely with ourselves. I took advantage of this departure
of the majority of our guard, to ride up to the side
of Clara; and as the only remaining Indian seemed more
interested in watching his companions than us, we improved
the opportunity by exchanging a few words in a
low tone.

“At last, dear Clara,” I said, “I think we have reached
our present destination.”

“Heaven send it be so!” she replied, with a sigh—“for
I am nearly worn out.”

“I am not surprised at it, Clara—but rather, that you
have borne up so well, against so much fatigue and excitement,
and you so delicately framed. I can see but little
change in your appearance, save that exposure has darkened
your complexion, and that you have the forlorn look
of one who labors under grief without hope.”

“I have no hope now,” she replied, mournfully, “save
in the grave.”

“Nay, say not so; while there is life, there always
should be hope; and the same Providence that has seen
fit to place us in our present condition, may yet enable us
to escape, and restore us to our friends.”

“I would I could think such an event might ever be;
but no, no—alas! no—I am doomed!” she mournfully
rejoined. “But now that we are here,” she pursued,
“what think you will be done with us?”

“It is possible we may be well treated and put to ransom,”
I replied, with a view to excite some hope in her
breast, that she might not altogether give way to melancholy.
“You see we have not as yet received any
rougher treatment than our captors may have thought

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

necessary to secure us against escape; and when the chief
returns, with the Hermit to act as interpreter, I trust I
can make it seem more to his interest and advantage to
let us go, than to keep us prisoners, or put us to death.”

“You say this to me—but do you truly believe yourself
what you say?” cried Clara, quickly, turning full
upon me.

“I believe we shall ultimately escape,” I answered,
somewhat evasively.

“God grant we may!” rejoined Clara, earnestly.
“Oh! my mother! my poor dear mother! could you see
your child now, how it would wring your heart! And
yet,” she quickly added, “I know not that it would add to
her present grief—for even now she is mourning me as
lost—buried in a dark uncertainty—and knows not
whether to weep for my death, or a living woe more
terrible. Oh! what will my friends think of my absence?
how will they bear this cruel stroke of fate? My dear
mother, and father—my dear sister, and brother—shall
these eyes ever behold you again in life? Alas! alas! I
fear they have looked their last upon your dear faces;
and that if ever we meet again, it will be where none do
part. Oh, God! support me! let me not murmur! but
be ever ready to say, `Thy will, not mine, be done!' ”

The hill we were descending was steep, and some parts
of it were heavily wooded; but directly before us, down to
the village, the trees had been felled and burned on the
ground, as the charred remains and blackened stumps
every where proclaimed. Beginning at the village, and
reaching half-way up the hill, was a field of corn, wherein
some ten or a dozen squaws were at work, plucking the
ripened ears. As they heard the shouts of the first party
descending the hill, they stopped their work, and, collecting
together, waited till the horsemen had passed them.

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

Probably some communication was made to them by the
riders, concerning Clara and myself; for as the mounted
party dashed by them, these squaws set up a series of
screeching yells, and immediately started up the hill to
meet us.

They were a coarse, brutal-looking set; and, if any
thing, more hideous and disgusting in their appearance
than the party of warriors that had made us captives.
They were nearly naked—their only covering being skins
girded around their loins. Unlike their male companions,
their heads were not shaved; and their long, straight,
coarse black hair swept down around their bodies, in some
instances nearly to the ground. They were without paint,
or ornament of any kind; and their filthy, weather-beaten
skins—their flat, broad, unintellectual faces—and their
round, hard, muscular limbs, indicated that theirs had
been a life of toil and drudgery. They were, as I afterward
learned, called Soolepcooms, or Squaw-workers; and
were regarded as immeasurably inferior to the Lendcooms,
or Squaw-wives, whose only duty was to wait upon the
warriors—for the Wepecoolahs, not unlike their more
civilized white neighbors, had established an upper and
lower grade among both sexes.

On meeting us, the Soolepcooms renewed their dismal
screeches; and completely surrounding us, they blocked
our way, stopped our horses, and began to catch hold of
us, in a very rough manner, occasionally turning their
faces up towards us, and grinning savagely, like so many
she-devils.

Clara became alarmed; and as one old hag, seizing her
by the arm, half dragged her from her horse, at the same
time flourishing a knife in a rather dangerous proximity,
she shrieked out:

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

“Oh! Henry—save me! save me! or I shall be
murdered!”

Before I could act in the matter, however, our Indian
guard, who had been riding apart—and who, on the
approach of the women, had paid no attention to them—
suddenly rushed his horse up to Clara's side, and striking
the aggressor full in the face with the handle of his tomahawk,
laid her senseless on the ground. On seeing this,
the companions of the wounded hag drew back, with howls
of dismay, and we were suffered to proceed without further
molestation.

The Indian now kept his place by the side of Clara, as
if to protect her—but manifested no further interest in
what had happened—not so much as even turning his
head to look after the discomfited Soolepcooms. I had
more curiosity; and turning in my saddle, I beheld the
whole party grouped around the fallen one, some of whom
were stooping down to raise her.

Meantime the three warriors had reached the village—
which, as we could now perceive, was in a state of some
excitement—and our conductor signifying to us that we
should quicken our pace, we did so, and rode down the hill
at a fast gallop.

-- 105 --

p464-114 CHAPTER IX. THE INDIAN VILLAGE AND A MYSTERIOUS CHARACTER.

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

The village of the Wepecoolahs was very pleasantly
situated on a level strip of open land, which at this point
divided the base of one hill from that of the other by a
distance of more than a hundred yards. What appeared
rather singular, was the fact, that this level, open piece of
ground—the very bottom of the valley, and which was a
hundred yards in breadth by some three miles in length—
should be entirely free from stones, and stumps, and covered
with a smooth, thick green sward—while all around
it either was, or had very recently been, a howling wilderness,
untouched by a husbandry implement. It could not
be the work of the present tribe, for every thing else indicated
that the Wepecoolahs had been located here but a
very short time. No, it was either one of nature's singular
freaks, or else this spot had been cultivated many, many
years agone, perhaps by a race anterior to the red man of
our day. And I was further led to this latter conclusion,
from perceiving, at a subsequent period, a steep conical
mound, in the rear of the village—covered, like the flat,
with a thick, smooth green sward—reminding me of the
descriptions I had seen of similar ancient relics in some of
the Western States.

The huts of our captors were constructed of sticks, bark,
earth, and skins; and were arranged in a semi-circular
form—the central are touching the base of the opposite
hill, (which rose steep and craggy a thousand feet above

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

the village) and the two arms extending across the valley,
to the stream before mentioned, which ran purling along at
the foot of the eminence we were descending. By this
geometrical arrangement, a fine area was formed, which
was common property, and upon which all the huts fronted.
Here fires were built, in the open air, for cooking or other
purposes, the huts being constructed without chimneys.
Here the children played in harmony, and the elders met
in social intercourse.

Near the centre of this area was the lodge of the chief,
differing from the others only in size and position; and
just in the rear of this was a circular building, of still
larger dimensions, with a straight pole running up through
the centre, not unlike a circus tent. This was the Council
House of the tribe, where the chief and warriors were wont
to meet to discuss and decide any matter of general interest.

In the appearance of the village, taken as a whole, there
was a certain air of savage refinement, which I had not
expected to find—and I was, in consequence, agreeably
disappointed.

As we rode down the hill, the whole village poured out
its inhabitants upon the common—men, women and children—
the pappoose and veteran—and, stimulated by
curiosity, all crowded down to the creek to get a near view
of us. There might have been, taken collectively, a hundred
and fifty souls—mostly women and their offspring—
for the main body of the warriors were away on a daring
expedition, as the reader already knows.

At first, when I saw them assembling in such a formidable
manner, I had some apprehension that we might be
greeted with rather rough treatment; but as we crossed
the creek, they fell back respectfully—neither offering
violence, nor seeking to annoy us.

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

The women of the village—the Lendcooms, or Squaw-wives—
were habited in skins; but, unlike the Squawworkers,
with some regard to decency—the parts exposed
being their arms, necks, feet and ankles. Their dress,
however, was not calculated to display their figures to any
artistic advantage—it being merely a straight gown, of
prepared deerskin, seamed up the sides, with shoulder
straps, and covering the person to the extent mentioned.
All were costumed much alike—though some few, with
more taste than the others, wore wampum belts around
their waists. Some, too, had coarse ornaments in their
ears; and more than one dangled a heavy ring from her
nose; but this, in my opinion, did not improve their looks
in the slightest degree. Taken collectively, they were not
decidedly an ill-looking set of females; and a few of the
younger were tolerably passable; though their low foreheads,
and broad, flat, animal-faces, set a seal upon any
thing like a near approach to beauty.

I must, however, make an exception in favor of one—
though, from the first, I could not bring myself to believe
that she was a full blooded daughter of the Indian race.
This was a girl, apparently about eighteen years of age,
who, on our approach, stood apart from the others, with
some half a dozen warriors drawn up in a line behind her,
among whom I instantly recognized the three of our escort
who had ridden into the village in advance of us. I was
struck at the same time with her personal appearance and
the marked deference with which she was treated by young
and old, not one venturing to approach her beyond a
certain limit. As to who she was, I of course knew nothing—
but that she was a personage of consequence, was
easily to be seen.

And what struck me as the most singular was, that so
much respect should be shown to one of her sex—for, as a

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

general thing, the savage esteems the female as far inferior
to the male, and deems her totally unworthy to have a
voice in the councils of the nation. And besides, I had
seen the chief himself, and seen his warriors approach him
with a familiarity that none displayed toward this
mysterious being—so that, unless she were greater in the
tribe than Kenneloo, which it was unreasonable to suppose,
I knew not how to account for this general deference.

I have said that her age was apparently about eighteen,
and that her appearance was so different from the others,
as to lead me, at a first glance, to the conclusion, that she
was not of their race—or, at all events, that her blood
was not purely Indian. She was straight, symmetrical,
and tall, with a dark complexion, and black eyes and hair—
but here all resemblance between her and others of the
Wepecoolahs ceased. Her face, instead of being broad,
flat, and round, was rather oval, with the angular outline
of the American or European. Her nose, too, of the
Grecian cast, was prominent, with thin, dilating nostrils—
and her forehead was broad, high, and intellectual. Her
mouth, with its thin lips, had a classic shape; and her
chin was well rounded, giving her a straight and beautiful
profile.

Nor was it alone in the shape of the features that she
differed materially from all the others. In her proud,
queen-like deportment, and the lofty, intelligent expression
of her countenance, she rose in the bright contrast to them
of day to night. There was an air of superiority and
command in her every look and gesture; and her black,
brilliant, piercing eyes seemed to gleam and sparkle
with the intellectual fires of no ordinary soul. She was
beautiful—that I could not deny—but hers was a kind of
beauty not to my taste. It lacked the softening traits so
much admired in woman; and displayed too much pride,

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

haughtiness, fire, passion, and all the concomitants of a
self-willed, unsubdued, unbending, masculine spirit.

How she had attained to her exalted position among the
Wepecoolahs, was of course a mystery to me; but once
obtained, it was not difficult to understand how she had
retained it; for it is a law of nature that matter can be
governed by mind—and the mere animal must ever yield
to intellectual dominion.

The dress of this singular being was not unlike that of
the other females, in its shape and extent—though
rendered of a more showy appearance, by being covered
with divers colored beads, worked into crude imitations of
beasts, birds, and flowers. Besides, as a further distinction,
she wore leggins and moccasins of scarlet; and her
long black hair was swept back from her forehead, and
braided into cues, that dangled about her neck and
shoulders, something after the fashion of the Gipseys.

As we were escorted directly past her, single file, at
a slow pace, I had an opportunity to observe the peculiarities
which I have attempted to describe to the reader.
She stood with folded arms, in an attitude of graceful
dignity, calmly, but I fancied rather haughtily, regarding
us. Her black eyes at once fixed upon mine with an
intense, searching expression, as if she would read my
very thoughts; and then fell upon Clara, who rode next
in file. I watched her closely all the while—for somehow
I felt that our fate, in a great degree, rested with her—
and I was anxious to glean from her looks what that fate
would probably be. But all was dark, cold, and reserved,
as if she had schooled her thoughts and feelings against
betraying themselves by outward sign. Once, I fancied,
while she was looking at Clara, her black eyes shot a
fiercer gleam, and that her thin lips slightly curled with

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

something like disdainful pride—but it might have been
only fancy.

We passed on, leaving her standing motionless as a
statute, gazing after us. Our Indian conductor, who was
riding in advance, now led us straight to the Council
House, at the door of which he dismounted and made a
sign to us to do likewise. He then pointed to the door,
and signified that we must enter; which we did accordingly,
he remaining without.

We now found ourselves alone together, in a circular
building of some fifty feet in diameter, constructed of
sticks, bark, and earth, the roof of which sloped down
nearly to the ground, and was from twelve to fifteen feet
high in the central part. A few stakes had been driven
into the earth at regular intervals, and around the walls
were a number of rude seats. A few loopholes admitted
light enough for us to see across the building.

We cast a hurried glance about us, and then gazed at
each other.

“Clara!” said I, in a low, tremulous voice.

“Henry! dear Henry!” she rejoined; and the next
moment, weeping and half fainting, her head reclined
against my breast, and my arms, encircling her slender
form, drew her more closely to my heart.

“Oh! what will become of us?” she added at length,
looking up tearfully into my face—for in the ratio that
personal danger appeared to decrease, her timidity seemed
to return.

“I apprehend nothing more serious than temporary
imprisonment,” I replied, assuming a cheerful air, in order
to raise her spirits. “You see we have not been very
roughly treated as yet.”

“What think you of that strange female we passed just
now?” she inquired. “She does not look like an Indian;

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

and she is either possessed of authority, or is a prisoner
herself, closely guarded, I know not which. Such eyes—
such black, fiery, piercing eyes—they seemed to burn into
my very soul.”

“I know not what to think of her, Clara,” I replied;
“but that she is a personage of authority, and no prisoner,
is evident from the manner in which she is treated. Perhaps
she is either the daughter or wife of the chief.”

“Hush!” interrupted Clara, grasping my arm; and at
the same moment the subject of our conversation entered
the Council House with a lofty carriage and graceful step.

She advanced straight toward us, till within a couple
of paces, and then halting, drew herself up more haughtily
than ever, and keenly surveyed us from head to foot.
Clara shrunk from her piercing gaze—and, in spite of her
efforts to appear calm and composed, her whole frame
trembled.

Perceiving this, the thin lips of the other curled with
something like a sneer; and then, to our great surprise,
these words, sharp, clear, and distinct, rang forth:

“Is the daughter of the white man an aspen, that she
quivers thus in the presence of Dundenah, the Leaping
Fawn?”

“Oh! lady, whoever you are, thanks be to God you
speak my native tongue!” cried Clara, joyfully. “Oh!
lady, tell us why we are here prisoners?”

“Call me not lady!” returned the other, scornfully.
“I have a name! I am Dundenah, the Leaping Fawn!”

“That name sounds pleasantly in our ears,” I interposed—
“for the fawn is a gentle creature.”

“Perhaps I am not rightly named, then,” she rejoined,
turning almost fiercely upon me. “It is a name the
great chief gave me in infancy.”

“By your language, you should be of our race,” said I.

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

“Wandewah, the Great Spirit, hath given Dundenah
many tongues,” she replied, proudly.

“Can you tell us what will be our fate?”

“Ask yours of Kenneloo, when he comes in from the
war-path.” Then turning to Clara, she touched her on
the shoulder, and, pointing to the door, continued: “The
Blue-Eye must go with Dundenah!”

“Are you going to separate us?” cried Clara, with a
look of dismay.

“The Blue-Eye must go with Dundenah!” repeated the
other, sternly.

“Oh! no! no!” pleaded Clara: “let us remain
together in our captivity!”

Dundenah looked from Clara to me, and said quickly:

“Is the Blue-Eye already a wife?”

Clara drooped her head, and a blush of confusion spread
over her lovely features.

“She is not wedded,” I replied.

“Then she must go with Dundenah!” returned the
Leaping Fawn.

“I trust Dundenah will do her no harm!” I hastened to
rejoin.

Again those black, piercing orbs became fixed upon me,
and fairly flashed fire, as she made answer:

“Dundenah is mistress of her own actions; and when
she needs advice, she seeks it of the mighty chief of the
Wepecoolahs!”

“I meant no offence,” I rejoined, in a humbled tone,
anxious to appease her irritation, but more on Clara's
account than my own.

She looked at me fixedly a moment, and then turning
toward the door, struck the palms of her hands together
three times. An Indian quickly entered, to whom she
addressed a few words in his native dialect. The savage

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

replied only with a nod—thus silently indicating that she
was understood and would be obeyed.

Dundenah then touched Clara on the shoulder again,
and pointed to the door. Clara started, and seemed for a
moment or two to stand irresolute, while an expression of
deep, intense anguish passed over her lovely countenance.
Then, with a quick, impulsive movement, she rushed into
my arms, exclaiming:

“Farewell, dear Henry! may God protect you! This
may be the last time we shall behold each other on earth—
but I trust we shall meet in a better world. To God I
commend you! Farewell!”

“Farewell, dear Clara!” I replied, in a choking voice
of deep emotion. “Whatever may happen, rest assured
your dear image shall never be effaced from my heart!
Adieu! and may all holy angels guard you!”

I drew her fondly to my heart, silently imprinted a kiss
upon her pale forehead, and then turned away to conceal
the tears that I found myself unable to suppress.

When, after the lapse of a few minutes, I ventured to
look around, I found myself alone with the Indian whom
Dundenah had left with me as a guard. The savage was
seated near the door, the only point of entrance or exit to
the building, and, with his black eyes fixed upon me,
looked more like a hideous figure in wax than a human
being.

I knew by this, that for the present I was to be guarded
without being bound; and I felt grateful to Dundenah,
who had the ordering of all, for even this little act of kindness.
I took advantage of my liberty, therefore, and
seating myself upon one of the rude benches, gave way to
such reflections as my peculiar situation naturally called
forth.

I thought of home, and the friends of my youth, from

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

whom, not three months since, I had parted with feelings
of exultation—not because of leaving them—but because I
was going abroad into the great world, a free man, to
follow the bent of my own inclinations; and now how I
envied them! and what would I not have given to have
been once more among them! I pictured to myself the
grief of my father, and sisters, and Old Moll, when the
news should reach them that I was lost, with an awful
uncertainty hanging over my fate; and in imagination I
saw poor Tom, even now, breaking his faithful heart at
my long absence.

Then I went over my adventures with Harley and Viola,
and tried to calculate the chances of my ever seeing them
again. Fortunate Harley! so happy in inventions, in
cases of emergency! were he only with me now, I somehow
felt that I could presume upon ultimately escaping
from captivity through his resources and good fortune.

Again I was at the mansion of Colonel Moreland, and
fancied I could see the gloom and distress of the family at
the unaccountable absence of Clara—while I, though innocent,
was even now, perhaps, being denounced as a heartless
miscreant, who had led her astray from the paths of
rectitude and honor; and this reflection caused me many
a keen pang, valuing as I did my reputation more than
my life. That my rival would every where proclaim me as
a base, unprincipled, and perhaps cowardly villain, I felt
to be certain; and I fairly groaned at the thought that I
could not soon be there to clear myself of the calumnious
charges.

Then my thoughts reverted to Clara. Poor girl! what
would be her fate? Perhaps doomed to a miserable life
of captivity, toil and drudgery—wedded, it might be, after
the Indian custom, to one of her brutal captors. But no!
no! this idea was too horrible—I could not bear to dwell

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

upon it—death in any shape were a thousand times
preferable to such a doom. I felt Clara would think so
also; and, should the worst come to the worst, would
rather end her life in self-defence—go unpolluted into the
presence of her Maker—than suffer so demoralizing a
degradation!

Dear Clara! how her sweet, sad image dwelt in my
mind! and how her last words still rung in my ear, mournfully,
like a knell for one departed! Had we indeed said
the last farewells? should we meet no more on earth?
God forefend! for then, even with life and liberty, I felt
I must be ever miserable.

But who was she that had separated us? that strange,
mysterious, beautiful being, who spoke our tongue with
such fluent ease and lofty diction? If a native of the
tribe, how had she acquired such a command of our
language? and if of another race, how had she attained to
such power over the barbarous Wepecoolahs?

Strange being! would she have a voice in the council
which must decide our fate? and if so, would she lean to
the side of mercy, or give her influence for the heaviest
doom? Wonderful being! I had not been able to read
her; and knew not if her heart were of adamant, or
susceptible of the tender touches of pity.

While occupied with these reflections and speculations, a
hand lightly touched my shoulder. I looked up, and
Dundenah again stood before me.

-- 116 --

p464-125 CHAPTER X. TRYING EVENTS.

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

FOR a few moments the black, piercing eyes of the
Leaping Fawn remained fixed upon mine, with a penetrating
intensity: then her thin lips parted, and she inquired:

“Is the home of the Dark-Eye far away?”

“Far, very far, toward the rising sun,” I replied.

“Within the dominions of him they call the Great
White Father of the States?”

“It is.”

“Lives the Blue-Eye near the home of the Dark-Eye?”

“Scarcely nearer than the Leaping Fawn.”

“How comes it then that both are here, the captives of
the Wepecoolahs?”

I narrated to her how we were riding out to visit a sick
friend, and how we lost our way and were taken prisoners
at the hut of the Hermit.

“That was Langee,” she rejoined: “I learned so much
from those that brought you here.”

“You know him then?”

“Yes; it was he, and one other, that taught Dundenah
to speak the language of the Dark-Eye.”

“And pray who is that mysterious being?” I inquired.

“We know him only as Langee, which in your language
signifies the Learned, or Man of Knowledge. He first
came among the Wepecoolahs when Dundenah was very
young. He professed to worship Wandewah, the Great
Spirit—but his actions were not in accordance with the

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

principles he proclaimed. After living with the Wepecoolahs
for years, he went to a neighboring tribe, where,
for some immoral conduct, he was seized, tried, and
condemned to death. He escaped by stratagem, and fled;
but his retreat has been discovered, and he is now a
prisoner.”

“And is he to be punished by the Wepecoolahs for an
offence against another nation?” I inquired.

“Dundenah can answer after his trial,” she replied.
And then fixing her black eyes steadily upon my countenance,
she continued: “Does the Dark-Eye prize
liberty?”

“What so dear as liberty, Dundenah?” I said: “what
is life without it?”

“Would the Dark-Eye go, and leave the Blue-Eye in
bondage?”

“No, Dundenah—no!” I replied, quickly.

“Then the Blue-Eye is dearer to the Dark-Eye than
liberty?” was the quick rejoinder.

“I confess it is even so, Dundenah. But tell me of the
Biue-Eye—is she safe and well?”

“And if not?”

“If not?” cried I, forgetting where I was, and springing
to my feet with an energy that caused my companion
to take two or three steps backward.

“Well, and if not?” she repeated, drawing herself up
proudly, and motioning the Indian near the door to
approach.

“I shall grieve in silence,” I replied, softening my
tone. “Pardon my excitement! I had forgotten I was
a prisoner, unable to redress the wrongs and insults that
might be heaped upon me, or my companion in captivity,”
I added, in a tone of some bitterness.

Dundenah looked at me sternly for a few moments; and

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

then turning abruptly away, went out. My savage guard
glared upon me for a while after she had gone, and then
resumed his place by the door. I was thus again left to
myself, and to my own not very pleasant reflections.

I saw no more of Dundenah that day; and this gave
me no little uneasiness; for if I had offended her, it would
doubtless be the worse for myself and Clara; and that I
had offended her, I thought more than probable from her
manner of leaving me.

Left to myself in solitude, a closely guarded prisoner,
among savages, with a terrible uncertainty hanging over
my fate and Clara's, the day, as may naturally be supposed,
dragged wearily to a close. At sunset my guard
was changed, some food and water were given me, and
then my limbs were tightly bound, and in this condition
I was left to pass the night.

And a horrible night it was to me; for I could not
sleep; and thought was busy conjuring up a thousand
frightful fancies. At break of day, however, greatly to my
relief, I was freed from my cords; when, throwing myself
upon the ground, I managed, in spite of circumstances, to
lose myself for a couple of hours.

Somewhere about midday, Dundenah again made her
appearance; but to my eager questions concerning Clara,
she returned me no answer. In fact, she seemed resolved
to hold no further conversation with me; for after walking
up and down the Council House a few times—occasionally
stopping in front of me, in a proud attitude, and fixing
her black eyes upon me, with a cold, penetrating expression—
she waved her hand loftily, and went out. She did
not return again that day, which went much as the one
preceding; and at night I was secured as before, though I
managed to get some sleep.

In short, a week passed away in this dull, monotonous

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

manner; and at last I grew so wearied with my confinement
and suspense, that I fancied I could welcome any
change, even though it were to pass from imprisonment to
death. During this time Dundenah visited me daily; but
her lips were sealed; she would utter no word; and I
could learn nothing as to the fate of Clara.

On the eighth day of my imprisonment, Dundenah came
to visit me earlier than usual. She entered with a quick
step; and as she advanced straight to where I was seated,
I saw by her manner, and the expression of her features,
that she had something of importance to communicate.

“Kenneloo, the great chief of the Wepecoolahs, has
returned from the war-path,” she said, in a quick, excited
tone. “He has not met with the success he expected,
and has to mourn the loss of many a gallant brave. As a
consequence, he brings a clouded brow and an angry
heart. Let the Dark-Eye beware of his words, when he
speaks to the great chief through the lips of Langee! Let
him say nothing to stir the heart of Kenneloo to revenge,
or the life of the Dark-Eye will not last him to look
upon the sun of Wandewah. So speaks Dundenah, who
would not see the earth drink the blood of the Dark-Eye.”

“But the Blue-Eye, Dundenah—what of her?”

At this moment a long, loud, mournful wail, of many
voices, came borne to our ears.

“Hark!” cried Dundenah: “'tis the death howl of the
Wepecoolahs: already they mourn their dead. Let the
Dark-Eye remember the caution of Dundenah!”

Saying this, she turned, darted away, and disappeared
from my view through the doorway of the Council House.

Scarcely had she gone, when I heard various cries,
whoops, yells, and the trampling of a large body of horse.
My guard still maintained his position by the door—but
his whole attention was now fixed on what was taking

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

place without. A few minutes after, he stepped aside, with
an air of respect; and Kenneloo, accompanied by Langee,
or the Hermit, entered the Council House.

There was a dark frown on the brow of the chief, a
compression of the lips, and a fierceness in the glance of
his black eyes, as he advanced directly toward me, that I
fancied boded me no good. He came close up to me,
glared upon me savagely for a few moments, and then
grasped my arm so roughly, that I could scarcely avoid
uttering a cry of pain. I felt my blood boil at this indignity;
and but for the warning words of Dundenah, I
believe I should have resented it by a blow, chief though
he was. But by a great effort I controlled my feelings,
and returned his rude gaze calmly and unflinchingly.

He was a powerful personage, physically considered,
being over six feet in stature, and finely proportioned,
with strength and grace in every limb. His features,
now that I had a fair view of them, I could not call ugly
in themselves, though horribly disfigured by paint, and by
two long, deep scars, one of which ran obliquely across the
nose, and led me to infer that that member had been
severed by the sharp cut of a sword, or tomahawk, during
some conflict. His eyes were black, and now seemed to
gleam with meditated vengeance; but still I could see in
them a look of intelligence far superior to most of his
tribe. The forehead, too, was high and broad; but I did
not altogether admire the phrenological development of
the shaved head—from the crown of which dangled the
scalp-lock, with the feathers, intended to adorn it, now
soiled with dust and mud, and otherwise in disarray. His
loins were covered with a panther skin, belted around his
waist; and this, with moccasins, comprised his whole costume.
In his belt were stuck his tomahawk and scalping-knife—
and these were all the weapons he had about him.

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

With the exception of the feathers attached to his scalp-lock,
and a couple of coarse, heavy rings, dangling from
his ears, he was devoid of any attempt at ornament—and
there was nothing by which to distinguish him from his followers
as the chief of his tribe.

After grasping my arm in the manner related, and
impudently thrusting his face so close to mine that I was
obliged to inhale his breath, while his black, snakey eyes
fairly gleamed with what seemed a fiendish thirst for
vengeance—and finding I made no attempt at resistance
or resentment, and neither uttered a cry of pain, nor
showed signs of surprise or fear—he threw me from him
with such force, that, in spite of myself, I fell heavily to
the ground. Then turning to the Hermit—who was
watching me, with what I fancied to be a look of commiseration—
he made an exclamation in the Indian tongue, to
which the other nodded in reply.

The chief then spoke a few words to Langee, in a rapid
tone; and as I rose to my feet, the latter advanced to me
and said:

“Young man, your presence of mind, and the restraint
put upon your passions, under the insult offered you, has
prolonged your life, perhaps saved it. When Kenneloo
entered here, I trembled for your safety; for had you
offered the least resistance, or exhibited the least sign of
fear, he would have brained you on the spot. He now
deems you a fit subject for the torture, to which he intends
to devote you, as an offering to Kailwanondah, the Evil
Spirit, to appease his wrath for the signal failure of his
expedition against your countrymen.”

“I am much obliged to Kenneloo for his good opinion
and kind intentions,” I replied, with sarcastic bitterness;
“but though I am duly sensible of the honor he would
thus confer upon me, yet I would rather decline it; and,

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

if I must die, would prefer to be killed outright, where I
stand, even though my courage should suffer in savage
estimation. Had I known for what purpose he was testing
my presence of mind and forbearance, rest assured the
insult had not been tamely borne—of which he may even
yet convince himself by attempting to repeat it. But I
had been warned to be guarded against giving offence—
though not till your explanation was I aware for what
diabolical purpose.”

“You allude to Dundenah?” said Langee.

“I do.”

“Wrong her not with that suspicion then: the Leaping
Fawn would save you.”

“Ha! say you so? But how do you know this?

“I had it from her own lips.”

“You have seen her then?”

“I have. She spoke with me as I was about to enter
here with the chief; and her last words were: `Save the
Dark-eyed prisoner.' ”

“Who is she, pray tell me?”

“The daughter of Kenneloo.”

“Indeed! but her features are not like the others of
the tribe.”

“Her mother was of another race. But I will tell you
more at some future time, should opportunity permit. At
present it is my painful duty to inform you, that Kenneloo
will reserve you for the stake, and he waits to see how
you will bear the announcement of your doom.”

“Good heavens! you seem as cold-blooded as he—and
speak of my sentence as though you were conferring a
favor.”

“I speak of your sentence as something better than
certain death; and in order to give you a chance for your
life, I will tell you what to reply. You must demand a

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

trial by Council—which, according to the laws of the
Wepecoolahs, cannot be refused.”

“And will this proceeding save me?”

“We hope to save you by this proceeding.”

“Then make such demand for me.”

Langee turned to the chief, who seemed to be getting
impatient, and spoke a few words in the Indian tongue.

Kenneloo started, with a look of surprise and anger;
and then replying in a loud, fierce tone, stalked out of the
Council House, leaving the Hermit alone with me.

The latter now turned to me, with a troubled expression,
and said:

“To save you, young man, I fear I have sealed my own
doom.”

“How so?” I inquired, in surprise.

“He says that I either dictated your reply, or have
translated it falsely; and that be it which it may, I shall
answer for it.”

“And what will be the consequences to you, my
friend?”

“If you escape the torture, I shall probably be tried by
Council; and if condemned, must suffer in your stead—
for Kenneloo declares he will have a victim.”

“Then do not save my life at the sacrifice of your own,
Langee,” I replied. “I could not ask that, even were
you a tried friend, instead of a stranger.”

“God's will be done!” returned the Hermit, calmly.
“You are more worthy to live than I—and there are ties
binding you to earth—while I have none. No, no,” he
continued, reflectingly, sadly, and touchingly—“there are
none now to mourn the loss of a wretch like me—life is
become a burden rather than a pleasure—and the sooner
I sleep in death the better. Nature, it is true, shrinks
from death, even when the spirit longs for it—and nature

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

doubly revolts at physical torture—but we must all pass
the great bourne, in some way, sooner or later; and if
this is to be my fate, I will try to bear it with Christian
fortitude and resignation, as a portion of the punishment
due to my transgressions, and say, `God's will be done!' ”

I was struck with the manner and language of my
strange companion; and believing him sincerely repentant,
I felt that, however great were his sins, they would be forgiven.

“God is above all, and rules all, generous stranger!” I
said, seizing his hand; and “peradventure He will yet
deliver us both from the hands of our enemies. But tell
me—know you any thing of my fair companion?'

“Ha!” he said, starting—“the lady that was with you—
I hope no harm has befallen her?”

“Then you know nothing of her?”

“Nothing: I have not seen her since we parted on the
night you were made captives. Was she not brought to
the village with you?”

“Yes; but immediately after we were separated by
Dundenah; and for more than a week I have neither seen
nor heard from her, and know not whether she is living or
dead.”

“And did you question Dundenah?”

“Yes, many times—but she would give me no answer.”

“This is strange!” returned Langee, musingly, and
shaking his head, as one in doubt: “this is strange!
Can it be?” he proceeded, rather thinking aloud than addressing
me: “Can it be? There is something to favor
the suspicion; and then she was always wayward, wilful,
and even passionately rash when a child. But then again
it was too soon for her to stake all upon so bold a stroke.
You say you were separated almost immediately after your
arrival in the village?” he continued, raising his large,

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

dark, wild-looking eyes from the ground, and fixing them
upon me.

“Yes—we were scarcely together here a quarter of an
hour. But what do you fear, Langee? Speak! tell me
the worst at once?”

“Could Dundenah have known from your manner that
you loved the maiden?”

“Undoubtedly. But what could this have to do with
our separation?”

“Nothing, perhaps, with your separation—though much,
perchance, with what followed.”

“I do not understand you.”

“Well, let it pass: I must see more, ere I venture to
tell you my conjectures: they may be erroneous ones.”

“But what think you has been done with Clara?”

“I cannot say.”

“You surely do not think any harm has befallen her?”

“I hope not.”

“Hope not?” cried I. “Good heavens! you alarm me
with even a vague suspicion—you who so well know Dundenah
and the Wepecoolahs.”

“Well, I know nothing of this matter, and therefore
you should not get alarmed at my words. In truth, I
rather think the girl is safe and unharmed.”

“If otherwise, they may lead me to death as soon as
they like,” said I, despondingly.

“Then you prize her more than life?”

“I would give my life for hers.”

“That is true love, and springs from a noble heart,”
rejoined Langee. “But were the maiden dead, have you
no other ties to bind you to earth?”

“Yes, many,” replied I, as my thoughts reverted to
home and my friends.

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

“Then you are to be envied, even in your misfortune,”
rejoined the Hermit, gloomily.

And turning aside to one of the benches, he seated himself,
hid his face in his hands, and commenced rocking to
and fro, as I had seen him do in his own hovel on the
prairie.

I seated myself also; and for several minutes gave way
to such poignant reflections as my own situation, and the
uncertainty shrouding the fate of poor Clara, naturally
awakened. I thought in silence, till thought without utterance
became too painful to bear; and I resolved to renew
conversation with my strange companion. At the same
time it occurred to me; that I had forgotten to question
him concerning the expedition of the Wepecoolahs; and
approaching him at once, I touched him on the shoulder—
but I had to repeat this, and even to shake him, before I
could rouse him from his deep reverie.

At length he raised his head, and looking around somewhat
wildly, fixed his eyes upon mine, and said, with a
kind of sigh:

“Ah me! you have recalled me from the past to the
present—and I suffer by the transition. Rare thing for
me! memory was busy with the early and happy scenes of
my existence—and they have been all too few.”

“I crave pardon then!” I replied. “Had I known you
were occupied with pleasant reflections, I might have
envied, but certainly should not have disturbed you.”

“Well, well—no matter,” he rejoined, gloomily: “the
present had to return, and you only hastened it by a few
moments.”

“I wished to ask you concerning the last expedition of
the Wepecoolahs?”

“Thank God, it was for the most part a failure!” he
said, earnestly; “for though I would mingle not with my

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

kind, for reasons of my own, yet I bear no ill-feeling
toward them, and really wish them well—least of all
would I voluntarily be an accessory to blood and plunder,
even were the parties assailed my enemies.

“The object of the expedition of the Wepecoolahs was
revenge upon their natural foes, the whites; and their intention
was to steal, like a cat upon her prey, upon a certain
frontier settlement, and achieve a sudden and awful
victory, by indiscriminate massacre, fire and plunder. I
went with them the more readily, that, in the first place,
resistance was out of the question; secondly, I could do
nothing to prevent the diabolical attempt being made; and
thirdly, I thought if I could not by any means warn the
inhabitants of their approach, I might perhaps succeed in
rescuing some poor fellow being from the general doom.

“But Providence frustrated their bloody design, and
made it recoil upon themselves. They crossed the Brazos,
and penetrated the country low down toward the Gulf,
without being discovered; and one stormy night, about the
mid-hour, having left their horses in a neighboring wood,
they stole down upon a small settlement, and, simultaneously
uttering their terrible war-whoop, rushed on, as
they supposed to easy conquest.

“But it so chanced that a gallant band of Texas Rangers
were just entering the village to quarter for the night,
and they met the savages in their fierce career.

“The result was a signal defeat to the latter, with a loss
of some ten or twelve killed outright, and several others
wounded. The Indians made a precipitate retreat to their
horses; and such of them as were fortunate enough to
reach them in advance of their pursuers, effected their
escape; but there are nineteen notches to be cut from the
tally-stick of the tribe; and among the missing, who will

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

return no more, they number some of their best and
bravest fighters.”

I could not but rejoice at this signal defeat of the
Wepecoolahs, although it rendered the mere chance of
escape from such a body of disappointed and infuriated
beings next to a miracle, and I so expressed myself to
Langee.

“Yes,” he replied, “in all probability we shall be the
victims, on whom will fall most heavily their retaliatory
vengeance. I could have escaped during the melee—but I
had passed my word of honor to Kenneloo, not to do so
under any circumstances, and I would not forfeit that to
save my unworthy life. If he, an Indian, an uncultivated
savage, and a foe to my race, had faith enough in my
integrity to take my unsupported word for the security of
my person, it would be a burning shame, I thought, for
me to be the first to convince him that a Christian white
man values life more than honor, to say nothing of the sin
of deliberately telling a falsehood.”

“You may be in the right,” I rejoined; “but the very
fewest number would have reasoned so under such circumstances.”

“That may be,” he pursued; “but a thousand wrongs
never made a right; and he who attempts to act on principle,
should keep principle paramount to all other objects
or considerations.”

“What to me seems the most wonderful part of the
whole matter is, that Kenneloo should have accepted your
word as sufficient security for your person,” I said.

“He had seen me tried before,” said Langee.

“And think you, after all this, he will deliberately put
you to death?”

“He may do so—for there is no calculating on the
whims of an untutored savage.”

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

“And does your word bind you not to escape now?” I
inquired.

“I do not know that it does.”

“Then were I in your place, I would avail myself of
the first opportunity to get out of the clutches of such
dangerous enemies.”

“It is no easy matter to escape now,” replied Langee,
“even were I so inclined. Kenneloo, as I have already
informed you, has become suspicious of me; and it would
not surprise me to find myself ere long deprived of my
liberty. But I will go,” he pursued, “and endeavor to
ascertain the state of feeling among the savages with
regard to both of us; and also learn, if I can, what has
been done with your fair companion.”

“Do,” I said, “and let me see you at the earliest
moment practicable—for I am in a state of anxious suspense.”

The Hermit rose, and went to the door, where he spoke
a few words with the Indian guard; and then returning to
me, said:

“It is as I feared—I am already a close prisoner: the
sentry has orders not to let me leave the Council House.”

At this moment we heard voices without; and directly
after, Kenneloo entered the building, followed by some
twenty of his most distinguished warriors.

-- 130 --

p464-139 CHAPTER XI. THE DOOM AND THE HOPE.

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

Four of the warriors immediately separated from the
others, and, without a word being spoken, proceeded to
bind the arms of Langee and myself behind our backs.
We were then conducted out of the house into the open
air, where we were closely guarded by six of the party
just returned from the expedition; while those within
proceeded, in due Indian form, to settle the question as to
what should be our fate.

Never did I think nature so beautiful, as when I first
beheld it after a week's confinement; and were I but free
once more to enjoy it, I fancied I could be content with
almost any other fortune. The day was clear, the air
delightful, and the sun stood in mid-heaven, pouring down
his bright rays and giving to every object a charming
mellowness of aspect, which appeared the more beautiful
to me, because I believed I should soon lose sight of all
forever.

Presently I heard Indian voices in the Council House—
but not understanding their language, I knew nothing that
was said. Langee did, however; but he was not allowed
to communicate with me. Once, after a rather long, loud,
fiery speech, Langee turned his dark, hollow eyes mournfully
upon me, and slightly shook his head, which I understood
to mean that our doom was, or would be, sealed.

The deliberations of the Indians lasted some two or
three hours—during which time the villagers, of all ages,

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

surrounded us, peering at us curiously, but observing a
decorum that surprised me, considering that they were
savages. None were allowed to advance within the
ring made by our guard, which was perhaps ten feet in
diameter; but outside of this they formed a complete
circle, and conversed in low, quiet tones. Occasionally
hands clenched, and fierce eyes glared upon me; but being
a stranger to them, and of a race which they esteemed
natural enemies, I thought if they did not maltreat me, I
had reason to be grateful for their forbearance.

Toward Langee, however, whom most of them had
known in former years, and whom they evidently regarded
as more Indian than white, the looks directed were those
of sympathy; and I fancied I saw enough to warrant the
conclusion that the popular vote would go against his condemnation,
at the same time that it would approve of mine.

In vain I looked among the crowd, in every direction,
for one glimpse of the sweet, sad face of Clara—for if
alive, and permitted to do so, I knew she would endeavor
to see me. But no! no—alas! no—she was nowhere to be
seen; and I began to entertain the horrible suspicion that
she had been put to death. If so, the guilt I believed
rested with Dundenah, as the supreme authority of the
tribe in the absence of her father; and the bare idea that
her hands were imbrued in the blood of her I loved, made
me regard her as a demoness of hell's worst type—the more
devilish, that her knowledge and intelligence should have
ennobled her above those by whom she was surrounded.

While occupied with these thoughts, Dundenah made her
appearance. All moved respectfully aside, to give her an
opportunity to approach us.

“Why is Langee here, thus guarded?” she said,
addressing the Hermit in English, that none of the others
might understand.

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

“Because, in following your directions, with regard to
this youth, I unfortunately incurred the displeasure of
your father.”

“How so?”

“By telling the youth, when doomed to die, to demand
a trial by Council. Kenneloo says I either told him how
to answer, or translated his answer falsely.”

“And is the great chief not satisfied to allow him a
trial by Council?” cried Dundenah, with flashing eyes.
“Would he doom him to the stake without a consultation?”

“You see I am a prisoner for obeying you—that will
best answer your questions,” replied Langee.

“But Langee shall not suffer for obeying the Leaping
Fawn,” she returned, quickly. “Dundenah will save him.
She swears it, by the great Wandewah!” Then turning
to me: “Would the Dark-Eye content him with life and
liberty and a home among the Wepecoolahs?”

“Ere I answer, Dundenah,” I returned, with compressed
lips, fixing my eyes keenly upon hers, “you must
tell me what has become of the Blue-Eye?”

For a few moments she looked at me as though she
would annihilate me on the spot; and then slowly and
impressively replied:

“No prisoner so bold as to decline answering the
daughter of the great Kenneloo, ever lived to boast of it.”

“Well,” I rejoined, with considerable asperity in my
tone, “you can take my life, for it is in your power, but
force me to answer you cannot.”

For some moments Dundenah fairly glared upon me, so
enraged did she seem at the audacity of my reply. Then
compressing her thin lips, as one trying to speak calmly,
under the excitement of the most intense passion, she
rejoined:

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

“And does the Dark-Eye thus show his gratitude to
Dundenah for her endeavors to save his life?”

“I acknowledge no cause for gratitude, when you have
taken from me that which is dearer than life,” I replied.
“Only tell me the Blue-Eye is safe and well, and
I am your slave, to obey your slightest command; but if
you have wronged her, I solemnly invoke the curse of
Heaven upon you!”

“The Dark-Eye is sealing his own doom,” she rejoined,
sharply.

“Be it so; I can die but once, and death puts an end to
your tyranny.”

For perhaps a minute after I said this, her keen, black,
searching eyes remained fixed upon mine, while every feature
seemed to quiver with the struggle of pent up rage.
Then stamping her foot upon the ground, she fairly hissed
forth:

“The Dark-Eye has chosen;” and darted into the
Council House.

I now indeed felt that my last hope was gone, and regretted
that I had been so hasty; for my death could not
benefit Clara, whether living or dead herself; and if living,
the news of my untimely end would only add a lasting
grief to her misery. It was too late, however, to recall
my words; and not knowing what moment I might now be
called upon to play my last part in the great drama of life,
I turned my thoughts inwardly, and strove to make my
peace with Heaven.

It was perhaps an hour after this, when a messenger
came from the Council, and bade our guard conduct us into
the presence of our Indian judges.

As we entered, Kenneloo was seated at the far end of
the building, with Dundenah standing just behind him, and
the warriors, equally divided, ranged along the circular

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

walls on his right and left. As we drew near to the chief,
I did not fail to perceive a peculiar expression of triumph,
which assured me that the question of life and death had
been settled to his satisfaction.

I next glanced at Dundenah. She was standing just behind
her father, motionless as a statue, with her arms
crossed on her bosom, and her eyes bent on the ground. I
was struck with the aspect of her features. The look of
fiery, haughty pride was no longer there; but in its place
one of dejection, if not of sorrow. The change was for
the better; and as I now beheld her countenance, I could
truly pronounce it lovely. Could it be that one who looked
thus, was an incarnate demoness, devoid of the more gentle
feelings which belong to her sex? No! it was impossible.
Such an expression could never find place upon the countenance
of one whose heart was steeled to pity, mercy, and
all the nobler and holier emotions!

As these thoughts passed through my mind, Dundenah
raised her eyes, and their glance encountered mine. At
first she seemed disposed to resume that look of haughty
pride, which, till now, she had ever displayed in my presence;
but from some cause, perhaps because she perceived
on my features an expression more in unison with her own
feelings, she finally let her dark eyes rest upon me with a
gleam of gentleness, and even of pity, that I had never
before believed her capable of feeling, and I began to wonder
what could possibly have occurred to effect so great a
change so suddenly.

The chief, however, soon claimed my attention. After
surveying us for a few moments in silence, with a savage
smile of triumph upon his repulsive features, he rose and
addressed himself to Langee. His words were few—but
the utterance was slow and harsh. When he had done, he
resumed his seat, and fixed his black, snakey eyes upon my

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

countenance, to note the manner in which I would receive
my sentence from the lips of the Hermit.

“It is as I feared, my young friend,” began Langee;
“you are already doomed to die by torture.”

I started, and felt the blood rush to my temples, and
then retreat to my heart, as these horrible words fell upon
my ear; for notwithstanding I had believed myself fully
prepared to hear this sentence without exhibiting any
emotion, I now found that a faint hope that so severe a one
would never be passed upon me, had all along been mingling
with the contemplation.

Recollecting that the eyes of my foes were upon me,
and that they were secretly enjoying the triumph of seeing
a white man pale and tremble, I immediately regained an
outward composure, and, in a calm, even tone of voice, inquired:

“When is this sentence to be executed?”

“To-morrow,” he replied, sadly.

“And in what manner?”

“You are to die at the stake, by a slow fire.”

“And you, my friend?”

“In case you suffer, my sentence is not so severe,” he
replied; “but if aught should occur to prevent your dying
at the stake, I am to be put to death in your place.”

“Then it seems they think it possible something may
occur to prevent their sentence being carried into execution?”

“Kenneloo has provided for such a contingency, that he
may not be cheated of his horrible sacrifice,” replied the
Hermit.

“And when I am dead, are you to be set at liberty?” I
inquired.

“No! the revengeful Kenneloo has effected a sentence
of degradation. I am to take my place among the

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

Soolepcooms, or Squaw-workers, the drudges of the tribe, till
such time as his savage chiefship may see proper to restore
me to equal fellowship with his heathen followers.”

This seemed to come forth with more bitterness than any
sentence which I had heard Langee utter since my captivity;
and it was accompanied by a wild rolling of his
hollow eyes, and a look generally, that presaged the stirring
up of those dark, fierce passions, which, ere now, had torn
and rent him like one possessed of a devil, and which perhaps
had cost him years of suffering and prayerful struggle
to subdue and control.

“But you may find an opportunity to escape,” I said, in
a low tone; “and if you do, oh! use it! and, for the love
of Heaven! bear tidings of my fate to Colonel Moreland,
of Houston, Texas, and tell him that his daughter is either
dead or here a prisoner!”

The chief here spoke to Langee in a harsh tone, who
said to me in English:

“Kenneloo is getting impatient; he thinks our interview
unnecessarily prolonged. A thought strikes me! Would
you not rather die a sudden death now, than wait for the
stake to-morrow, and undergo the most excruciating tortures?”

I reflected a moment, and replied:

“You forget, Langee, that were I to die now, you would
be required to take my place.”

“And you forget,” he said, “that Dundenah has sworn
by Wandewah I shall not suffer.”

“What then do you propose?”

“Rush at once upon Kenneloo, as he sits there, and, my
word for it, he brains you on the impulse of the moment.”

I considered my chances of escape, and resolved to do
it; for better a speedy death to-day, I thought, than a

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

lingering one of torture to-morrow. I implored Langee,
if it were possible for him to get away from the savages,
to do so, and let the friends of Clara know what had become
of her. I then bade him farewell, and turned to rush
upon the chief—when, to my surprise, I found myself confronted
with Dundenah. Her proud, haughty look had
now returned, and her glance and air were stern, as she
said:

“The design of the Dark-Eye and Langee is known to
Dundenah, and she has foiled it.”

She then spoke a few words to her father, who immediately
arose and broke up the Council. He passed out
of the Council House, followed by his warriors, with the
exception of the six who had charge of us. These latter
placed both Langee and myself on our backs, on the ground,
and proceeded to bind our limbs, so that we had no use
of them. They then went out, leaving one as sentry at
the door.

Dundenah did not immediately follow them. For a few
moments she stood with her arms folded on her bosom—a
favorite attitude with her—and her eyes bent on the
ground. Then she took two or three hasty turns up and
down the Council House, and paused between Langee and
myself, as we lay on our backs about six feet apart. Fixing
her piercing black eyes on the Hermit, she said, in a
low, but severe tone:

“Till Dundenah's ears heard the base counsel of
Langee, she did not think him treacherous to the Leaping
Fawn and Kenneloo.”

“If you call my counsel to the Dark-Eye, to save himself
from torture, treachery, I have nothing to say—only,
that I am sorry my plan did not succeed,” replied the
other.

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

And had it succeeded, Langee would have relied on
the oath of Dundenah to save him from the stake?

“Well, was that treachery to believe you would keep
your oath?” queried the other.

“No! but it was treachery to seek to snatch the prisoner
from the hands of the Wepecoolahs,” replied Dundenah;
“and it is well none understood Langee but the
Leaping Fawn, or he would scarce be living now. Dundenah
fears Langee has given her oath too broad a
license. She swore he should not suffer for obeying her—
but to urge the Dark-Eye to speedy death, was none of
her command.”

“Well! well! what would you?” said the Hermit,
rather impatiently.

“Dundenah would warn Langee against rashness. Had
the Dark-Eye died by his counsel, the blood of the Dark-Eye
would now be on the head of Langee.”

“I venture to say the Dark-Eye does not view the matter
in that light himself!” rejoined the Hermit.

“By no means,” I replied: “I sincerely believe you
meant your advice for the best, Langee; and I thank you
for it; although, as matters turned out, it failed to benefit
me.”

“Then the Dark-Eye wishes death?” cried Dundenah,
turning sharply upon me.

“No, I do not wish for death; but I am already
doomed; and I prefer a speedy death to one of torture.”

“And the Dark-Eye would rather die now than take
his chances of escape?”

“What chances? I know not there are any.”

“And think you Dundenah is powerless among her
tribe?”

“By no means; but you will make no effort to save
me.”

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

“How knows the Dark-Eye that?”

“I judge it from what passed between us at a former
interview.”

“Was it not by the advice of Dundenah that the Dark-Eye
demanded the trial by Council?”

“I was told so; and then I was also led to believe that
Dundenah would make an effort to save me.”

“And does the Dark-Eye think otherwise now?”

“I have reason to think so. Am I not already condemned?”

“Would the Dark-Eye content him with a home among
the Wepecoolahs?”

“No,” I replied—“I certainly could not be contented
here.”

“Not even with the Blue-Eye for a companion?” queried
my singular interrogator, closely watching my features.

“Ha! does the Blue-Eye live then? is she safe and
well?” cried I, quickly.

“Would the Dark-Eye content him to remain among
the Wepecoolahs, with the Blue-Eye for a companion?”
repeated Dundenah, in a tone that I fancied was a little
tremulous.

“I cannot say I would be contented here, Dundenah,”
I answered; “but if assured that the Blue-Eye is safe
and well, and that we may be permitted to be together
occasionally, I will accept my life with almost any
conditions.”

“Let the Dark-Eye beware then how he seeks to hasten
his existence to a close!” replied Dundenah; and turning
on her heel, she immediately quitted the Council
House.

After reflecting for a short time on what she had

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

said, I asked the Hermit, in a low tone, what he thought
of it.

“I am inclined to think that your companion is uninjured,”
he replied; and was about to add something more,
when the sentry came running to us, spoke to him in the
Indian tongue, and made signs to me that we must hold
no further communication with each other.

Wearily, wearily the hours passed away, and the day
dragged to a close. The position in which I lay would
have been continually painful, had not my mind been so
much occupied with other matters. I recalled the words
and manner of Dundenah, and hope of two kinds began to
faintly dawn in my breast,—first, that Clara was alive
and well; and secondly, that by some means my life
would be preserved.

Granting that this hope would not prove fallacious, the
sequence which I ventured to calculate kept my brain
active, and on the wings of conjecture I travelled far into
the future. Should my life be preserved, and should
Clara and I again meet, I thought that on the strength of
so much good fortune I could safely found the greater
hope of providential escape from the savages with my fair
companion—and, with her also, ultimate happiness.

But the mental structure I thus reared and enlarged,
I found, upon reconsideration, had a very small foundation,
and I knew that the slightest adverse force would
topple it down a mass of ruins.

Night came on—but no one came to visit us—not even
to offer us food. This did not surprise me in my own
case; but I thought it strange that Langee should be
treated thus severely, unless it were the intention of the
Indians to put him to death also.

Several times I was on the point of asking him, in a
low tone, what construction he put upon this treatment;

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

but as often I remembered the warning of the sentry,
recalled the conversation I had had with Dundenah, and
thought it best to keep silent, and not draw upon myself
any further savage displeasure.

Hours of deep, lonely silence thus passed away, with
the Hermit within six feet of me, when an incident took
place which I will record in the following chapter.

-- 142 --

p464-151 CHAPTER XII. ESCAPE OF LANGEE, AND WHAT FOLLOWED.

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

From the setting in of night, I lost sight of my strange
companion; and though I had every reason to believe
that he was still lying within six feet of me, yet for hours
I had heard no sound, not even a movement or a breath,
to assure me that such was the case. My natural conclusion
was, that he was asleep; but still I thought it very
singular that he should lie so quietly, and sleep so easily;
and I could have fancied he was not there now, only that
I knew I had not lost myself, even in a dose, for a single
moment, and regarded it as next to impossible that he
could have got away without making any noise.

Through the first part of the night, I had been so occupied
with thoughts peculiar to my own situation, that this
had not struck me as any thing remarkable; and when I
did think about it, I lay for some time pondering upon the
mystery of this silence.

At length, near what I judged to be the midnight hour,
I heard a slight movement, and a sound like the parting
of a thong. Then, for a few minutes, all was still, when
the same kind of noise was repeated.

Could it be that my strange companion was breaking
loose from his bonds? I hoped so, yet feared to ask,
even in a whisper, lest I should be heard by the sentry at
the door, and, by attracting his attention, peradventure
spoil some design of Langee.

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

Soon after this, the same sounds were again repeated;
and then I fancied I heard a footstep stealing softly away.

For perhaps ten minutes after this, all was again silent—
then I was startled by hearing sounds like persons struggling
together at the door. There was no outery—but,
instead, a smothered groan, a fall of some heavy body,
and labored breathing, like one strangling. This gradually
died away to silence; and though I laid awake all
night, listening and wondering, and pondering upon my
own hard fate, I heard nothing more.

The night, as may readily be believed, was to me one of
physical and mental torture. I was so bound that I could
move nothing but my head; and my limbs gradually swelling,
by reason of the tightness of my cords, the ligatures
became deeply buried in my flesh, and for a long time
pained me exceedingly. To this a numbness succeeded,
scarcely less pleasant; and for hours I felt as if portions
of me were dead.

And would any portion of me be living when the sun of
to-morrow should set? I asked myself; and the awful idea
that I might then be in the Spirit Land, made the blood,
where it did circulate, seem to run cold in my veins.

Daylight came at last; and with the first ray that penetrated
my prison-house, I turned my eyes to the spot
where I had last seen the Hermit. As I had anticipated,
he was no longer there. He had escaped; and the sounds
I had heard at the door, were doubtless his struggles with
the sentry, whom I readily conjectured he had strangled.

This conjecture seemed confirmed, when, so soon as it
was light enough to see around the building, I lifted my
head from the earth, and beheld a dark object stretched
across the doorway.

But how had Langee got away? had Dundenah aided
him? and what bearing would his escape have upon my

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

own fate? were mental questions to which I could append
no answers. Strange, too, I thought, if he were friendly
disposed toward me, as his words all along had implied,
that, after making his way clear, by killing the sentry, he
had not returned to set me free also, which he might then
have done with little or no risk.

But had he really escaped? and if so, for what purpose?
and would he seek to make his way to a white settlement,
and spread the news of our captivity? or would he return
to his hermit life, and bury all other thoughts in those of
self?

While thus mentally occupied, I chanced to espy, by the
increasing light, some marks upon the hard, well-trodden
earth where Langee had lain. I fancied they took a systematic
shape; and raising my head, I was both surprised
and rejoiced to perceive that a finger had traced on the
ground, in large letters, the single word:

Hope!”

He had not forgotten me then, and had left this as a
token that I must not despair; though why he had not
communicated something of his design to me, after overpowering
the guard, which he might have done so easily,
was still a mystery I could not solve.

It was with no little anxiety I listened for the sound of
approaching footsteps, and strove to conjecture what would
be the conduct of the savages, when they should find one
of their party killed, and one of their prisoners escaped.

At length some one came to the door, and was about to
enter; but started back on seeing his prostrate companion,
and, uttering an Indian ejaculation, stooped down to examine
him. The next moment he sprang to his feet, and
with a wild, shrill, prolonged whoop, disappeared.

This alarm-cry was quickly answered by a dozen throats;
and immediately after a number of savages came rushing

-- --

Escape of Langee [figure description] 464EAF. Image of the hermit holding onto the arm of an Native American in the moonlight. The Native American is bleeding from a chest-wound. In the background are teepees.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

into the building; and while some stopped at the door to
examine their dead comrade, the others directed their
steps to me, with fierce looks and menacing gestures.

I thought my time had now surely come—for in their
rage I believed they would kill me—and commending my
soul to God, I awaited the result with all the fortitude I
could summon.

On coming up to me, however, and finding me fast
bound, and Langee gone, they appeared to see at once
that I had had no hand in the death of the sentry, or the
escape of the Hermit; and grouping themselves upon the
spot where the latter had lain, they held a brief consultation
among themselves, of which of course I understood
nothing.

Then turning to me, they uttered the word “Langee,”
in a deep, guttural tone, and made signs to know what had
become of him.

I shook my head, the only part of me I could move, as
a sign that I knew nothing about him; and muttering
among themselves, and fiercely brandishing their tomahawks,
they went back to their companions at the door;
and soon the whole party disappeared, taking the corpse
with them.

I had scarcely been left to myself, when Kenneloo came
stalking into the building, followed by Dundenah.

As the chief drew near me, I could perceive, by the
fiery gleam of his black eyes, and the fierce expression of
his countenance, that he was in no amiable mood. There
was a frown upon the brow of Dundenah, and her thin lips
were compressed—but the general aspect of her features
seemed to betoken as much of grief as of anger.

The chief halted by my side, and fixing his snakey eyes
upon my face, closely watched me while I was being
interrogated by Dundenah.

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

“Where is Langee?” asked the latter.

“I know no more than yourself,” I replied.

“Did he tell the Dark-Eye nothing before he left?”

“Nothing—not a word passed between us.”

“But the Dark-Eye knows when he escaped?”

I narrated to her what I had heard in the middle of the
night.

“And this is all the Dark-Eye knows?”

“All, I assure you.”

Dundenah translated my answers to her father; who
replied in a fierce, angry tone; and glaring upon me, more
like some savage beast than a human being, he immediately
quitted the Council House.

“This is most unfortunate,” said Dundenah, in what
seemed a dispirited tone; “and the Dark-Eye, I fear,
will have to suffer for the baseness of Langee.”

“How so?” I inquired: “It is easily seen that I am
not to blame for what he did.”

“But who shall stay the vengeance of the Wepecoolahs,”
she pursued, with a kind of poetical wildness, “against
him who is of the race of him who has broken from their
bondage and laid one of their race low? Can the Dark-Eye
stop the mountain torrent as it rushes toward the
valley? Like the mountain torrent is the rage of the
Wepecoolahs against the paleface for the deeds of his
brothers! They have counted the moccasins that went on
the warpath and came back no more; and while the death
wail is fresh in the lodges of the fallen braves, a new wail
is heard for a son and a brother slain within the sacred
limits of their Council House, by the hand of one whose
language is that of the Dark-Eye, and the hue of whose
skin proclaims him of the same hated race! Who shall
dare step between them and the victim of their wrath?
Who has power to do it and live?”

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

“I understand you, Dundenah,” I said, as she paused
and fixed her gaze, with a kind of mournful solemnity,
upon my features: “I understand you. Whatever hope
your previous language gave me, that you might in some
way avert my awful doom, I now give over, and pray God
to aid me to die with fortitude, forgiving those who do me
this wrong because of my race, and not because I have
ever done an injury unto them.”

“Is it not hard for the Dark-Eye—so young—to say
farewell to sun, and moon, and stars, and earth, forever?”
inquired my singular companion.

“Yes, Dundenah—to say nothing of my friends, who
peradventure will never learn my fate—or learn it to shed
more bitter tears than at the uncertainty in which it was
previously involved.”

“The curse of Wandewah be upon Langee for what he
has done!” she cried, vehemently, with flashing eyes.

“And yet you cannot blame him,” I replied, “for
seeking life and liberty—and, above all, escape from such
painful bonds as these.”

“Can the Dark-Eye excuse him, when he left him to
suffer the consequences of his selfishness?” asked my
companion, quickly.

“I blame him not for embracing the means of escape
which Providence seems to have given him,” I answered.
“Could I have got away, I should not be here now.”

“And were the Dark-Eye free, and his companion in
bondage, would he leave him so, when he could set him at
liberty with no risk to himself?”

“No, I certainly would not.”

“Then the curse of Wandewah be upon Langee for his
inhumanity and selfishness!” she again cried, with lofty
scorn.

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

“Shall I infer from this, that Dundenah would have me
free?” I inquired.

“Dundenah would have the Dark-Eye free, but his
home among the Wepecoolahs.”

“Have me live among the enemies of my race? No,
no—that can never be.”

“But Dundenah would have the Dark-Eye and the
Wepecoolahs as brothers.”

“As well ask the fawn and the tiger to be playmates,”
I rejoined. “No, no, Dundenah—I thank you sincerely
for the interest you have manifested in my fate—but what
you wish can never be. Between the Wepecoolahs and
myself there can be no affinity—for we differ so much in
manners, customs, thoughts, and feelings, that what would
delight them, would probably prove an annoyance, not to
say an abhorrence, to me. But, Dundenah, I am suffering
much from the manner in which I am bound—is it necessary
that I should continue in this position, with these
thongs cutting into my flesh?”

“It is usual for captives condemned to the torture, to
remain so bound till taken hence,” she replied; “but the
Dark Eye shall suffer thus no longer, be the consequences
what they may.”

Saying this, she took a knife from her girdle, and
severed the ligatures; but I was so benumbed, that for
several minutes I could make no use of my limbs.

“I thank you, Dundenah, for your kindness,” I said, in
a voice of emotion, while tears involuntarily started to my
eyes.

For, placed as I was among savages, condemned to death,
with no friend by to pity or condole with me, such an act
of mercy, trifling as it may seem to others, touched me to
the heart; and for the time I was almost wrought upon to

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

regard my beautiful companion as a ministering angel, sent
for my deliverance.

My language, the tone in which it was spoken, and the
look which accompanied it, seemed to touch the feelings of
Dundenah; for she turned aside her head, and it was some
moments ere I again had a full view of her features.

I have mistaken her, I thought to myself; she is not the
stony-hearted, cold-blooded creature I have been led to esteem
her; beneath her proud, chilling, haughty exterior
beats a warm, affectionate heart; and now, while that heart
is stirred by gentle feelings, I will question her concerning
Clara.

Accordingly, throwing much feeling into my voice, I
said:

“Since the Leaping Fawn has been so kind as to free
me of much bodily pain, will she not continue her kindness
by relieving my mental anxiety concerning my companion
in misfortune?”

She turned quickly upon me, and her black eyes remained
fixed upon mine for some time, with an expression so peculiar
that I was at a loss to understand the workings of her
mind.

“What would the Dark-Eye know?” she at length inquired,
in a quiet tone.

“I would know what has become of the gentle maiden
who was taken prisoner with myself?”

“If the Dark-Eye lives to see the sun go down, he shall
be answered,” she replied; and abruptly turning away
from me, she quitted the building.

What means this mystery? I asked myself.

But I could not solve the riddle.

-- 150 --

p464-161 CHAPTER XIII. THE STAKE.

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

FOR perhaps an hour after Dundenah left me, no particular
notice was taken of me, although the savages passed
in and out, and appeared to consult together in small
groups. At last a fierce, hideous-looking warrior approached
me, and made signs that I should rise and follow
him—for though feeling had returned to my limbs, and I
was at liberty to walk about, I was in reality so much exhausted
for want of rest and food, that I had only used
my freedom to raise myself to a sitting posture.

I obeyed the Indian, and he led me out of the Council
House.

The first sight that greeted my eyes, as I passed through
the doorway, was a large crowd of both sexes—consisting
of warriors, squaws, children, and pappooses—grouped
around a stake driven firmly into the earth, some twenty
paces in front of Kenneloo's lodge, and about central way
of the area formed by the encircling huts.

The moment this motley assemblage caught sight of me,
they all left the stake, and at once surrounding me, set up
such a series of frightful yells, that I have only to think of
them now to fancy they are still sounding in my ears like
the orgies of demons.

Mingling in this crowd were the Soolepcooms, already
mentioned as being the female drudges of the tribe, generally
selected for this purpose from their intellectual inferiority,
and consequently the lowest order in the savage

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

scale of savages. On the execution of a prisoner, these
she wolves are permitted to join their superiors and exercise
their hellish invention in the way of insulting and torturing
the victim; and as this is a rare holiday for the
unbridled license of their passions, they fail not to make
the most of it in a way becoming to their degraded and
brutal condition.

If, as has been asserted, there is a connecting link between
man and beast—between human beings and angels—
then may we also look for a connecting link between
flesh and blood and demons; and I can conceive of
nothing more nearly approaching this last than the Squaw-workers
of the Wepecoolahs.

They were the first to press upon me; and being abandoned
to them by my conductor, they immediately formed
a close circle around me, and began a wild dance, which I
can liken to nothing earthly—while their still wilder
screeches and yells made my very blood run cold. I
looked beyond them, to the crowd outside, in the hope of
catching the eye of Dundenah, or of beholding one face
having the least expression of sympathy for my fate; but
I was disappointed; for the Leaping Fawn was not among
them—and every look directed toward me was savage and
revengeful.

All appeared to regard me as the victim on whom they
were to vent their rage for the loss the tribe had sustained
in their vindictive expedition against my countrymen, and
also for the death of the warrior slain by Langee. Even
the children took deep interest in the hellish sport already
begun, and laughed, and clapped their little hands with
savage delight, or glared upon me with eyes scarcely less
fierce in expression than those of their older companions.

For a few minutes the Soolepcooms danced around me
in the manner related—thrusting their filthy and hideous

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

faces, with their blood-shot eyes, close to mine—and then
they began to inflict the first degrees of those tortures
which the Council of the Wepecoolahs had sentenced me
to undergo.

They commenced their personal inflictions by pinching
me, biting me, and striking me in the face and on the
body with their hands, fists, and sticks.

I bore this for some time, with what patience I could,
knowing that resistance were in vain; but at last, stung to
madness, and my limbs being free, I determined to make
what use of them I could, hoping that, out of impulsive
revenge, some one would put me out of my misery, by
dispatching me at once.

I therefore struck a posture of defence, and commenced
knocking down all who got within the reach of my arm;
but this so far from producing the consequence I desired
and expected, only added to the amusement; and my
pugilistic display was greeted with screams and yells of
laughter by the greater portion of the crowd, who kept at
a safe distance from my blows, and seemed to urge the
Soolepcooms (who, as I said before, formed the inner
circle) to retaliate in a becoming manner.

These latter—several of whom had already felt the
weight of my clenched hands, and showed it in bruised
and bloody faces—now fairly screeched with rage; and,
drawing their knives, they at once pressed upon me, and
began to prick and cut me on all sides—ever taking care,
though, not to inflict a mortal wound—well knowing that
to kill me was the very poorest revenge they could have.

Finding I could effect nothing with my blows, I now
endeavored to rush through the crowd—not with any
expectation of escape—but merely because I knew not
what better to do with myself; but every where I turned,
these she-wolves, as if anticipating my design, gathered

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

thickest; and a dozen sharp blades were continually lace
rating my legs, hands, arms, breast and face, till I was
literally covered with blood from head to foot; while the
spectators laughed loudly, and cheered on my inhuman
tormentors.

At last, goaded to desperation, like a wild beast at bay,
I watched my opportunity, and suddenly pouncing upon
an old hag, I wrenched the weapon from her grasp, drove
it up to the haft in her naked breast, and hurled her back
upon her diabolical companions, greatly to their astonishment,
rage, and dismay. I was now armed as well as themselves;
and fiercely brandishing my knife, I caused them
to fall back, till I had cleared a circle around me beyond
the reach of my arm, within which the old hag I had
struck down lay weltering in her gore, whether living or
dead I neither knew nor cared.

Finding that I was now sufficiently armed and desperate
to keep the Squaw-workers at bay—and fearful, I
suppose, that I might either kill myself or some of their
number—several of the warriors, who had been looking on
and enjoying the sport, now thought it time to interfere.

As I saw them approaching to overpower and disarm
me, and thought of the dreadful fate to which I was
doomed, I raised my arm, with the intention of burying
the knife in my heart; but I remembered the words of the
Holy Book, which denounce eternal woe upon the self-murderer,
and reflected that it might be better for me hereafter
to bear more worldly pain, and go into the presence
of my God and Judge by other hands than my own. I
therefore uttered a mental prayer to the Almighty for
mercy, and aid to sustain me through my awful trials, and
lowered my arm, resolved to be taken without further
struggle.

The warriors consequently came up, took the knife from

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

my unresisting hand, and, to prevent a repetition of my
daring act, bound my arms behind my back. I was now,
of course, completely at their mercy, and expected the
cowardly attack of the Soolepcooms to be renewed; but
the men held a short consultation among themselves; and
coming to the conclusion, probably, that the preliminary
sport had lasted long enough, they led me away to the
stake.

Encircling this stake, at a distance of several feet from
it, was a pile of fagots; and attached to the stake was a
rope of skin, which, when fastened to the ligature that
bound my arms behind me, would allow me to approach
within two feet of the fuel—but no nearer. I now comprehended
the diabolical design—which was to set fire
to the combustibles, and cause me to literally roast alive
by degrees—for I could not approach near enough to the
flame to terminate my sufferings speedily.

When arrived within the circle of fagots, the warriors
loosened my cords, stripped all of my upper garments
from my lacerated body, and then rebinding my arms as
before, fastened the rope of the stake to the ligature,
leaving me just so much play as I have mentioned.

All now being ready for the last horrible proceeding,
which was to pass me from time to eternity, the spectators
formed themselves into a large circle, so that all could get
a view of their victim, and set up a series of demoniacal
yells, which, as they continued them for some time, without
any action on their part toward firing the combustibles,
I took to be the signal for the chief to make his
appearance.

This idea was confirmed, when, a short time after, I
saw Kenneloo come stalking from his cabin, his repulsive
features wearing a look of savage triumph and satisfaction.

I had all along believed, that when the chief appeared,

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

he would be accompanied by Dundenah; but the latter
was no where to be seen; and under the impression that
her design of saving me—if, in fact, she had seriously entertained
one—had failed, and that she did not wish to see
me die, I now resigned the last faint hope that had lingered,
like a flickering, dying flame in my breast, and employed
my moments in silently commending my soul to
its Maker.

The chief of the Wepecoolahs came within the circle of
spectators, drew close to the circle of fagots, deliberately
folded his arms on his brawny chest, fixed his black eyes
upon me, and regarded me for some moments with a grim
smile of satisfaction. Then stepping slowly backward to
the others, he waved his arm, as a signal to fire the combustibles.

An old, withered, toothless, filthy crone—who, from her
diabolical appearance, seemed fit to serve Satan as executioner,
should the arch-fiend ever need one—now entered
the circle of spectators from without, bearing in one long,
skinny hand a burning brand. Instead of placing this at
once to the fagots, however, as I had expected to see her
do, she stepped over them, came close up to me, fixed her
hollow, bleared eyes upon mine, and, with a grin, which
the devil himself might have envied, suddenly thrust the
brand against my naked body.

I of course started back, and involuntarily uttered a
sharp cry of pain.

At this the spectators set up a shout of laughter; and
the old hag chuckled and cackled in concert, till she was
seized with a violent fit of coughing, which I hoped and
prayed might terminate her existence.

As soon as this was over, she straightened herself up as
well as she could, and again approached me, with the
intention of repeating the brutal act and creating fresh

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

mirth; but now I at least knew her design, and determined
to punish her with a severity that would at once put
a check to her own merriment, and give her cause to
remember me for the rest of her life. Retreating a pace
or two, therefore, as she advanced upon me, I suddenly
raised one foot, and striking her full in the breast with it,
hurled her back upon the fagots, over which she fell; and
her head striking upon the hard earth, she lay motionless,
like one dead.

This second daring act of mine was greeted with yells
of every description—but whether of mirth or rage I was
unable to tell—though I think it not improbable there was
a mingling of both. Some of the women stepped forward,
picked up the old hag, and bore her away in a senseless
condition; while another of their number seized the brand,
which had fallen from her hand hard by, and at once
thrust it among the combustibles.

These combustibles, many of which were resinous pine,
splintered fine, and dry as tinder, quickly ignited; and as
the flame rose, it spread away to the right and left along
the encircling pile. This was the signal for the renewal
of savage yells; but unmindful of these now, I fixed my
eyes upon the fire, and my thoughts upon that dread eternity
to which I was fast hastening.

It was a beautiful day, and the sun shone brightly down
through a clear, cloudless atmosphere; but it shone not for
me, who had bidden a mental adieu to all I had ever seen
or known, and was now preparing my spirit, by silent
prayer, for its eternal flight.

Suddenly I was startled from my meditations by a
shrill, piercing scream; and as I looked around, a female
burst through the ring of spectators, who seemed as much
astonished as myself, rushed straight toward me, leaped

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

over the fagots, threw her arms about my neck, and
exclaimed:

“Henry! dear, dear Henry! we meet again to part no
more—I have come to die with you.”

How shall I convey to the reader the unbounded astonishment
I felt, as these words, in thrilling tones, fell upon
my ear from the lips of the lovely Clara Moreland? It
was like the voice of one from the dead—it was like the
apparition of one from the grave—so suddenly were my
senses of hearing, seeing, and feeling, greeted by one I
never thought to meet again on earth—never thought to
look upon again with mortal eyes; and but for the weight
pressing against me, as she hung, half-fainting, around my
neck, I might still have been tempted to believe that all
was unreal, the fantasy of a feverish brain.

Till Clara spoke I had not recognized her; and no wonder;
for her own habiliments had been taken from her,
and she was now costumed much like Dundenah, with her
long sunny hair braided in the same Gipsey style. I at
once comprehended that she had been adopted into the
tribe—but for some moments my emotions were too great
for utterance.

“Whence come you, dear Clara, at this awful moment?”
I at length articulated.

“From the lodge of the chief, to die with you,” she
said, hurriedly. “They have kept me a close prisoner;
they would not let me see you; but I heard their awful
yells, and caught a glimpse of your person as they
dragged you away; and with superhuman strength I tried
my bonds; and here I am, to die with you.”

At this moment Kenneloo and two or three of his warriors
came up to separate us. Seizing Clara roughly by
the arm, the chief made angry signs to her to begone.

“No! no! no!” cried Clara, wildly, clinging to my

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

neck: “you shall not part us! you shall not part us! I
have come to die with him!”

I could do nothing to assist the poor girl, for my hands
were bound behind my back; and the next moment her
arms were violently torn from around my neck, and, with
a buffet in the face, from the hand of the chief, she staggered
and fell to the ground.

Oh! in that awful moment, had the arch fiend of hell
appeared to offer me vengeance upon the inhuman monster
before me, I fear, in my excited state of mind, I should
have purchased it at any price. What were the physical
sufferings and tortures I had undergone, and was to
undergo, compared to the mental torture of seeing her I
loved, beyond self or every thing earthly, struck down in
that unfeeling, brutal manner? But I was powerless—I
could do nothing—and I fairly gnashed my teeth in impotent
rage, and invoked the curse of Heaven upon the diabolical
chief and his infernal followers.

Perceiving that any pain inflicted upon Clara would
cause me to suffer more than if done to myself, Kenneloo
assisted her to rise; and then turning upon me a grim,
malignant smile, he grasped her arm in such a way as
to force from her a piercing scream; and then another,
and another—till I was so overcome with conflicting emotions,
that I felt as if my brain were on fire, and fancied
that my reason was leaving me.

How long this might have continued, I know not; but
suddenly Dundenah made her appearance, accompanied by
a squaw of rather better appearance than the generality
of the females of the tribe. She advanced straight to her
father, and, with fierce gestures and flashing eyes, addressed
him in his native tongue. Instantly he released
his hold on Clara; when, turning to her, Dundenah exclaimed,
in English:

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

“How is it that Dundenah finds the Blue-Eye here,
when she bade her remain in the lodge of the chief?”

“I came to die with my companion in captivity,” replied
Clara, bursting into tears.

This seemed to touch the feelings of Dundenah—for she
said, in a milder tone:

“The Blue-Eye is as a child, and knows not what is
for her own good. Return to the lodge, and await my
coming.”

“No, no, Dundenah—since he must die, rather let me
suffer with him—for I have no desire to live any longer.”

“Away!” cried Dundenah, fiercely, stamping her foot:
“Begone! and do my bidding! or, by the spirits of the
slain! the Dark-Eye shall suffer tenfold for this disobedience!”

“Oh, God! have mercy on me and on him, and soften
the hearts of his tormentors!” cried Clara, wringing her
hands. “Farewell, Henry,” she continued, turning to me
with streaming eyes: “I shall soon follow you, and we may
meet in Heaven. Farewell! farewell!” and with a burst
of anguish, she clasped her temples with her hands, and
darted away, as if she feared to trust herself longer in my
presence.

As soon as Clara was out of sight, Dundenah addressed
a few words to the chief, and pointed to the female who
had accompanied her. Kenneloo started, and instantly
his face grew still more hideous with rage; and fairly
gnashing his teeth in fury, he drew a knife from his belt,
and raised it as if to strike his daughter.

Dundenah returned him a look of stern, haughty defiance;
and throwing back her body, pointed to her heart,
and seemed to dare him to strike.

Kenneloo paused; but for some moments kept his hand
raised, as if undetermined whether to take her life or not;

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

while the spectators, crowding forward, regarded the two
in breathless silence, none caring to interfere in a quarrel
between the chief and his child.

Suddenly Kenneloo lowered his arm; and stamping his
foot, and uttering a fierce ejaculation, he turned on his
heel and strode away, all eyes following him.

Meantime the fire had kept upon its devouring course,
and had already reached half-way round the circle—though
by retreating the length of my rope, to the other side of
the stake, I had thus far avoided any suffering from the
heat. The scene I have described between Kenneloo and
Dundenah, had taken place within a few feet of me;
and as the former disappeared, the latter turned to me,
and for several moments regarded me with an expression
so peculiar, that I knew not how to interpret it. Then,
methought, as her eyes ran slowly over my person,
lacerated and bloody, her look softened to something like
compassion.

“The Dark-Eye has been roughly handled,” she said.

“I have suffered indignities almost unbearable,” I
replied, in a dejected tone.

“And did the Dark-Eye think Dundenah had deserted
him?”

“I thought that, being unable to save my life, and not
wishing to see me suffer, she had intentionally kept out of
sight,” I rejoined.

“And why should the Dark-Eye think that the
Leaping Fawn had no wish to see him undergo the tortures?”

“Because she seems more like one of my race—has
intelligence and refinement far beyond those of her companions—
and there have, at times, at least I have fancied
so, been kindness and sympathy expressed in her looks,
tones, words, and manner.”

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

“But, withal, the Dark-Eye thought Dundenah powerless
to save him?”

“Even so.”

“And does he still think so?”

“I know not your power, Dundenah,” I replied; “but
I know that unless I am rescued soon, I shall soon be
beyond the help of any thing mortal. See! it is fast
doing its work;” and I pointed to the fire.

“But will not do it so fast as the Dark-Eye thinks,”
she rejoined. “It is true, the heat may become oppressive,
and blister the flesh; but it would take hours to
deprive the Dark-Eye of life, or even to put him beyond
feeling pain. No, no—the Indian knows too well what
his victim can bear; and in a case like the present, he is
ever careful about putting him too suddenly beyond his
reach.”

“The invention is worthy of such a race,” I said,
bitterly.

Dundenah frowned, bit her lips, and seemed about to
make an angry retort; but apparently checked herself,
and substituted:

“The Dark-Eye has seen his companion in captivity?”

“Yes,” I sighed; “but I would she were dead.”

“How?” cried the Indian maiden, eagerly.

“Yes, I repeat, I would she were dead! since I know in
what vile manner she is treated.”

The dark features of Dundenah flushed with passion,
and her eyes gleamed like fire, as, drawing herself up with
a haughtiness I have never seen equalled, she rejoined:

“Has the pale-face maiden then made such bitter plaints
to the Dark-Eye?”

“No need,” I said; “my own eyes were witnesses of
the brutality.”

“And what did the eyes of the Dark-Eye behold?”

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

“I saw her struck down by the hands of the chief, and
afterward so roughly handled that she was forced to
scream for pain.”

“But had she obeyed Dundenah, this had not happened,”
was the quick reply.

“And were she dead, it would not be repeated,” said I.

“If the Dark-Eye would have her dead, it is but a
moment's work,” rejoined Dundenah; and her features
bore such a strange, wild expression, as the words slowly
passed from her lips, that I fairly shrunk from her gaze.
“Would the Dark-Eye have her dead, and live himself?”
she continued, after a long pause, her eyes still rivetted
upon me.

“No! no! Dundenah: if I were to live, I would have
her live also.”

“Then is the Dark-Eye selfish,” she said; “he would
either have her with him here or in the Spirit-Land.”

“It is even so, I acknowledge—self governs us all, in
a greater or less degree.”

“But if the Blue-Eye must live, would the Dark-Eye
live also?”

“Yes—for life is sweet, and nature shrinks from
death.”

“Would the Dark-Eye consent to become an Indian,
even as those he sees around him?”

“Yes, I would accept life even on such conditions,” I
replied, “provided I could be allowed to meet my companion
occasionally, and cheer her drooping spirits.”

“It sounds strange in the ears of Dundenah to hear a
prisoner fix the terms on which he will accept his own
life,” rejoined the maiden, with something like irony.
“But Dundenah led the Dark-Eye to hope that she would
make an effort to save him, if he followed her counsel; and
she is here to make her word good, even at the peril of

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

her life. By a law of the Wepecoolahs, a mother, who has
lost an only son, can replace him by adopting a prisoner
who has been condemned by Council, and around whom
the torture-fire is already kindled; but her own life and
another's must stand pledged for his good behaviour; and
if he prove false, one or both of his liberators must
undergo the sentence from which they rescue him. This
woman, (pointing to the one who had accompanied her) is
the mother of a brave who lost his life in the last expedition
of the Wepecoolahs against your race; and though
revenge is sweet to an Indian mother, yet the great
Wandewah has so softened her heart, that the words of the
Leaping Fawn have prevailed upon her to save the life of
the Dark-Eye, by substituting him for the slain; and she
whose life stands pledged with hers for the good faith of
him they liberate, is the daughter of Kenneloo.”

“Noble Dundenah!” cried I, as she ceased speaking:
“how have I wronged you in thought!—but if I live, and
it is ever in my power, I will convince you of my gratitude
for this unselfish act, by something more than idle words.”

“Let the Dark-Eye then show his gratitude, by never
seeking to escape from those who will henceforth call him
brother and son,” she said. “Remember!” she continued,
as she marked the change in my countenance, produced by
these words—for in truth the idea of becoming an Indian,
and remaining so, was so revolting to my feelings, that, but
for the thought that I might be able to protect Clara from
insult and abuse, I think I should have preferred death to
life on such conditions: “Remember!” pursued Dundenah—
“should the Dark-Eye abuse the confidence reposed in
him, we must suffer in his place!”

“Enough!” I rejoined: “may the curse of Wandewah
be upon me, when I prove so base a wretch as

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

treacherously to cause my generous deliverers to take my place at
the torture!”

“When the fire encircles the stake, the Dark-Eye shall
be free, or Dundenah and he shall together seek the Spirit
Land!” returned the maiden, in a tone of much solemnity.

“What mean you?” I inquired, in surprise.

“As yet the Wepecoolahs know not that they are about
to have their victim snatched from them,” she replied;
“and there is no saying what they may do in their first
burst of fury. Let the Dark-Eye be firm and composed,
and trust in Wandewah!”

Saying this, she withdrew from the circle of fagots, and,
drawing her form up to its full height, began to address the
spectators, who, during her conversation with me, had been
looking on, with an air of eager curiosity, but evidently
without comprehending a sentence that had passed
between us.

I of course understood nothing that she said now; but I
watched the faces of the crowd, to gain from their looks an
index of what would be the result of her communication.
The first prevailing expression was that of surprise, which
was succeeded by anger, and finally by rage of the most
diabolical kind, during which the voice of Dundenah was
drowned by yells of fury, while knives and tomahawks
were fiercely brandished with menacing gestures. Dundenah,
proud and imperious as a queen on her throne,
calmly withstood the storm of passion; and so soon as she
could make her voice heard, again proceeded. Gradually
the loud tumult subsided to low, deep mutterings; and the
warriors, collecting together, seemed to hold a consultation;
while I caught many an eye turned upon me, with
an expression that boded any thing but safety to myself.

Meantime the fire had completed its circuit; and the
flames now roared and crackled around me; while the

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

heat, from being almost suffocating, now began to burn
and blister my flesh, rendering my position at the stake, to
which I had withdrawn as the point farthest from the
blaze, one of torture almost unbearable.

Suddenly the light, graceful form of Dundenah burst
into the burning circle, and the next moment her knife had
freed me from my bonds.

“Follow me!” she said; “but be composed—be prudent—
for even now the life of the Dark-Eye hangs in the
balance.”

It may readily be supposed that I did not wait for a
second invitation to quit my place of torture, even though
I rushed into the midst of an assemblage of beings all
thirsting for my heart's blood, or a punishment still more
terrible.

Dundenah kept close to my side; and as the crowd
pressed around us, with looks of savage ferocity and baffled
revenge, she waved her hand, and commanded them
back, with an air of such calm, lofty dignity, such proud
superiority, that none upon whom her dark eye fell, with
its piercing glance of intellectual fire, seemed willing to
brave her displeasure.

Still the press continued; for though the crowd drew
back from my companion, wherever she turned, yet no
sooner was her eye off of them, than they came up behind,
with menacing looks and gestures. The most ferocious of
the assemblage, were, as before, the Soolepcooms, who
glared upon me like so many wild beasts, and seemed
terribly eager to revenge themselves upon me, both for the
disappointment of their hellish gratification, and for the
loss of their fiendish companion, who had fallen by my
hand.

I kept my eye upon them as much as possible, well
knowing that they only sought an opportunity to take me

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

unawares, and obtain some revenge by killing me on the
spot, since there was no longer a prospect of my undergoing
the torture.

Suddenly I felt a sharp pain in my side; and uttering a
groan, I told Dundenah I had received my death-wound.
Never shall I forget the look of agonised horror which she
turned upon me—nor the expression of fiendish rage which
the next moment distorted her beautiful features, as her
eye fell upon an old hag close by, who was in the act of
brandishing a bloody knife.

With a yell of concentrated fury, which I can liken to
nothing earthly, and which still seems to be ringing in my
ear, she fairly bounded upon the aggressor; and in less
time than it has taken me to record the fact, she buried
her own knife a dozen times in the breast of the assassin.

I saw this, but no more. My brain reeled—the earth
turned dark—all objects disappeared—and I fell to the
ground in a senseless condition.

-- 167 --

p464-178 CHAPTER XIV. THE RECOVERY.

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

The first recollection I have after the events described
in the foregoing chapter, I opened my eyes in a small
cabin or hut, constructed of sticks, bark, earth and
skins, and found myself lying upon a mat in one corner,
with a few skins thrown over me to protect me from the
cold. There was no person present; and I looked around
with a bewildered air, trying to recollect where I was, and
what had happened. Then something vague, but horrible,
began to float through my mind, like the confused remembrance
of a hideous dream; and from this it gradually
took the form of reality; till, one by one, memory placed
before me the incidents which are already known to the
reader.

I recalled to mind my captivity, and all that had followed,
up to the time when I received what I then believed
to be my death-wound; and this led me to try and feel
the nature and extent of that wound.

But when I attempted to raise my arm for the purpose,
I found it stiff and sore, and that I was in reality almost
as weak as an infant. This set me into a train of calculation
as to the amount of time which had elapsed since my
hurt; but I soon found that I really could not determine
whether I had remained unconscious an hour, a day, or a
week; while the dressing of my wounds, though in a rude
way, seemed to denote that my heroic deliverer had so
far triumphed that I had fallen into friendly hands.

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

While my mind was thus occupied, a female entered
the hut; and as she drew near me, I recognized the features
of the mother who had accompanied Dundenah to
adopt me as her son.

It was no pleasant recollection, that fate had so ordained
it that I must henceforth have an Indian mother; but
since it was to be so, I was rejoiced to perceive that the
features of my new parent were by no means repulsive,
and that she at least had a clean and tidy appearance.

As she came up, I fixed my eyes upon her, and inquired
how long I had lain there? and what had become of Dundenah?

She evidently understood nothing but the name of the
Leaping Fawn; but she looked pleased to hear me speak;
and pointing to the door, made some reply in the guttural
tone peculiar to the Indian of nearly every tribe.

She then made signs that she would call Dundenah, and
immediately went out. In a few minutes she returned,
and, to my great delight, was accompanied by the object
of her inquiry.

The step and bearing of Dundenah were still as graceful
and proud as ever; but I noticed that her eye had lost
its fiery fierceness of expression, that the brown hue of
her cheeks had faded, and that her features generally
were softened by a shade of sadness amounting almost to
melancholy.

These changes, though they added the charm of loveliness
to what was before a cold, rigid beauty, I was not
pleased to see—for they betokened sorrow in the heart of
one, who had, no matter from what motive, generously and
heroically perilled her life to save mine.

As she came up to my side, she bent down, and fixing
her dark eyes upon mine, gently touched my hand with
hers, and said, in a tone of deep feeling:

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

“Does the Dark-Eye know Dundenah?”

“Yes,” I replied; “and may I cease to know any
thing, when I forget that I owe my life to your noble
conduct!”

Tears involuntarily started to the eyes of the maiden;
and bowing her face upon her hands, she wept for the first
time in my presence.

I was deeply moved at this display of feeling; and in a
gentle tone, I asked her the cause of her sorrow: but she
only wept the more, without making me any reply.

At last she raised her head, and looking upward, said,
solemnly:

“Thanks to the Great Wandewah, that the Dark-Eye
is restored to his senses!”

“And how long have I been unconscious?” I inquired.

“Ten suns have set and rose since the knife of Ochlee
pierced the side of the Dark-Eye.”

I could hardly credit the statement, that ten days had
passed since I had been rescued from the tortures of the
stake. It seemed rather like a horrible dream—from
which, after a few hours of troubled sleep, I had awakened—
and I so expressed myself to my companion.

“Yes,” she replied, “ten weary days and nights has
death hung over the Dark-Eye; but the Great Wandewah
has been pleased not to call him to the Spirit-Land.”

“And where is the Blue-Eye?” I inquired, with no
little anxiety. “I trust no harm has befallen her?”

The face of Dundenah instantly flushed to the temples;
and again fixing her eyes upon me with one of those peculiar
expressions—which, as I have before remarked, I
knew not how to interpret—she said:

“Does the image of the pale-faced maiden ever dwell
in the mind of the Dark-Eye?”

“She is seldom absent from my thoughts,” I answered.

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

Again she regarded me, for a few moments, with the
same singular expression of countenance; and then slowly
turned aside her head, with what I fancied was a sorrowful,
melancholy air.

“But you have not answered my question concerning
the Blue-Eye!” I persisted.

“She is safe and well,” was her reply.

“Thanks, Dundenah, for this cheering news!” I rejoined.
“Is she a close prisoner?”

“She has the same freedom as others of her sex. She
has long been a member of the tribe.”

“Has she ever been here to see me?”

“Daily.”

“And how does she bear herself?”

“She weeps when with the Dark-Eye, and at all times
seems sad and dejected.”

“Poor Clara!” I ejaculated: “would to Heaven she
were with her friends!”

“Could the Dark-Eye content him to remain with the
Wepecoolahs, were the Blue-Eye absent?” inquired Dundenah,
quickly.

“I would that she were with her friends; and I know
too well the obligation that binds me here, to think of
accompanying her,” I replied.

“There are many who will promise much in the hour
of difficulty and danger, and forget their promise when
difficulty and danger are past,” said Dundenah.

“It may be so, Dundenah, but count not me among
their number.”

“And the Dark-Eye would have his companion in captivity
among her friends, and yet himself remain with the
Wepecoolahs?”

“Even so. But can she be sent home?”

“It is far—very far—to the home of the Blue-Eye,”

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

said my companion, reflectingly: “but Kenneloo is powerful
to accomplish his will.”

“And who can so plead with him as Dundenah?” I
rejoined, with a ray of hope that, through her, I might yet
accomplish the deliverance of Clara.

“But if Kenneloo is powerful to do his will, he is also
wilful in his power,” returned Dundenah. “He will be
loth to give up a prisoner; and I fear his daughter might
plead to him in vain.”

“But you will try, Dundenah?” I said, watching her
countenance: “For my sake!” I added, a few moments
afterward.

“For the sake of the Dark-Eye, Dundenah will try,”
she replied, in a tone of earnest simplicity, turning upon
me a look so sweet and gentle, that I could hardly realize
she was the same cold, proud, haughty being I had first
known her.

“Thanks! thanks! a thousand thanks for your kindness!”
I rejoined, in a tone of exhilaration. “And now
will you render my obligation to you still greater, by letting
me see the Blue-Eye at once?”

Dundenah shook her head gently.

“The Dark-Eye is too weak to-day,” she said—“he
must not be overtaxed. He needs rest to bring back his
strength—for now he is like an infant.”

She then turned to my Indian mother, and said a few
words to her in her native tongue. The latter immediately
took down a bladder from a peg in the wall, and
poured therefrom into a horn-cup some kind of liquid.
This cup she handed to Dundenah, who handed it to me,
saying:

“Let the Dark-Eye drink this, and forget his sorrows
in sleep.”

“Perhaps,” said I, as I took the cup and looked at its

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

dark contents, “it will send me to that sleep which has no
waking.”

Dundenah forwned, bit her lips, and rejoined, rather
sternly:

“Is the Dark-Eye then suspicious of those who have
periled their lives to save his?”

“Forgive me!” I returned: “I meant no offence: I
will drink it presently. But first tell me of my wound!”

“It is healing—though thought at the time to be mortal,”
she replied.

“And she who struck the blow?”

“Died by the hand of Dundenah,” cried my companion,
with something of her original fierceness. “She was a
Soolepcoom, and unworthy to live.”

This, be it remarked, was the second time I had heard
the word Soolepcoom mentioned; and though I have
explained its signification to the reader, by way of convenience,
yet it was not till afterward, during my captivity,
that I learned it myself.

“And she whom I struck down with the knife?” I
pursued.

“Is still living. There—drink!”

“One question more, Dundenah: What became of
Langee?”

“He escaped the vengeance of the Wepecoolahs,” she
replied, with another frown.

“Was he pursued?”

“Yes, by twenty warriors.”

“Thank God that he has escaped!” was my mental
ejaculation.

I now again looked at the contents of the cup—and not,
if truth must be told, without strong misgivings that it
might prove a deadly narcotic.

Not that I thought Dundenah or my Indian mother

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

wished my death—for if so, why had they endangered
their lives to save mine? or why not have sent me to my
last sleep during my unconsciousness?

No! I had no fears that they meant me ill—but rather
that they might have mistaken the quantity they were
giving me.

Had there been an opportunity to have thrown a part
of it away, without being observed, I certainly should
have done so; but the eyes of Dundenah were upon me;
and I could not think of offending her, or of wounding her
sensitive feelings, by exhibiting to her such a want of confidence
in her prescription. I therefore raised the cup
slowly to my lips—but probably with an air of hesitation—
for she said, in a quick, proud tone:

“If the Dark-Eye fears to drink, give the cup to Dundenah,
and she will drain it.”

I hesitated no longer; but, without a word in reply,
instantly drank off the liquid. It had a slightly bitter,
pungent taste—but was neither nauseous nor unpleasant.
Its effect, however, was quick and powerful; for scarcely
had I swallowed it, when I felt a soft delicious languor
begin to steal over me. I no longer had any animation or
energy; and if my own father had then appeared to me,
and told me I was free, I should not have taken the trouble
to make him a reply. Soon the lids of my eyes began
to close—slowly, gradually, as by their own volition—and
then, free from care and sorrow, and perfectly happy, I
sunk into a sweet oblivion.

When I again opened my eyes, it was night—but what
time of night I had no means of knowing. The hut was
dark—or rather, only lighted by the ruddy gleam of a
fire, which was burning on the common, and which shone
in through a few crannies at the door, where hung several

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

skins to keep out the cold, for it was now late in the fall,
and the nights here were frosty.

I felt refreshed by my sleep, but somewhat faint for
want of food, and very thirsty. I peered around the hut,
as well as I could, but could see no person in attendance.

Thinking there might be some one within the sound of
my voice, I spoke in a loud tone. Instantly a bundle,
rolled up in one corner, appeared endowed with life, and
presently a human figure stood up, and, going to the door,
withdrew the skins, so that the fire on the common could
shine in upon the spot where I lay. Then the figure
advanced to my side, and I recognized the features of my
Indian mother.

I made signs to her that I was both hungry and thirsty.
She seemed to have anticipated this, and prepared accordingly—
for she immediately brought me a cup of water,
and some kind of gruel, of which I drank to my satisfaction
and felt much strengthened and refreshed. She then
looked to my wounds—taking off the bandages, wetting
them in some kind of solution, and replacing them again—
and all with a care and tenderness that won upon my
feelings.

This done, and having carefully covered me with skins,
she held up her open palms, as a sign that she had finished.
I nodded, and pointed to her pallet; and she immediately
retired, leaving me to myself. I regretted I could not
make myself understood in language—for there were
several questions I wished to ask—but as this could not
be, I again composed myself to sleep; and, aided by the
narcotic, of which I still felt the influence, I was soon in
the land of dreams.

When I again awoke, the sun was brightly shining; and
my Indian mother—or Omema, as she was called—was
standing in the doorway, looking out upon the common.

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

She instantly came to me, brought me some more gruel,
and, while I was engaged in drinking it, went out.

In a few minutes, to my surprise and joy, Clara entered
hastily; and, approaching me with a quick, nervous step,
she dropped upon her knees by my side, and burying her
face in her hands, burst into tears.

“Clara!” I said, in a choking voice; “dear Clara—
God bless you!—do not weep!”

But the sound of my voice only appeared to increase
her emotion—for she fairly sobbed aloud, and swayed back
and forth, her eyes still covered by her hands, through the
fingers of which the hot tears were trickling fast. I spoke
to her again—but she took no notice of me; and I thought
it best to remain silent till her overcharged feelings had
found proper vent.

At length she grew calmer; and suddenly clasping her
hands, and turning her soft, tearful eyes and pale face
upward, fervently ejaculated:

“God be praised, that he lives to speak to me again!
God be praised!”

“Clara! dear, dear Clara!” I said, and then stopped:
for my heart was too full to say more; and already my
own eyes were dim with tears that I had in vain tried to
repress.

“Oh! Henry,” she said, turning her soft blue eyes upon
me, in whose liquid depths was a soul of earnest tenderness:
“Oh! Henry—I have prayed for this—daily, nightly,
hourly—and God has granted my prayer. I have shed
many, many bitter tears of sorrow; but these you see
are tears of joy—thankful joy. Oh! to meet you living—
conscious—and to hear you speak my name—is happiness
enough for once—more would turn my brain. And you
will recover, and need no longer fear the stake! Oh!

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

this is too much! too much!” and drooping her head upon
her breast, she sobbed anew.

“Bless you, dear Clara! Heaven bless you!” was all
I could utter in reply, as I clasped her soft hand and bedewed
it with tears.

At length we both became more composed, when I continued:

“But tell me, dear Clara, how has it been with you in
your captivity? I can see by your pale, wasted features,
that you have suffered greatly in mind—but have you been
roughly treated and abused?”

“The day you were to undergo the tortures,” she
replied, “Dundenah confined me in the lodge, by binding
my hands and feet—for she said if I were at liberty, my
imprudence would ruin all her plans—though what those
plans were, I knew not at the time, and had no idea that
she intended to save you. I caught a glimpse of the
Indians hurrying you away to the stake; and thinking I
should never see you again in life, I became almost frantic.
How I broke from my bonds, I scarcely know; but I did
break from them, and ran to you, in the hope that they
would let me die with you.”

“God bless you, Clara!”

“You saw how I was then treated by the chief—but it
was the first and only time he ever laid violent hands upon
me. I believe he might have done so, at other times, but
that he seems to fear offending Dundenah, who has great
influence over him, and I am under her special protection.”

“And how has she treated you?”

“Her acts have been kind—but her words and manner
cold and constrained. It is only when she speaks of you,
dear Henry, that she exhibits any thing like tender or
sympathetic feeling; and as if ashamed of this, she ever
tries to hide it under a still more haughty exterior.”

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

“She does speak of me then?” I said, quickly.

“Often—in fact, she seldom holds any conversation with
me, without in some manner introducing you into it.”

It was now for the first time that a startling suspicion
flashed across my mind, of what undoubtedly the reader
has ere this fixed upon for a certainty—namely: that the
Indian maiden had conceived for me a passion, the nature
and extent of which might be determined from her previous
acts, her powerful energies, and the firmness of her
character. A hundred things I had not before thought of,
now rushed upon my recollection, all tending to confirm
this startling idea.

And startling it was; for if it really were as I feared,
I foresaw that serious, if not terrible, consequences must
ultimately ensue to one or all of us.

This then, perhaps, was why Clara and I had been
separated, and not allowed to meet, till fate or Providence
had unexpectedly thrown us together: this then accounted
for the strange manner of Dundenah, whenever I had inquired
after my companion in captivity, and her steady
refusal to answer my questions, leading me to the inference
that she had been foully dealt with: this then was why
she had seemed so ready to take her life, or set her at
liberty, at my request: and this, to conclude, was the
secret spring of her noble conduct in saving my life, and
trusting in my honor to remain forever with the tribe.

All these things, I say, now flashed upon me at once;
and I involuntarily sighed, as I thought of what might be
the result.

“Why do you sigh, Henry, and seem so dejected?” inquired
Clara, tenderly.

“Is it not enough to make me sigh and be dejected, to
recollect that I am doomed here to hopeless captivity?” I
replied, evasively—for if Clara suspected nothing, I

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

thought it better not to add to her troubles by telling her
my suspicions.

“And is our captivity indeed hopeless?” inquired she,
sorrowfully.

“Mine, I fear, is—but I hope better things for you,”
I replied.

“How so?” she asked, quickly.

I repeated the conversation I had the day before held
with Dundenah concerning her.

“And you really think I may be set at liberty?—or
rather, be escorted home to my parents?”

“I think I may prevail upon Dundenah—or rather,
that Dundenah may prevail upon her father, to have this
effected,” I replied.

“And you, dear Henry—what will become of you?”

“I must remain here,” I sighed.

“But surely, if you can accomplish so much for me,
you can do as much for yourself? If Dundenah will let me
go, she certainly will not refuse you the same privilege?”

“She cannot liberate me without endangering her own
life, Clara.”

“How so?”

I explained to her how that, in saving me from the
torture, Dundenah and Omema had become responsible
with their lives for my becoming an Indian, and remaining
with the tribe.

“But perhaps,” suggested Clara, “Dundenah might
prevail upon the Indians to consent to your departure?”

I had good reason to believe that Dundenah would make
no such effort in my behalf; and I gave Clara to understand
it was hopeless to expect it, without saying wherefore.

“Then will I remain also,” returned Clara, firmly.

“But think of your parents? your friends?”

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

“Oh! my dear parents!” cried she, bursting into tears—
“how have they borne my loss? I fear it has killed
my poor mother already.”

“The more reason, then, that you should return to
them, without delay,” I urged.

“And leave you here a prisoner?”

“But I shall be a prisoner if you stay, dear Clara—so
that your going will make my fate no worse.”

“But I should be afraid to go if you were not along,
dear Henry. No! no! I will remain and take my chance
with you.”

I thought of Warncliff, my rival, to whom her hand was
pledged—and of her stern father insisting upon having the
fatal ceremony performed that would indeed separate her
forever from me—and I urged her no more; for in her
present captivity there was hope in life; but in that other
captivity, her hope of release must be fixed on the grave.

I therefore changed the conversation, by inquiring how
it was that, if at liberty, she had never come to visit me in
the Council House?

“I was not permitted,” she replied. “Dundenah warned
me, that should I either see you—or, by my voice, in any
way make known to you that I was living—she would take
care to make good the separation in future, by sending me
to a neighboring tribe. To have been so separated, would
have been worse than death, and fear kept me silent.”

“And how was it you saw not the Hermit?”

“On the return of the warriors, I was secreted by
Dundenah, lest, seeing me in their wrath, I should be
slain. By her instructions, I had previously been adopted
into the tribe—so that I could not be tried for the stake as
you were.”

“In what manner were you adopted into the tribe?” I
inquired.

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

As Clara was about to reply, the Leaping Fawn appeared,
and said that for the present our interview must
close, as I must not be fatigued with too much conversation.
Clara accordingly took her departure; but seemed,
I fancied, in better spirits than at any time since our
capture.

-- 181 --

p464-192 CHAPTER XV. TEDIOUS CAPTIVITY.

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

I AM not writing a journal of daily transactions; but
rather throwing into a connective narrative such important
incidents and events of my life as will be most likely to
interest the reader and conduce to the denouement of my
story. Hence I trust I may be permitted to arrange my
narrative, with regard to time, scene and dialogue, according
to my judgment of what is most effective in description,
or necessary to be told to a true understanding and
comprehension of the whole.

If, therefore, I endeavor to compress into a few pages
what occupied months in reality, the reader must not think
I have conducted him thus far in my adventures, to insult
his good nature and perseverance by slurring over the
remainder; but rather that I dismiss with a few words
what might otherwise prove tedious, in order to do justice
to his expectations, by portraying scenes and events of a
character not less exciting than any he has witnessed.

I recovered gradually, but slowly, and weeks rolled away
ere I fully regained my wonted strength. I saw Clara
and Dundenah daily—so that the time passed less tediously
than it otherwise would have done.

The more I saw of Dundenah, however, the more was I
convinced that my suspicions, regarding the motive of her
peculiar conduct toward Clara and myself, were well
founded; and yet to combat these suspicions was the fact,
that she permitted us to meet daily, and converse without

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

interruption; and this, too, without exhibiting any of that
jealousy which seldom fails to be aroused by the presence
of a powerful rival. Perhaps she had seen enough to be
convinced that my affections were unchangeably fixed upon
Clara, and that in her absence she would have no more
hope of my returning her own passion than as matters
now stood, and therefore thought it best to silently
acquiesce in a decree of fate beyond any power of hers
to alter.

Be this as it may, it was not without painful interest
that I beheld the brown hue of her cheeks gradually
change to a sickly pallor; that I saw her proud, haughty
look gradually give way to dejection and melancholy;
that I perceived the fiery expression of her dark eyes
gradually superseded by a mild, tender gleam; and that I
noted an unusual languor in her steps, and a sad abstraction
in her manner. Something had certainly occurred to
produce so wonderful a change; and what that something
was, I fancied I knew too well.

During her intercourse with me, I learned, at different
times, somewhat of her own history, and that of her tribe—
which, not to weary the reader with detail, I will
compress into the smallest possible space.

It appears that many years ago, at a friendly council
of several of the western tribes, a number of young braves,
of the different nations, banded together for a grand buffalo
hunt, choosing one of the party to act as leader. The
hunt over, and being well pleased with each other, they
conceived the idea of remaining together, and forming
themselves into a distinct tribe. The leader chosen for
the hunt was formally declared to be chief; and for laws
of government, they selected such as were most popular
among the different tribes to which they formally belonged.
They named themselves Wepecoolahs, signifying

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

Forest-Rangers; and in course of time the different languages
of different members assimilated, and words became
added, till at last they might be said to have a distinct
tongue of their own.

When they first united, they were all young and single;
but most of them soon took wives after the Indian fashion,
and in course of time became fathers of numerous offspring.
For some reason Kenneloo was the last to marry; and
then he chose for his bridal bed a white captive, taken in
one of his expeditions against the frontier settlements of
Texas. The only living issue of this union was Dundenah,
who inherited her mother's beauty with much of her
father's fierceness, while she had peculiarities belonging to
neither. The Wepecoolahs had no permanent abode—
but, as their title indicated, led somewhat of a roving
life. They had located themselves in this valley three
several times; and it had so chanced that here it was the
Leaping-Fawn first saw the light.

The mother of Dundenah had died when she was quite
young; but the daughter still remembered her, and spoke
of her with tenderness. From what I could gather from
Dundenah—for on this point she was not inclined to be
communicative—I conjectured that the captive wife of
Kenneloo must have led a sorry life of it; and doubtless
death came a welcome messenger to summon her to a happier
existence. That she loved her child, is not unreasonable
to suppose; but I do not think that one of the refinement
I conceive her to have possessed, could ever have
regarded the vindictive and bloodthirsty Kenneloo in any
other light than that of a savage master and tyrant. Yet
Kenneloo, in his rude way, might have loved his gentle
captive; for Dundenah said that at her death he was
greatly agitated, and for a long time after seemed very
much dejected.

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

It appears that the mother of Dundenah, in the course
of her captivity, learned the language of the Wepecoolahs,
so as to speak it fluently; but her daughter, and her only,
she taught her native tongue, the English; and this probably,
partly from the habit of talking to her in infancy
in the language most natural to her, and the rest that she
might have one ear into which she could pour her sorrows,
and not be understood by the others of the tribe, who
would not be likely to sympathize with her in her misfortunes.

But though Dundenah had first learned of her mother
sufficient English to converse with her in that language to
some degree, yet it remained for Langee to perfect her in
that freedom of thought and expression—I may call it
poetical fluency—of which the sentences already recorded
form a very fair specimen. And as this brings me to
Langee, I will, as next in order, proceed to speak of that
strange being.

Who he was, or whence he came, was not known to my
informant. He had first appeared among the tribe while
her mother was living, bringing with him a Pawnee to act
as interpreter; but finding the wife of Kenneloo could
speak English, he soon dismissed his Indian attendant,
and addressed his conversation to her, and through her to
the tribe, receiving his answers from her lips. In a very
short time, by close application and retentive memory, he
was able to converse in the Wepecoolah tongue.

His counsels, it appeared, were ever good; but his conduct,
unfortunately, too often reprehensible; and as example
goes farther than precept, he failed in producing the
good effect he might otherwise have done. He had some
good traits of character, and many bad ones. He was
honorable in the keeping of his word, but a man of most
ungovernable passions, which oftentimes made him appear

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

like a madman. In fact, from what I myself saw of him,
and from what I gathered from Dundenah, I do not think
that he was at all times sane. Woman seemed to be the
cause of his frenzy; and when in one of his moods, he was
the terror of all the females of the tribe, with the exception
of the mother of Dundenah, whom he never failed to
respect. Several times was he on the point of losing his
life, which was only saved by the interference of Kenneloo,
through the intercession of his wife or daughter.

To Dundenah, as a child, it seems he took a great
fancy; and he would sit and talk with her for hours in
English, telling her strange tales of distant lands, and
always correcting her pronunciation and language whenever
either were wrong in her replies. He never taught
her to read or write; but from what I have recorded, the
reader can see that in speech at least she became under
his tuition quite a proficient in the English tongue. She
respected him; but rather feared than loved him; for his
manner at times was so wild and strange as to cause her
uneasiness and even alarm.

Langee remained several years among the Wepecoolahs,
and then went to a neighboring tribe; where, for some
criminal act, he was seized, tried, and condemned to death—
but effected his escape. On the day previous to my
capture, an Indian scout had accidentally discovered his
retreat; and subsequently communicating the information
to Kenneloo, the chief resolved, for purposes of his own,
to take him prisoner. Accident having thrown Clara and
myself into the hut, we were seized also at the same time;
and the rest is known to the reader.

When I had so far recovered as to be able to walk
about, and in some sort endure fatigue, Dundenah informed
me that I should now be obliged to pass through
the ceremony which would transform me from a pale-face to

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

an Indian. This announcement took me by surprise; and
when I learned that one part of the proceeding was to
shave my head, leaving only a single tuft of my fine head
of hair, it may readily be believed I was in no degree
elated at the contemplated metamorphosis.

But I was in the hands of Fate—or at least in those of
the Indians—resistance would have been worse than useless—
and so I submitted with what grace I could. My
hair was accordingly all shaved off, with the exception of
the aforementioned tuft or scalp-lock, and the place of
tonsure was immediately bedaubed with a thick coating
of black pitch. I was then stripped of my clothing, by
some half a-dozen rough warriors, and painted from head
to heels a dirty brown. To increase my savage beauty,
my face was next streaked with red; which so transformed
me, that I doubt if my own father would have known me.
I was then costumed in the real savage style, and led out
upon the common, where the whole tribe was waiting to
take part in the concluding ceremony. This consisted in
forming a large ring around me, dancing wildly in a circle,
whooping, shouting, screeching, and yelling, and singing
some kind of a refrain, of which of course I understood
not a word.

When this to me heathenish gibberish had lasted some
two hours—during which I had been pulled and hauled
by one and another till I was fatigued and sore—I was
triumphantly escorted into the Council House, where Dundenah,
who had taken no part in the proceedings, appeared
to inform me that I was now installed a regular
member of the tribe of Wepecoolahs, with all the immunities
and privileges of other savages. It seems needless
to add, that I was particularly proud of my new position.

Autumn ran into winter, and winter passed tediously
away, notwithstanding I saw and conversed with Dundenah

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

and Clara daily, when in the village—for more than once,
by way of variety, I accompanied my brother warriors in
a hunt for game among the neighboring mountains.
During this time, I learned so much of the Wepecoolah
language, that I could hold some conversation on the most
ordinary topics. I was uniformly well treated, and could
not perceive that I was regarded with an eye of suspicion;
and had it not been that I felt in honor bound to remain
with the tribe, for reasons known to the reader, I should
certainly have made an attempt at escape.

I had never forgotten Langee, and the “Hope” he had
left behind him on the earthen floor of the Council
House; but as months passed on, and I heard nothing
from him, I felt indeed that my hope in that quarter was
written in sand.

The winter here proved very disagreeable—not so much
on account of ice and snow, as cold, sleety rain-storms,
and sudden, piercing blasts from the snow-capped mountains
of a more northern latitude. It would sometimes be
so warm at night as to render a fire unnecessary; and
before morning I would be shivering with the cold, and
chilled to the very bone. In consequence of these sudden
and severe changes, and exposure from the want of
such clothing as we had been accustomed to, both Clara
and myself took violent colds, which more than once
threatened each of us with serious illness, but from which
latter affliction kind Providence spared us.

During this period, the deportment of Dundenah toward
me was ever kind; but toward the last she appeared more
reserved and abstracted—and it pained me to observe the
deep melancholy which had come over her. She would
often remain pensive and silent for hours; and many a
time, when I turned suddenly toward her, did I catch the
glance of her dark eyes, which had been fixed upon me, but

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

which she immediately averted, while a flush of confusion
would instantly mantle her features. It was impossible
for me to be mistaken as to the cause of this change; but
so far from feeling any exultation, it was a source of
regret to me that her affections had not been centered upon
an object that could reciprocate them. Clara, however,
seemed to suspect nothing of the kind; and believing it
better for her to remain ignorant thereof, I kept the secret
close-locked in my heart.

I felt really grateful to Dundenah for her kindness—
and more especially, that I saw it extended to my companion
in captivity. Clara was immediately under her
charge—both occupied the same lodge—and my heart
warmed toward the unfortunate Indian maiden, when,
instead of displaying jealousy toward her companion,
because of her affection for me, I saw her use every means
in her power to render her contented and happy in her
captivity. Clara was grateful also; and more than once,
when speaking to me of Dundenah, I saw the tear of
heartfelt emotion dim her eye.

Poor Dundenah! with all her faults, she was indeed
worthy of a better destiny; and my heart bleeds as I
recall her untimely end.

But let me not anticipate.

It was with no pleasant feelings that, toward spring,
when the weather had become more mild and agreeable, I
saw the Wepecoolahs begin to make preparations for
another expedition against the frontiers of Texas. They
sharpened their knives and tomahawks, put their bows and
arrows in order, painted their persons as hideously as
possible, and held their war-dance on the common, in
which all were obliged to participate, Clara and myself not
excepted. They did not carry matters so far as to attempt
to force me to go with then—neither did they slight me

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

by not giving me an invitation to make one of their
number.

At length, when all was in readiness, they set out—on
horseback, as before—numbering no less than sixty athletic
warriors, with Kenneloo at their head—leaving some ten
or fifteen trusty braves to look after the women and
children, and protect the village in their absence. It was
now that, but for the promise involving the life of Dundenah
and Omema, which bound me to remain, I should
certainly have attempted to make my escape.

But it often happens that the plans which, in our human
wisdom, we have laid, would, if carried out, prove disastrous
to ourselves; and it as often happens that Providence
is secretly working for our good, when, in the despair of
tribulation and adversity, we are led to think ourselves
forgotten by Him who notes even the fall of a sparrow.

-- 190 --

p464-201 CHAPTER XVI. THE ATTACK.

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

The Wepecoolahs, headed by their vindictive chief, had
been gone upon their war-path some two or three days,
when, having passed a restless night, I arose one morning
before the break of day, and went out to take a walk in
the open air. All was dark and quiet in the village—for
the fires had burned down, and no one was stirring.

I strolled up the valley some quarter of a mile, in a
troubled mood—for I was thinking of friends far away,
and of the feeble prospect of my ever seeing them again—
and then turned aside, and began to ascend a steep hill
to the right, with no definite purpose in view, unless it
were to note the breaking of day, and the rising of the
sun, which had often been a delight to me in happier
times.

Having reached a height which gave me a fair view of
the eastern horizon, I seated myself upon a rock, and
fixing my eyes upon the point where the sun would first be
visible, I let my thoughts wander to far-off scenes, and
reflected that the great luminary which I should soon
behold, was already shining upon my native soil, and that
even now friends dear to me might be gazing upon it, and,
peradventure, wondering what had become of the wanderer
who had so often been a welcome partaker in their scenes
of festivity and joy.

Would they ever behold me again? or would I ever
again behold that happy land? which time, distance, and

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

the peculiar circumstance in which I was placed, now
rendered as dear to me as the sacred spot which holds the
mortal remains of some dearly loved friend is to the
afflicted mourner.

While buried in reflections like these, and just as the
first golden streaks of morn began to shoot up in the
orient, I was startled by hearing loud Indian yells,
screeches of terror, and reports of fire-arms. I bounded
up from the rock, and for a few moments stood bewildered,
like one who hears some joyful news and yet is afraid to
credit his senses, lest he light the beacon of hope only to
have it quickly extinguished in the gloomy waters of
disappointment.

But the sounds still continuing—shrieks, yells, shouts
and reports of musketry commingled in one terrific din—I
knew that the village was attacked; and, as I had good
reason to believe, by my countrymen—for the Indians of
this quarter seldom fought with fire-arms.

It was therefore with feelings strange, wild, and indescribable,
that I uttered a yell a little less savage than
those of my late companions, and set off for the scene of
contention, a prey to a thousand alternate hopes and fears.
Thoughts whirled through my brain with a wild, dizzy
sensation; but above all rose the image of Clara; and
fearful of what might be her fate in this scene of strife and
dire confusion, I went bounding down the steep mountainside
to the valley, like a stag pursued by the hounds.
How I escaped without injury was almost a miracle; but I
reached the valley in safety, and continued my course
toward the village, with unabated exertions, and scarcely
unabated speed.

The dull, leaden hue of early morning was just beginning
to chase away the darker shades of night; so that
objects could be seen at some distance, but only distinctly

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

when within a few feet of the eye. By this dim light,
therefore, as I neared the clustering huts of the Wepecoolahs,
I could faintly perceive dark figures flitting to and
fro—some evidently flying in terror to save their lives, and
pursued by others eager for blood and vengeance—while
above the agonizing shrieks and groans of the assailed,
and the cheers and shouts of the assailants, I heard a
hoarse voice, saying:

“These are the heathen that know not God! Slay, and
spare not! let the curse of eternal damnation be upon
them!”

As I drew close upon the huts, running with all my
speed, an Indian passed me, making for the cover of the
mountain, followed by a white man in eager chase, who
seemed to be gaining upon his victim at every step.
Neither took any notice of me; but hearing a yell of
agony a moment after, I naturally turned my head to
learn the result; and I had just caught a glimpse of the
Indian and white man falling,

“Hard grappled in the affray of death,”

when my foot, striking against the dead body of another
Indian, I came to the ground with almost stunning force.
At the same moment a ball from a pistol, aimed at my
life, whizzed over my head; and the person who fired the
shot, finding he had missed his mark, sprung toward me
with gleaming knife, to take advantage of my accident,
either to despatch or secure me a prisoner.

Somewhat bewildered with my fall and previous excitement,
I still had sufficient presence of mind, as I saw my
assailant rushing upon me, to exclaim:

“In the name of Heaven, man, would you murder one
of your own countrymen?”

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

“Eh! what!” he cried, stopping suddenly—“who are
you?”

Heavens! what a thrill went through me, as I heard
that voice! Could it be possible? I started to my feet, and
looked him in the face. Yes, it was he; I was not
mistaken; and fairly shrieking forth my joy—for it was
too excessive to yet find vent in words—I threw open
my arms, and rushed toward him. He sprang back,
mistaking my purpose; and instantly presenting a revolver,
cried:

“Two good shots yet: yield you a prisoner, whoever
you are, or I'll lodge both in your body.”

“What!” cried I, in astonishment, now finding my
tongue—and forgetting, in my excitement, that my Indian
costume, shaved head, and painted face and body, was a
disguise which neither the eye of friend nor foe might
penetrate—“is it possible that Morton Harley has forgotten
me?”

“In the name of all the saints!” cried he, thunderstruck
in return—“what—why—how—no—yes—this
greasy face—can it be?—Harry, is it you?”

“It is I, Morton—truly I—Harry Walton, your old
friend.”

Down went knife and pistol, and the next moment we
were locked in each other's arms, weeping and laughing
alternately, and feeling very happy and very sad, and a
great deal more that I cannot describe. When our first
transports had so far subsided, that we could again find
speech, Harley said:

“I came to seek you, Harry, it is true; but not finding
you in the onset, I concluded the savages had put you to
death, and I was for taking deep revenge on the accursed
race. In fact, my dear friend,” he added, his eyes filling
with tears at the thought, “I was nigh revenging you on

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

yourself; for mistaking you for an Indian returning to
the affray, I fired; and had you not fallen as you did, I
fear my shot had been fatal, for I seldom miss my mark.
Great Heaven! only to think how near I was to slaying
my best friend! Ah! it makes my blood run cold!”

“But in the name of all that is wonderful!” cried I,
a thousand questions rushing upon me at once, so that I
scarcely knew which to put first—“how came you here?”

“Do you hear that noise?” said Harley.

And again, above the shrieks and din of strife, I heard
distinctly the words:

“ `Vengeance is mine, saith the Lord, and I will repay!
Slay, and spare not! for the curse of Heaven is upon the
heathen that know not God!”

“It is the voice of Langee,” said I.

“Man, madman, or devil—I know not who he is—but
he it was that guided us hither,” replied Harley.

“In the name of humanity!” cried I, “let us stay the
massacre! See! the fugitives are flying in every direction,
and the pursuers seem to spare neither age nor sex.
And Clara!” shrieked I, as the thought of her danger
again recurred to me. “Holy Saints! perhaps she, too,
has fallen a victim! for in her Indian costume she might
easily be mistaken for one of the tribe;” and I bounded
away between the huts to the common, where the scene of
human butchery that met my gaze made me shudder with
horror.

No less than fifteen dead bodies, mostly women and
children, mutilated and gory, lay scattered about, having
been indiscriminately slain, as they rushed from their huts
on the first alarm. The first I gazed upon was Omema,
my Indian mother, who lay weltering in her blood, shot
through the heart. I uttered a cry of horror and grief,
for she had been very kind to me, and looked eagerly at

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

each of the others, trembling with fear, lest my senses
should suddenly be appalled by a sight of the gory form
of her I loved best.

But Clara was not among the slain, so far as I could
discover; and I hurried to the lodge of the chief, which
she had occupied with Dundenah.

The common was at this time deserted by all the living
save Harley and myself; but the cries of pursuers and
pursued could be heard in various directions, each moment
growing more distant, as the bloody chase led away from
the village. I looked into the lodge of Kenneloo; but
finding it deserted, I ran, half-distracted, to the Council
House, Harley keeping close to my side, but neither of us
exchanging a word. As I was about to enter this building,
I felt myself rudely seized, and a knife gleamed before
my eyes. I was too much taken by surprise to have
spoken in time to save my life; but Harley, who was
pressing in with me, instantly seized the uplifted arm, and
cried:

“Hold! hold! it is Henry Walton.”

“Good heavens!” cried my assailant—“is it possible!”
and stepping back a couple of paces, he regarded me with
astonishment.

I was no less astonished to recognize in the speaker the
person of Walter Moreland; but bent on finding Clara, I
only greeted him with:

“Your sister! your sister! where is she?”

“There,” he said, pointing to a distant part of the
building, “in the arms of her father.”

“What!” cried I, still more astonished, if that were
possible—“Colonel Moreland here also?” and I darted
away to a group of three figures, whose outlines I could
just distinguish by the dim light.

As I approached, I recognized the Colonel, who was

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

seated upon one of the benches, supporting his daughter
in his arms, whose pale features and apparently lifeless
form led me to infer the worst. Dundenah, who was
standing beside the others, had turned toward me on hearing
my voice; and as I came up, she clasped her hands
and exclaimed, in a tone of deep emotion:

“The Dark-Eye is safe—thanks be to Wandewah!”

But I had no thought for any thing but Clara; and in
my excitement, I fairly shrieked forth:

“Is she dead? is all over? Who did the deed?”

“What intrusion is this?” cried the Colonel, sharply,
looking fiercely at me.

“It is Henry Walton,” said Harley, coming up behind
me, in company with Walter.

“It is not easy to recognize a friend in such disguise,”
said the latter, “and I was nigh putting an end to his life,
mistaking him for one of the savages.”

“And I also,” chimed in Harley.

“Perhaps it would have been a just judgment of Heaven,
if one of you had succeeded,” said the Colonel, in a
cold, dry tone, as he bent over his inanimate daughter,
and commenced chafing her limbs.

I was so thunderstruck by this answer, that I stood
staring upon the speaker, and wondering if I heard aright.
Not so Harley.

“What means this language to my friend?” he quickly
demanded, with flashing eyes. “Is this the reception you
give one who has unfortunately borne a long and tedious
captivity with your daughter?”

“If I had not entrusted my daughter to his care, and
he been false to the trust, the affliction I have endured on
her account had been spared me,” replied the Colonel, in
the same harsh, chilling tone.

“Who says I have been false to my trust, utters a lie!”

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

cried I, forgetting every thing in my excitement but the
foul aspersion cast upon my character.

“Hold! hold! Mr. Walton!” interposed Walter, soothingly,
taking hold of my arm. “Say nothing rash now—
all will be right in time. Let father's words pass: he is
excited, and his mind has been poisoned against you.”

“I know by whom,” returned I—“that villain Warncliff—
but we shall meet again, perhaps.”

“Sooner than you expect, probably,” said Walter.

“How! is he here too?”

“Yes, he is the leader of this party.”

“Then that may account for their hellish ferocity,”
returned I. “Their acts are worthy of such a leader, and
prove them villains of the same stamp—for none but such
would slay defenceless women and children.”

“Hush! hush! for if overheard, it may be the worse
for you.”

I was about to continue in the same bitter strain—but
my eye falling upon Clara, I forgot every thing but her.

“Is she dead?” cried I. “Oh! tell me—is she dead?”

“No, only in a swoon,” answered Walter. “Her joy
at meeting us, combined with excitement and alarm,
proved too much for her nerves, and she fell senseless into
her father's arms, who bore her here from the scene of
horrid strife, accompanied by this damsel, who seems to
be a captive also.”

“The white man is wrong—Dundenah is no captive—
she is the daughter of a chief!” exclaimed the Indian
maiden, looking from one to the other with that air of
proud defiance which she had been wont to exhibit on my
first acquaintance with her.

At this moment a slight motion of Clara, accompanied
by a groan, drew the attention of each to her; and while
we were all gazing upon her, in anxious suspense, Langee,

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

followed by Warncliff, burst into the Council House, exclaiming,
in that hoarse voice which I had heard above
the din:

“Slay! slay! slay! Let the blood of the heathen run
in rivers! for they are unworthy to live;” and he came
bounding toward us, gnashing his teeth, frothing at the
mouth, and his hollow eye, glaring with maniacal wildness.

“He is insane!” cried I: “he must be secured!”

“Here is another heathen—let him be slain!” he
shouted, rushing at once upon me with uplifted knife.

I sprung back to avoid the blow; and at the same
instant Dundenah, with the speed of lightning, darted
between us; and, ere any one was aware of her purpose,
buried her knife to the very hilt in his heart. As he fell,
she exclaimed:

“The curse of Wandewah be upon Langee for a vile
traitor!”

Astonishment for a moment paralyzed us all. Warncliff
was the first to speak.

“Seize her!” he cried: “she has slain our guide, and
her life shall answer for his;” and he sprung toward her,
knife in hand, with the evident intention of dispatching
her on the spot.

It was now my turn to interfere; and, rushing hard
against him, I threw him to the ground, exclaiming:

“Coward! villain! would you slay a woman?”

“Who are you?” he cried, regaining his feet with great
dexterity, and confronting me with a fiendish look.

“Your mortal foe, Henry Walton.”

“Ha! have at you then!” and drawing a revolver, he
discharged it full at my breast—but, fortunately for me,
missed his mark.

The next moment he was seized by Harley and Walter,
while the voice of Colonel Moreland thundered:

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

“Peace all! there is blood enough spilled already; and
the first who renews this quarrel, makes me his foe for
life.”

At the same moment Clara started up and cried:

“Merciful Heaven! where am I?”

“Here, my child, in your father's arms,” said the
Colonel. “Fear nothing—you are safe.”

During this excitement and confusion, Dundenah had
effected her escape from the Council House; but while
Harley and Walter were still holding Warncliff—who, too
insane with passion to heed any thing that was said, was
still struggling to free himself—Dundenah reappeared at
the door, with a drawn bow in her hand.

“Take this!” she cried.

There was a loud twang of the bow; and an arrow,
sped with certain aim, passed through the right arm of
Warncliff, and made a slight incision in his side. He
uttered a yell of pain; and the Colonel starting up,
cried:

“Secure that she-devil, or we shall all be murdered!”

Scarcely were the words out of his mouth, when we
heard the crack of a rifle; and Dundenah, who had turned
to fly, fell back into the Council House, with a groan. I
ran to her, and lifted her in my arms. There was a deep
wound in her breast, and the warm blood was flowing
freely. Her eyes were closed, and I thought she was
dead. I spoke her name, and it seemed to recall her
spirit back to earth. She looked up, fixed her dark eyes
mournfully upon me, and said, in a feeble voice:

“Farewell! May the great Wandewah bless you!
The race of Dundenah is run.”

And as she said this, she gave a convulsive gasp, and
expired.

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

As I gently laid her down, with tearful eyes, some one
darkened the door, and a hoarse voice exclaimed:

“Here's another of the —— red niggers—knock him
on the head;” and, again mistaken for an Indian, a tomahawk
was hurled at me by the same hand that had slain
poor Dundenah.

It barely grazed my face, but did me no other injury;
and ere any further violence could be offered, Harley interposed,
and informed the ruffian that I was one of the
captives the party had come to liberate.

“Oh! that alters the case,” he said, with an air of
brutal indifference. “Thought he was a Injun, by——!
She's one on 'em, arn't she? (pointing to his bloody
victim)—for I'd hate most powerful to know I'd shot a
white gal, though she did sling an arrer in here. Eh!”
he added, looking down the Council House: “Eh! what!
the Cap'en hurt?” and swinging his rifle over his shoulder,
he deliberately picked up his tomahawk and strode away
toward his leader.

I was still bending over the corse of the poor Indian
maiden, half stupified with the conflicting emotions which
the events of the last half hour had excited, when the
voice of Clara, close beside me, exclaimed:

“Merciful God! they have murdered our kind protectress!
Poor Dundenah! poor Dundenah!” and kneeling
beside her, she paid a grateful tribute of tears to her
memory; at the same time murmuring: “Father in
Heaven, give peace to her soul!”

“Amen!” said I solemnly.

“And you are saved, dear Henry!” she added, turning
upon me a look that expressed even more than her words.

“It is a woful deliverance, Clara; and but for your
sake, I could wish that mine had not been bought at such
a price.”

-- --

The Death of Dundenah [figure description] 464EAF. Image of three people gathering as Dundenah dies. One of the men holds Dundendah as he dies.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

“Come, daughter,” said the voice of Colonel Moreland,
sternly, who had come up behind us—“this is no fit sight
for one of your weak nerves.”

“Nor for the sight of any one born in a land of civilization
and Christianity!” said Clara, quickly, and with
spirit. “Oh! father, could you not have prevented this?”

“No! and if I could, she deserved her fate—for she
had already killed our guide, and wounded our leader.”

“Your leader, father?” cried Clara, in surprise. “Is
there one above you, then, in command of this expedition?”

“Yes! this party was raised by Warncliff, who wished
to have the honor of rescuing his betrothed.”

“Warncliff?” repeated Clara, with a visible shudder.
“Oh! I would sooner remain in captivity than owe my
s deliverance to him.”

“Ungrateful girl! what means this language?” cried
her father, angrily. “But it is easily seen who has been
your tutor;” and he glanced pointedly at me.

“My own heart has been my tutor,” rejoined Clara,
with spirit; “and sooner will I suffer death than be the
wife of such a man.”

The Colonel bit his lips, and his eyes flashed fire. He
seemed about to make an angry reply, but checked himself,
and merely said:

“Come, this is not a time and place to discuss such
matters;” and taking hold of Clara's arm, he led her away.

They met Warncliff a moment after, who came forward
with his arm bleeding, the arrow having been extracted.
He stopped and spoke to them; but I could see that Clara
treated him very coldly. He then came up to the bloody
corpse of Dundenah; and after gazing upon it, with a
grim smile, muttered, between his set teeth:

“Hell's curses on you and all your friends!” and he

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

looked at me in a way to show that I was included in this
malediction.

It was with the greatest difficulty I could restrain myself
from striking him to the earth; and perhaps I should
not, but that I felt Harley's warning grasp on my arm.

Warncliff then turned to the ruffian, who came stalking
up behind him, and added:

“Tom, this is the best piece of work you ever performed,
and I will make it prove so;” and with another
savage glance at me, he went out.

“Be prudent, Harry,” whispered Harley; “this is no
place to quarrel; but he shall not escape the chastisement
which is his due.”

-- 203 --

p464-216 CHAPTER XVII. SOMETHING OF HARLEY, VIOLA, AND LANGEE.

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

All the events I have described as taking place after
my entrance into the Council House, had occupied but a
very few minutes in reality; and as one scene of horror
had been closely followed by another, since my return from
the mountain, the effect of the whole had been in some
degree to stupefy my mental faculties and dull the keener
feelings, as blows repeated upon the body gradually benumb
it and render it less sensible to pain.

It is impossible for me to describe the strange and
mingled emotions which I experienced as I stood and
gazed around me. On the one hand I had cause for
rejoicing—on the other for anger, vexation, and sorrow.
I had just been deploring the hard fate which consigned
both Clara and myself to Indian captivity, far away from
our friends, whom we could not reasonably hope ever to
see again; and now we both stood liberated, unharmed,
and she was with her father and brother, and I had one
beside me whom an hour before I would almost have sacrificed
my right hand to behold; but then again, I had
also in a measure been liberated by my worst enemy—my
rival; a foul aspersion had been cast upon my honor, by
one in whose eyes I had hoped at least to stand well; I
had been insulted in a gross manner, and my life actually
attempted in a spirit of revenge; and to crown all, she
who had both now and heretofore saved my life at the

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

peril of her own, had been shot down like a dog, and lay
weltering in her gore at my very feet.

Yes, here lay poor Dundenah, and yonder Langee—
both having died violent and bloody deaths within a few
moments of each other—and to both of whom, had they
lived, I should have felt myself under deep obligations: to
the one for having rescued me from a horrible death—to
the other for having been the means of rescuing me from
a scaree less horrible captivity. True, Langee, in his
mad passion, had sought to take my life; but this I knew
was owing to my Indian costume and savage appearance,
and not to any ill-will which he bore me personally. No,
so far from the latter being the case, he might be said to
have lost his life from a too rash zeal in my cause—for
had he not gone to the friends of Clara, as I requested
and urged him to do, and returned to guide them hither,
he might even now have been in the enjoyment of life,
peace, and safety.

While reflections like these were passing through my
mind, Harley took hold of my arm, and said:

“Come, my friend, let me conduct you to the other end
of the building—for here you are in danger of being mistaken
for an Indian by the different parties that will soon
return from the bloody chase, and you know how narrowly
you have several times escaped with your life already.”

“My friend,” returned I, grasping his hand—“for you
are my friend, and have proved it in adversity—God bless
you!” and so overcome was I with various contending
emotions, that I burst into tears, and wept like a child.

“Cheer up, Harry! cheer up, my dear friend! do not
be cast down!” he said, his own voice thick and choked;
while tears, that he in vain tried to suppress, swam in his
eyes.

“Let me weep!” I rejoined; “let me weep! it may

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

appear childish, but it will relieve my aching heart;” and
impulsively I threw my arms around his neck, and sobbed
upon his breast.

This flow of tears indeed proved a great relief to my
overcharged soul; and in a short time I became quite
calm, and accompanied Harley to the other end of the
building.

On our way, we passed the corpse of Langee—who was
lying where he had fallen—and also Colonel Moreland,
Clara, and Walter, who were grouped together at no great
distance, conversing earnestly in low tones. The eye of
Clara, as I passed, rested upon me with mournful tenderness,
and I could see that she had been weeping; but the
faces of the Colonel and Walter were turned from me;
whether intentionally or not, I did not know. I waved
my hand to Clara, and turning to Harley, said:

“It is hard to be suspected of wrong by those whom
we most desire should esteem us well!”

“I understand to what you allude,” returned my friend;
“but you have an advocate in that fair girl that will set
you right, depend upon it. She loves you, Harry—I can
see that; and I am well pleased that your choice has
fallen upon one so lovely, so sweet and amiable, and so
every way calculated to render you happy.”

“Ah! Morton, do you know that she is betrothed to this
villain Warneliff? and that her father is one not likely to
let her forego the fulfillment of the pledge thus made, in
favor of another to whom he has taken a dislike?”

“I have heard something of this; but do you know, in
return, my dear Harry, that the plans of fathers are not
always carried out? and that I, at least, have good reason
for saying so?”

“My dear Morton,” cried I, seizing his hand, “I crave
a thousand pardons, for having in my own selfish griefs

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

and vexations forgotten to inquire after your dear partner,
Viola! I trust she is well?”

“May Heaven grant it to be not otherwise!” replied
my friend, solemnly. “I left her well—but that was
some weeks since.”

“And where did you leave her?”

“In Galveston.”

“Indeed? alone with strangers?”

“No, her parents were with her.”

“Ah! then she has seen her parents since her marriage?
and you have been to Mexico and returned?” said I,
quickly.

“She has seen her parents since her marriage—but we
have not been to Mexico,” replied Harley. “Listen! and
you shall hear how it happened. After parting from you
at Galveston, we went to New Orleans, as you know, for
the purpose of procuring further proofs to establish Viola
as the lost daughter of Don Alverda, intending to return
immediately and have you accompany us to the city of
Mexico. There, as you also know, I received a letter from
home, stating that my father was very ill and not expected
to live. Having procured the proofs—which we did without
difficulty—we set out for Macon, Georgia. I found
my father alive, but in a very feeble state; and as it was
altogether probable that he would not recover, we thought
it better to remain at home a few weeks.”

“And did he recover?” interrupted I.

“No,” said Harley, sadly; “he lingered along till
winter set in, and then paid the great debt of nature.
Meantime, I had introduced Viola to my friends, giving
them a brief account of her history. On learning she was
not the daughter of St. Auburn, they gave her a cordial
reception, and her attractive manners soon made her a
favorite. My father blessed the union, and received her

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

as his daughter; and she so won upon his affections, that
toward the last he could not bear to have her out of his
sight; and declared, with the peevishness of sickness, that
no one could wait upon him so well as she.”

“But her parents?” again interrupted I.

“Ay, ay—I am coming to them—only have a little
patience. Well, when I found my stay in Macon was
likely to be prolonged to an indefinite point of time, I
wrote a letter to Don Juan Gomez Alverda, enclosing one
from Viola, wherein we gave the statement made by the
dying St. Auburn, together with several other important
matters, and requested an answer as to whether he felt
disposed, from the proofs which we could produce, to
acknowledge Viola as his daughter?

“In due course of time a letter arrived, from both the
Don and his lady, in which they expressed their joy in the
most extravagant terms, and declared themselves ready to
receive her with open arms without any proof whatever.
My father-in-law's letter—for so I may now safely call
him—further stated, that having some business at New
Orleans, he and his lady should set out immediately for
that city, and hoped to meet us there.

“To cut my story short, we did meet there; but you
must imagine the joyful emotions produced by that meeting,
of which words are inadequate to convey any thing
more than a cold idea. Such embracing—such shedding
of tears—such transports of joy you never saw; and my
only regret was, that you, my dear friend, were not there
to witness it.”

“Thank you!” said I; and the words came from my
heart.

“I was delighted with my new parents. Don Alverda
is a fine, noble-looking man, and a true Spanish gentleman;
and Donna Clarinda is a most lovely, sweet-tempered,

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

estimable lady, of whom I can convey no better idea than
to say there is a marked resemblance between her and
Viola—so much so, that it is almost a wonder the relationship
was not discovered sooner.

“The parents of Viola insisting that we should return
with them, we prepared accordingly, and set out on our
journey, going by the way of Galveston, in the hope of
finding and prevailing on you to accompany us. I had
not heard from you for a long time, and wondered at your
silence; and twice, within as many weeks, I wrote to
Galveston, begging you to inform me of your whereabouts.
Of course I got no answer; and when I arrived there, I
found, by inquiry, that my letters to your address had not
been taken from the post-office.

“In your letter to me, dated at the Tremont House—
and the only one, in fact, I have ever received from you—
you stated that you had met the brother of Clara, was
much pleased with him, and that you had accepted an
invitation to pay a visit to his father's residence in
Houston. This then was the only clue for tracing you;
and feeling deeply anxious to learn what had become of
you, I prevailed upon my father-in-law to delay his journey
for a few days; and leaving Viola and her parents at the
hotel, I took a steamer for Houston.

“I found the family of Colonel Moreland in a state of
great excitement. They had just received a mysterious
note, in which the writer stated that their daughter, and a
young man in her company, together with himself, had
been captured by the Indians, from whom he had recently
made his escape; that he had reason to think the girl was
still alive—a prisoner—though he feared her companion
had been put to death; and he concluded by saying, that
in exactly four weeks from the date of the note, he would
personally appear; and that if a large party, well armed

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

and mounted, were in readiness to go in search of the girl,
he would accompany them as guide.

“As I said, I found the family in great agitation on
account of this mysterious note, which bore date without
signature, and had been properly addressed through the
city post-office, indicating that the writer had placed it
there with his own hand. It was the first news, direct or
indirect, which they had received of one they had already
mourned as lost to them forever; and they were in a state
of the most intense excitement, not knowing whether to
credit the statement of the writer or not.

“Why, when he was so near, had he not appeared to
give his account orally, instead of adopting a mode of communication
so likely to be disbelieved and disregarded?
But then again, would any one who intended it as a piece
of deception, be likely to adopt so flimsy an invention?

“Thus was the matter argued pro and con; but hope,
which is ever ready to take root in uncertainty, sprung up
in the minds of all; and it was finally resolved that a
party should be in readiness to set out with the Unknown,
in the event of his making his appearance at the time
specified.

“To this measure I lent my counsel, and determined to
be one of the party; for though the unknown writer
intimated the probability of your having been put to death,
yet the whole rested on uncertainty; and something
whispered me that you might still be living; and affection
and duty both urged me to go in search of a friend who
had done so much for me.

“I accordingly returned to Galveston, and communicated
the whole affair to Viola and her parents, at the
same time stating my intention of going in quest of you.
Viola shed many tears, both at the thought of your hard
fate, and the idea of parting with me for so long a period;

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

but, like the noble woman she is, she said that it was cer
tainly my duty to go—that you had saved her life at the
peril of your own, and that I owed this effort on your
behalf to the unselfish friendship of the past.”

“God bless her!” said I, fervently; “she is indeed a
noble woman, and an ornament to her sex.”

Tears filled the eyes of my friend; but hastily brushing
them away, as if ashamed of such weakness, he resumed:

“I now found that our parting must indeed be for a
considerable period; for my father-in-law said that business
of importance would require his immediate return to
the city of Mexico; besides which, each day's delay
would probably render the journey more difficult, owing to
the unsettled state of the country, which is on the very
eve of an open rupture with the United States.”

“Ha!” said I; “then the war fever has not died
away?”

“So far from it,” replied Harley, “that each account
received is of a more warlike character; and General
Taylor, when last heard from, was on the point of removing
his army and head-quarters to the Rio Grande,
where it is expected the Mexicans will give him battle.
In fact, the bloody contest may have begun already, for any
thing I know to the contrary. But to return to my story,
which I must make as brief as possible; for I perceive
that the different parties, who have been in chase of the
fugitives, are beginning to gather at the door yonder, and
we may soon be interrupted.

“Well, I took leave of Viola and her parents—and a
hard parting it was—and returned to Houston. When I
got back to Colonel Moreland's, I was informed that
one Warncliff—who, to my surprise, I learned was an
accepted suitor of Clara's—wishing to have the honor of
rescuing his affianced bride, had volunteered to raise a

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

party to go in quest of her, and was now absent for this
purpose—the Colonel giving as a reason for his going
away from home, that most of the men in that vicinity,
who might have been enlisted in such an expedition at any
time previous to the present, had gone off to join Taylor
as volunteers in the approaching struggle, and that
Warncliff had friends away on whom he could depend.

“On the day appointed by the Unknown, Warncliff
appeared at an early hour in the morning, at the head of
some thirty cut-throat looking fellows, all well mounted
and armed to the teeth; and about an hour later, a tall,
lank, cadaverous, big-boned personage was seen approaching
the mansion. On coming up to where we were standing,
he merely said, in an indifferent tone:

“ `Well, I see you are ready—so am I.'

“That personage was the one who is now lying there,
and whom you, if I remember rightly, called Langee.

“Well, after some very close questioning on our part,
it was decided that we should set off with this mysterious
being—though I had my misgivings about his sanity, and
I think the others had also. However, as events have
turned out, it is certain he was no impostor; though I must
say that the following of such a guide for three weeks,
in an unknown country, not knowing at what moment we
might be betrayed into the hands of an overwhelming
body of savages, has been no very pleasant task on my
part, whatever it may have been to the others.”

“And have you been three weeks on this journey?”
inquired I.

“Nearly so—this is the eighteenth day since our leaving
Houston. However, it can scarcely be said that we
travelled yesterday; for after a three hours' ride, our
guide led us into a thicket, where we encamped and
remained in concealment, while he went forward on foot

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

to reconnoitre. About midnight last night he returned,
and reported that he had penetrated the village of the
Wepecoolahs; that the chief and most of his warriors
were away on some distant expedition; and that the girl
we were seeking was living, and would be found in the
lodge of the chief; but that the young man he feared had
been put to death.

“After a brief consultation, it was decided that we
should leave our horses where they were, and set off
on foot. We did so—the distance being about ten miles.
It is needless to add more—you know the rest—at least
enough of it.”

“I do,” said I. “Such hellish vindictiveness as has
been here displayed, is more worthy of the savages themselves
than of men born in a Christian land.”

“You must not look to find sympathy for the savage
among those who, living on the frontiers, have only to
recall some bloody encroachment of their painted neighbors,
to steel their hearts against any thing like compassion.”

“Well, let them take bloody retribution on the aggressors—
on the warriors themselves,” said I; “but not deliberately
murder defenceless women and children.”

“Ay, it is easy for us to say this, who have been
brought up in a country so remote from border warfare
that we think rather of the wrongs the Indian has suffered
than of his aggressions; but only let us live where the
tomahawk and scalping-knife are yearly made red with the
blood of some of our dearest friends—imagine such friends
a wife and children—and we might soon become as callous
to pity as any, and only desire to see the red-race exterminated,
root and branch. Do not understand me, my dear
Harry, as seeking to defend this atrocious slaughter; but
rather as showing the causes which lead to an approval

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

of bloody cruelty. But aside from this, I think the present
party would be cruel under any circumstances; and
if these are the friends of Warncliff, as the Colonel intimated,
it is my private opinion he keeps the very worst
company in the world. I have my suspicions, too,” added
Harley, in a low tone.

“Ha! what?” inquired I, eagerly.

“Hush! here comes the Colonel.”

“Mr. Walton,” said Colonel Moreland, advancing to
me, and speaking in a dry, stiff, formal manner, “I have
been holding some conversation with my daughter, and,
in consequence, am led to believe that I wrongly accused
you of betraying the trust I reposed in you, and therefore
do hereby retract my words, and offer you a further
apology for my rudeness.”

“Which I gladly accept,” returned I, “and sincerely
rejoice that I no longer stand dishonored in your esteem.”

“I would say further,” resumed the Colonel, with a
freezing air, that instantly chilled all the warmth of feeling
on my part, which the prospect of reconciliation had at
first produced; “I would say further, Mr. Walton, that
your negro Tom (I started at the mention of the name,
and felt a twinge of conscience that I should have neglected
all this while to inquire after the poor fellow, whom
I loved almost as a brother,) remained at my house some
two months, during which time I wrote to your father—”

“Ha! then he knows of my misfortune?” interrupted I.

“And in due course of time received an answer,” continued
the Colonel, as though I had not spoken, “which
caused Tom to pack up your things, and, with your
baggage, set off for home.”

“Then Tom has gone home with my baggage?” said I.
“This is unlucky—for now I have neither money nor
clothes.”

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

“I have enough for both, Harry—never mind,” inter
posed Harley.

“I was about to add,” pursued the Colonel, in the same
frigid tone, “that having been much inconvenienced—
and, as I may safely say, on my account, since at my request
you set off with Clara—any thing that I can do in
the way of compensation, command me.”

“All that I would ask in return, Colonel Moreland,”
said I, “is that I may be esteemed a friend of your
family.”

The Colonel hesitated, hemmed, and replied:

“As a friend of the family, Mr. Walton, I see no particular
objection; but to be brief, as I am a plain man of
few words, I think it best it should be understood that
there is to be no relationship.

I felt the blood mount to my very temples, and was
about to make a reply that I might afterward have
regretted, when the voice of Warncliff was heard calling
Colonel Moreland, who, glad to escape probably, made a
stiff bow and strode away.

“Be calm, my friend,” said Harley, taking my hand;
“be calm, Harry; he has apologized, that is something;
keep quiet, and let events take their course. Fate will do
its work, do what you may.”

-- 215 --

p464-228 CHAPTER XVIII. BRUTALITY AND SUSPICION.

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

Warncliff's party having now returned—at least all
that ever would return, for some five or six had been killed
in the affray—it was speedily decided that we should leave
the village without delay, as there was no knowing what
moment the chief and his warriors might get back from
their expedition; and should we be followed, while our
trail was yet fresh, there was no telling what might be the
consequences. All therefore soon became confusion—the
men seeking the deserted cabins for plunder, and stripping
the dead of such of their apparel as they fancied might
prove of any value hereafter.

It was my wish, and Clara's also—whom I sought out
in the confusion and found weeping—that poor Dundenah
should at least have decent interment; and getting Walter
to join Harley and myself, we hastened to the corpse, and
were about to remove it, when Warncliff appeared, and in
an insolent tone demanded to know what we were about
to do with that — Indian.

“It is the desire of Clara and ourselves,” replied Walter,
reddening, “that this poor girl—who, whatever her
faults, proved a true friend to the captives—should have
decent burial.”

“And do you not account the assassination of our
guide, and this,” he cried, fiercely, holding up his arm,
which was now bandaged, “an offset to all the good she
ever did?”

“But she paid for all that with her life,” put in Harley.

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

“'Tis false!” cried Warncliff, fiercely: “the lives of
fifty such wenches would be no equivalent for the death of
one white man, to say nothing of her attempt upon my
own life.”

“In proper time and place,” returned Harley, pale
with anger, which he strove to keep under control, “your
insolence shall be met with proper chastisement.”

“This to me?” fairly yelled Warncliff, his features
contorted with passion.

“Come, come,” interposed Walter, “let there be no
quarreling here. You know, Willard, my father has
expressly forbidden it.”

“Umph!” sneered the other: “I command here—not
your father.”

Again Walter reddened—but merely said:

“Well, well, never mind—let us proceed with the
corpse.”

“No,” said Warncliff, “it goes not hence!”

“But it is Clara's wish.”

“It should not leave the building even if it were your
father's wish.”

“Eh! what is the dispute?” said the Colonel, who
entered the door behind Warncliff just in time to hear the
last remark.

Walter explained.

“Why, Willard,” said the Colonel, “there is nothing
unreasonable in this wish of Clara's; for whatever harm
the girl might have intended to do you, she was certainly
the preserver of the life and honor of my daughter, and
as such I also could wish to see proper respect paid to her
remains.”

“Well,” answered Warncliff, sulkily, “I have said she
should not have more respect paid to her dead carcass
than is paid to the rest of her accursed tribe; and I'll

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

make my words good; and unless you, Colonel Moreland,
wish to get yourself embroiled in an unnecessary quarrel,
you will not interfere.”

“He that would treat with disrespect the dead, even
though the body be that of a bitter foe, is a coward and
no gentleman!” cried Clara, indignantly, who had silently
joined the group during the discussion.

Warncliff turned fiercely toward her; and there was a
something so wicked in the expression of his features, that
I involuntarily shuddered, and Clara shrunk back as if
alarmed. Nothing further passed between them, however—
for the Colonel interposed, addressing his daughter
sternly.

“Silence! girl,” he said, “and retire!” and as Clara,
obedient, moved away, he turned to Warncliff. “And as
for you, sir,” he continued, “being the commander of this
party, you will please to have your own way for the present;
but I am one not likely to forget in what manner I
have been treated by one I have heretofore esteemed a
gentleman.”

“And would you insinuate—” began Warncliff.

“No!” interrupted the Colonel—“I would insinuate
nothing—for what I believe, I make a point to speak
boldly. But let the matter drop for the present—I am in
no humor for a wrangle. Nay,” he added, as he saw
Warncliff about to reply, “by the memory of your father,
who was my friend, I charge you not to answer me now?”
and turning on his heel he strode away.

At this moment several of Warncliff's men, having heard
high words between their leader and others, began to enter
the building, headed by the ruffian Tom. They were certainly
a cut-throat looking set; and their garments and
persons bore tokens of the recent affray—the former being
rent in many places, and both more or less bloody.

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

“What's the row, Cap'en?” said Tom, looking from one
to the other, and addressing Warncliff.

“Why, these gentlemen,” answered the latter, with a
sneer, emphasising the italicised word, “are anxious to
pay more respect to the remains of this squaw (pointing
to the corpse of poor Dundenah) than to those who have
freely shed their blood in their cause. In short, they wish
to give her Christian burial.”

Tom ripped out an oath, exclaiming:

“And you going to let 'em, Cap'en?”

“No, not if my men stand by me.”

“Let's see the one that won't,” said Tom, savagely.
“You're not agoing to do it,” he continued, scowling at
us. “Pick her up, boys, (to others of his party) and take
her further inside; and then we'll fire this—old shanty,
and that'll end the muss.”

It would have been madness for us to resist a force ten
times our own, and we knew it; therefore we prudently
relinquished our design, and quitted the building, the
Colonel and his daughter immediately following.

“Poor Dundenah!” sighed Clara; “luckily thou art
beyond feeling the further brutality of these ruffians—for
I can call them by no milder term.”

The sun was now above the hills—but it here shone
upon a scene of human butchery and desolation, at which
the heart not steeled to pity sickened.

“This, I trust, will prove the crowning act of this
bloody business,” said Harley to me; and he pointed to
several of the cabins, from which smoke now began to
issue simultaneously, while parties of the incendiaries
were seen running to and fro, carrying burning brands,
and removing such articles as they thought might be of
use to them.

Colonel Moreland now withdrew from the common with

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

his daughter, and Morton, Walter and I followed. In a
few minutes we were joined by Warncliff and his men—
the latter, most of them, loaded with articles of plunder,
a portion of which were sacks of skins filled with corn.

“Come,” said Warncliff, in a surly tone, “we have no
more time to spare in sentimental delay;” and he set off
down the valley, we all following in an irregular manner.

Soon we came to a bend of the hills, on turning which
the village of the Wepecoolahs would be hid from our view.
Here we all halted to take a last look of the work of
destruction behind us. The village was one bright sheet
of fire, and we could distinctly hear the roar of the flames,
as they reged with fury above the combustible roofs of the
different huts. Conspicuous over all was the Council
House, which at this moment was smoking dismally, the
turf outside preventing the fire from getting the same
headway which it had acquired over its smaller and more
combustible neighbors. But as I looked, its earthen
covering gradually crumbled away, and then it stood
a skeleton building wrapped in flames. Presently the
whole fabric sunk down with a crash, and a thousand red
cinders shot up into the bright sunlight, above the mortal
remains of poor Dundenah and Langee, who had been so
mysteriously connected in life and in death.

I involuntarily sighed as I thought of the fate of poor
Dundenah; but I had little else to regret; for my treatment
among the savages—aside from Omema and the
daughter of Kenneloo—had not been such as to enlist my
sympathies for them beyond the wish that a wanton
and unncessary sacrifice of life, particularly of women
and children, had not been made. As for Kenneloo and
his ferocious warriors, I little cared what might be their
feelings when they should return from their hostile expedition
against the frontiers of Texas and find their

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

village a heap of ruins. It seemed, in my view, rather like
a just retribution for their own aggressive, inhuman acts,
and a verifying of the holy text, that “He who sows the
wind shall reap the whirlwind.” Nor could I gainsay
that in the slaughter of the innocent—if any who had
fallen might be so termed—they had justly felt the avenging
hand of Him whose finger had written upon tablets
of stone, thousands of years before, that “The iniquities
of the fathers shall be visited upon the children, even to
the third and fourth generation”—a doom that even those
who profanely deny it the great attribute of justice,
cannot deny has sacred fulfillment.

With these reflections I turned away, to behold the
home of the Wepecoolahs no more.

A walk of some three hours brought us to the horses
of the party, which were found in the thicket where they
had remained through the night. We here made a
frugal repast on rather coarse fare, but which to me was
rendered palatable by reason of hunger. Harley now
furnished me with an over-coat, and for a want of a cap I
tied a handkerchief over my shaved crown. This, while
it rendered me more comfortable, and gave me more of a
civilized look, added so much of the ludicrous to my appearance,
that all who beheld me were excited to laughter.
This did not annoy me, however; but the dirty paint on
my face did; and I took an early opportunity of removing
the greater portion of it at a neighboring stream.

There was no want of horses; for, as I said before,
several of Warncliff's men had been killed in the affray.
Two of these, thus deprived of their late riders, were
assigned to Clara and myself; and the others were loaded
with sacks of corn, and other plunder, which had been
brought from the village. Toward noon we all mounted
and set out on our long and toilsome journey.

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

As a monotonous detail of our daily progress, aside
from such incidents as do not form concomitants to a
similar journey in the wilderness, would be more likely to
weary than interest the reader, I shall omit it, and hasten
to bring forward scenes and circumstances more worthy
of his attention.

Let it suffice, therefore, to say, that for eight or ten
days we made slow but fatiguing marches, over upland and
prairie, through forests and across streams, without
meeting with any adventures worth recording.

During this period I scarcely exchanged a dozen words
with Colonel Moreland, who was unusually reserved toward
every one; and as he kept Clara almost constantly by his
side, night and day, I seldom had an opportunity of speaking
with her, except in the presence of her father; which,
under the circumstances, I did not care to embrace. As
to Warncliff, I held no communication with him whatever;
and I saw without regret that he studiously kept himself
aloof from all save his ruffianly band, with whom he from
time to time conferred. As a general thing, he rode at the
head of his troop in sullen silence—or, if he spoke at all,
addressed himself to Tom, who appeared to hold the position
of second commander or Lieutenant.

I say I saw this studied reserve without regret; for it
seemed to widen the breach between him and the Colonel,
and left Clara unmolested; and I reasoned from this that
the engagement between them would eventually be broken
off altogether; for the Colonel was a man not likely to
urge his daughter to wed with one to whom he had himself
taken a dislike.

One eve, when we had encamped as usual on the borders
of a wood and prairie, near a little stream, I noticed that
the Colonel looked long and anxiously at the setting sun,
and, as it sunk below the horizon, turned away, and sought

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

out Warncliff, who was engaged in giving some directions
about the horses. I chanced to be in such proximity, that
I could overhear what passed between them.

“It seems to me, Mr. Warncliff,” said the Colonel,
rather coldly, “that you have missed your way.”

“By no means,” answered Warncliff, dryly, glancing
significantly at Tom, who was standing near.

“Judging from the time we have been on the journey,
and the rate at which we have travelled, we should be now
at Fort Houston, or in its immediate vicinity,” replied the
Colonel; “unless, as I fear, you have taken a more
westerly course.”

“We have taken a more westerly course,” rejoined
Warncliff, sententiously.

“May I know for what reason?” inquired the Colonel,
a little sharply, evidently more irritated by this reply than
he wished to have appear.

“Because it suited my inclination to do so,” answered
Warncliff, surlily.

“But it does not suit my inclination to do so,” rejoined
the Colonel, quickly.

“That may be; but who commands this party, you or
I?” said the other, in an insolent tone.

“You command your own men, of course.”

“Then I trust I may take such direction as I see
proper.”

“But I am not bound to follow you,” replied the
Colonel, angrily.

“No,” said Warncliff; “you can withdraw from our
protection if you like, and get scalped for your wisdom.”

“Sir!” began the Colonel, in a fierce tone.

“No more!” interrupted Warncliff, haughtily. “I am
in no mood to be dictated to by the father of a girl who
openly professes to hate me!” and turning upon his heel,

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

he strode away to Tom, with whom he entered into conversation.

The Colonel looked after him for a short time, his face
red with anger; and then biting his lips, as if to keep
down his rage, he walked slowly back to Clara, and I
fancied I could hear him mutter to himself:

“Insolent puppy! he shall pay dearly for this!”

What is the meaning of all this? what new rascality is
now afoot? I soliloquized; and seeking out Harley, I
communicated to him what I had just overheard.

“I have thought for some time that all was not going
right,” he replied; “and now I am certain of it. I fear,
Harry, we have only got out of one difficulty to get into
another. This Warncliff is evidently a deep, designing
villain, and these rough fellows are completely under his
command.”

“But what do you apprehend?” inquired I, anxiously,
my thoughts instantly reverting to Clara.

“I scarcely know what I apprehend,” he replied; “but
you and I, at least, have not now to learn that persons of
wealth, and even refinement—that is, refined so far as
education goes—may be connected with desperadoes of
the worst stamp, especially here in Texas.”

“Good heavens!” exclaimed I, startled at the suspicion
his words excited: “Surely, you do not mean to
insinuate that these fellows are of the same class as those
with whom we once became involved, and whom we had
good reason to believe were under the command of that
villainous Count D'Estang?”

“And why not?” said Harley.

“Why not?” echoed I: “why—”

But I paused; for a single moment's reflection convinced
me that I had no grounds for saying why not; and
the more I reflected, the more I became excited and

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

alarmed at the idea. I recalled to mind what Clara had
told me concerning Warncliff; of his known legitimate
resources being inadequate to his lavish expenditure; also
how he had given out that he was speculating in lands on
the Brazos; and adding to this my general knowledge of
his character—my previous suspicions that he was following
the dishonorable profession of a gambler—and the
fact that these very men, these rough, brutal fellows,
whom he termed his friends, had been raised away from
home, and seemed to regard him rather as an old than a
new commander—and I could find nothing improbable in
the idea suggested by Harley.

On the contrary, he was a young man who, when unsuspected,
I had believed devoid of principle—vain, arrogant,
licentious—and therefore one well fitted by nature to
embrace the first temptations offered of increasing his
pecuniary resources without honest labor.

Yes, the more I pondered upon the matter, the more
ready was I to believe that, so far from there being any
thing improbable in his having connected himself with a
band of outlaws, it seemed inconsistent with his character
that he should not have done so, if a proper opportunity
and temptation had at any time been offered him.

But had he gone to the rescue of Clara with the premeditated
design of throwing off his mask at the first convenient
opportunity? I could hardly think so; but rather
that he had so gone prepared for any thing that might
happen; and that his altercation with the Colonel, the
feeling of detestation with which he could not but perceive
Clara regarded him, combined with other circumstances,
had decided him to adopt this course; but whether he
would proceed to acts of violence against those he had at
one time esteemed his friends, was more than I could

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

determine—though I had my fears, and was not long left
in doubt.

After discussing the matter with Harley, I grew so
uneasy, that I expressed my determination of communicating
my suspicions to the Colonel forthwith, and taking
counsel with him as to what we had better do under the
circumstances: but my friend deterred me.

“Let us rather wait and watch,” he said; “for as you
are not a favorite of the Colonel's, it is more than likely
that he would receive your communication with coldness
and distrust—regard it as an uncalled-for interference on
your part—and, peradventure, for there is no calculating
the obstinacy of a man like him, might wilfully blind himself
to real danger, for no other reason than that it had
been hinted at by you, and consequently defeat the very
purpose we have in view. No, no—let matters take their
own course—but let us be ready for any emergency. If
the Colonel sees any thing to alarm him, he may seek our
counsel; and in that case he would be likely to heed what
we say.”

“But in the meantime we may all have our throats
cut,” said I; “and bear in mind, that it is not on the
Colonel's account that I would have this interview, but on
Clara's and our own.”

Harley shook his head.

“It will not do,” he said; “depend upon it, the result
would be what I have predicted. And moreover, whatever
design Warncliff has in view, cutting our throats
forms no part of it, or that would have been done long
ago.”

I was far from being satisfied with Harley's reasoning
and advice; and took the first opportunity of laying my
suspicions before Walter, who, having been somewhat

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

intimate with Warncliff, I thought would probably know whether
they had any good foundation or not.

He seemed struck with the facts and my deductions, as
one after another I brought them forward; and replied
that it was possible my suspicions were just—but agreed
with the advice of Harley, that it were best I should say
nothing to his father about it, nor in any manner make
Warncliff aware that he was suspected.

“We will keep our own counsel for the present,” he
said, “and watch Warncliff closely; and if we find that
he is playing us false, it will be time enough to act—at
least so far as we can act in the matter—that is, put a
ball through his head, and trust to our power of intimidating
the others. To-morrow,” he continued, “I will
seize the first favorable opportunity, and talk the matter
over with my father.”

“But why not to night?” said I, anxiously.

“Because my father, according to your showing, can
be in no very amiable mood; and I fear that, in the heat
of passion, he might do that which would be most imprudent.
To-morrow, Mr. Walton—to-morrow he shall know
all.”

“To-morrow,” said I, despondingly—“who knows what
the morrow may bring forth?”

-- 227 --

p464-240 CHAPTER XIX. THE CLOVEN FOOT VISIBLE.

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

When I rolled myself in my blanket and laid down by
the camp fire that night, I felt restless and uneasy, as if
some new calamity were impending. I was fatigued, but
could not sleep; and for a long time I lay and watched
the ruddy gleam of the fire, as it flashed upon the overshadowing
branches of the wood, and upon the dark
human forms stretched around me—my thoughts the while
busy with the foul suspicions which the brief interview
between Warncliff and the Colonel, together with my subsequent
conversation with Harley and Walter, had excited
in my breast.

Harley was lying next to me, and was already asleep—
as apparently were most of the others—and even those on
duty as sentinels, stood with their backs against the trees,
and appeared to be nodding. I glanced over to where the
Colonel, with Clara carefully wrapped up beside him, was
lying apart from the others; and I could detect no
motion there to show that either was awake. If treachery
were intended, I finally reasoned myself to the conclusion
that nothing would be attempted that night; and feeling
greatly relieved, my nerves gradually grew calm and I
grew drowsy.

At last the trees seemed to be nodding assent to a
curious moral lecture from the fire—such was my strange
fancy—and with a sing-song sound in my ear I passed
into a state of forgetfulness.

How long I slept soundly, I do not know; but at length
I began to dream of Clara. I thought we were children

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

together, wandering hand in hand through a beautiful
grove, beside a purling stream of limpid water, whose
gentle murmur came over our souls with a soothing effect.
Every thing was bright and joyous around us, and we
were very happy in the companionship of each other.
Suddenly a dark cloud overshadowed us; and looking up,
I saw a huge panther springing from one of the trees.
Clara uttered a fearful scream, and the next moment was
struggling with the beast of prey, which had alighted full
upon her, bearing her to the earth. Bewildered and horrified,
I was about to rush to her rescue and certain
death, when I felt myself seized in the hug of a grizzly
bear, and in terror awoke.

But I awoke, alas! to find it not all a dream; for a
couple of Warncliff's ruffians were stooping over me, in
the very act of binding my arms.

“Villains!” I shouted, struggling in vain to rise—
“what means this outrage?”

“Have a care, my Injen brother!” said one, tauntingly:
“we don't allow strangers to call us names.”

“But what is the meaning of this? why are you
binding me? do you intend to murder me?” I cried,
hardly knowing whether to believe myself awake, or still
under the pressure of a night-mare.

“Keep your mouth shut, and don't bother!” said the
other, gruffly.

“Easy, Harry—easy,” said the voice of Harley, addressing
me. “We are all prisoners, and it is useless to
struggle against fate.”

I turned my head, and saw him still lying on the ground
where he had fallen asleep, and a couple of Warncliff's
fellows bending over him.

“And are they binding you too, Morton?”

“Hand and foot, Harry.”

At this moment I heard the voice of the Colonel.

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

“You are a villain, sir!” he fairly shouted: “a base,
treacherous, damnable villain!”

“Softly, my dear Colonel,” I heard Warncliff say in
reply; “softly, my dear sir! I am only acting for your
good, and it grieves me to see that my kindness is not
appreciated. You were meditating a withdrawal from my
protection; and I could not bear the thought that you
should fall into the hands of the savages, and your lovely
daughter be doomed to a second barbarous captivity.”

“Oh! my daughter! my dear Clara!” groaned the
Colonel: “you have killed her already.”

“Oh, no—not so bad as that,” returned Warncliff.
“If you think she is dead, I beg to undeceive you; she
has only fainted; and a little water sprinkled in her face
will set her all right.”

“Fool! fool! that I am! and dupe of my own folly!”
muttered the Colonel, as if to himself.

“Well,” returned Warncliff, ironically, “I cannot gainsay
that you speak the truth now; for I have been under the
impression, ever since you sent your daughter off with that
rascally Virginian, that you are sadly deficient in wisdom.”

“Away with you!” cried the other, vehemently: “my
eyes loathe the sight of you! You must be an ill-begotten
child, for your reputed father was a gentleman. Begone,
I say, and do your worst—murder me if you will—and
may the heaviest curse of Heaven fall upon you!”

Warncliff muttered a reply, in a tone so low I could not
catch what he said. Soon after this I heard Clara utter a
piercing cry of—

“Father! dear, dear father! where are you?”

“Here, my daughter—here—bound like a felon.

“Unhand me, villain!” I now heard her say; “and let
me go to my father. Unhand me! Walter—Henry—
where are you?—help! help! help!”

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

These words from Clara—this appeal to me from her I
so dearly loved—nearly drove me frantic; and, like a
madman, I tried the strength of my cords. But all in
vain I struggled; for my limbs were so bound by this
time, that I could not move them; and either for greater
security, or to prevent my seeing any thing that was
taking place, my captors, as they rose from my body,
turned me over upon my face; and, passing a long stick
between my arms and back, compelled me to remain in
that position.

But though I could render Clara no assistance, her
appeal for help was not altogether made in vain; for the
next moment I heard the sharp crack of a rifle, followed by
a loud yell of agony, a shriek from Clara, a general howl
of rage and consternation, the quick reports of fire-arms,
and, above all, the voice of Warncliff, shouting:

“Take him, men! take him! dead or alive!”

“In the name of Heaven, Morton, do tell me what has
happened?”

“I can only conjecture,” was the reply, “that, by some
means, Walter having escaped seizure in the first place,
has answered the appeal of his sister by shooting one of
the ruffians, and has again fled, pursued by at least one
half of the cut-throat band.”

This, as I afterward learned, was a true surmise.
Walter, after his conversation with me, had lain down to
rest, pondering upon what I had said. At first he had not
been disposed to treat the matter as any thing serious;
but falling asleep, and dreaming a fearful dream, he awoke
in terror, and became so impressed with a sense of
approaching evil, that he determined to steal into the
wood and keep on the watch the remainder of the night.
This, from his position near some bushes, he had easily
effected, without being seen or missed; and as the reader
knows, he had ere long good reason to congratulate

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

himself on his prudential movement. About midnight—or
perhaps an hour or two later—the treacherous design of
Warncliff was executed; but it was not known to him
that Walter had escaped, until apprised of it by a ball,
which, just grazing his cheek, cut the jugular vein of Tom,
his lieutenant. Walter had been watching an opportunity
to take the life of Warncliff; and, hidden in a thicket,
where he could note every thing going on, had reserved his
fire for this purpose.

On the seizure of her father—which, by a preconcerted
signal, occurred at the same moment as my own—Clara
had uttered a piercing shriek and fainted; and Tom, by
Warncliff's directions, had taken charge of her. On her
return to consciousness, she immediately called for her
father; and would have rushed to him, but was prevented
by Tom. She then called on her brother and me for help;
and Warncliff coming up to her at this moment, Walter
fired, intending to kill both him and his ruffianly lieutenant
with the same discharge. But fate had ordered otherwise,
and only Tom fell a victim.

It is impossible to describe the scene of confusion which
immediately followed Walter's fatal shot. Those of the
bandits—for so I must now term them—who chanced to
have their rifles in their hands, instantly discharged them
into the thicket where Walter had been concealed; and
then bounded away to take him, dead or alive. A few
remained to guard us; and among the rest Warncliff,
who stormed and swore in the most vehement manner. I
could occasionally hear what he said, but could see nothing
that was taking place.

“Look to the girl, that she does no mischief!” I could
hear him say to some of his men. Then he addressed the
Colonel: “Hark ye, Colonel Moreland! if your son is
taken alive, the nearest tree shall bear fruit from your
marriage bed.”

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

“What has he done,” was the inquiry, “that you can
so easily sacrifice the friendship of the past to such fiend-like
monstrosity?”

“Done what I will never forgive, and be — to him!”
cried the other, hoarse with rage. “He has killed Tom
Strathman, by a ball aimed at my life.”

“I only regret that he missed his mark,” was the bold
reply.

“Have a care, old man! or you shall swing with him.”

“I expect nothing better; for I suppose you planned
our death before you seized us; and my only wonder is,
that you have delayed execution so long.”

“No, Colonel Moreland, in justice to myself I will say, I
did not intend any harm to you personally, nor to Walter,
nor to Clara; but as for that — Virginian, who has more
than once crossed my path, and who once struck me—an
insult I would not forgive if I were dying—for him the rope
and the tree wait; and they shall not long be cheated of
their prey, nor the vultures of a feast on his hateful carcass.
I once attempted his life with a ball; but I have ever since
rejoiced that I missed my mark. I have daily prayed for
this hour of revenge, and now my prayer is granted.”

“Which proves, I suppose, that the devil is both
powerful and liberal,” returned the Colonel.

“You are pleased to be facetious,” rejoined the other,
in an angry tone; “but you will soon have cause to
change your humor;” and with this he apparently stalked
away to his fair victim; for immediately after I heard him
and Clara speaking together, but was unable to distinguish
any thing that was said, though the latter appeared to be
sobbing.

“Well, Morton, I think it is all over with me,” I said,
in a low tone.

“Would to Heaven I could give you aid, my dear
friend?” he replied, in a voice half-choked with emotion,

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

“Yes, Harry,” he continued, “you and I may both prepare
ourselves for the worst; for as well might the lamb hope
mercy from the wolf, as we from this traitor and renegade.
Alas! poor Viola! and shall we never meet again?”

“It is not your wont to despair, Morton.”

“There is an end to all things, Harry, and Fate can
only bear us to the end,” he replied, gloomily.

“But there is no reason why you should expect the
doom he pronounced on me,” I rejoined. “You are not
his rival—you never struck him—and unless it is his
design to murder the whole of us, I think, with fair speech,
you may yet regain your liberty.”

“I shall not beg my life,” said Harley.

“No! but you need not refuse it if offered. Be chary
of your speech, and say nothing in my favor; for no good
can accrue from it to me, and it will certainly be injurious
to yourself.”

“Hist!” exclaimed Harley: “he comes this way.”

I now heard steps approaching; and soon after some
one withdrew the stick from between my arms and body,
and turned me over upon my back. I looked up, and by
the light of the fire, which flashed full upon his face,
beheld the eyes of Warncliff riveted upon me, and gleaming
with an expression of malignant triumph.

“So!” he said, drawing in his breath, and almost
hissing the words between his shut teeth—“at last you are
in my power.”

“So it seems,” I replied.

“And how do you think I will use it?”

“In the worst manner possible.”

“Ay, by —! you are right,” he rejoined, with an
oath; “the worst manner possible for you. Was it ever
foretold you, by some gifted seer, that your end would be
by the halter?”

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

“Do your worst!” returned I: “I shall not sue to you
for mercy.”

“No! for you know you well deserve all you will get at
my hands.”

“So you will probably settle it with your own conscience;
but a day of fearful reckoning will come, notwithstanding.”

“Umph! you are disposed to moralize. But you should
have thought of that before you struck one a blow, who
then swore to reckon fearfully with you for the insult.
That insult, sir, bear in mind, was given in the presence
of a lady whose hand was pledged to me, and whose affections
you won from me by the meanest arts. I did not
cross your path—you crossed mine. You deliberately
drew the consequences upon yourself, and have no right
to complain.”

“I make no complaints, sir!—do your worst,” I answered.

“What right had you,” he pursued, with considerable
vehemence, “to thrust yourself upon a family where you
were not wanted, and basely endeavor to breed disaffection
and destroy all social harmony? It was for a selfish
purpose—that you, out of the wreck you would thus make,
might be able to secure a prize. You may thank your
meddling nature for all the trouble that has so far come
upon you, and also for the fearful punishment that will
certainly follow; for I swear to you, were an angel from
Heaven to plead in your behalf, I would not mitigate in
the slightest degree the doom I have fixed for you!”

“In the words of Colonel Moreland,” I rejoined, “ `my
only wonder is that you have delayed execution so long.' ”

“I have chosen my own time; and it is enough that I
have succeeded in my design at the moment most befitting.”

“But why trouble me with the matter now? If you
have doomed me to death, and your conscience is easy,

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

why seek to justify your conduct to me by attempting to
fasten the blame upon my shoulders? If I have but a
few minutes, or a few hours, to live, I pray you leave me
to myself—to the solemn thoughts and reflections which
so near an approach to death awakens!”

“Death,” he rejoined, with a grim smile, “is but a feeble
punishment, if unattended with terrors or regrets; and
I wish to punish to the full extent of my power. To
do this, it is necessary to wring your very soul while it
occupies its earthly tenement, that it may pass from mortal
scenes with an agony even eternity cannot alleviate!”

“A fiend could not be more devilish,” I said.

“Then think me a fiend,” he replied, with a grim
smile; “it suits my purpose well. But to begin my tortures—
not of the body, but of the mind—for they are
fools who torture the body, and inflict temporary pain,
when they can reach the soul—for that once stirred with
anguish, writhes in misery long after the victim has passed
beyond the reach of his tormentors. Ha! do I make
your cheek blanch already? then I shall certainly triumph
in my purpose. Listen! you love, and are beloved; but
she you love is in my power; and hateful as I am to you
and her, I swear to you she must and shall be mine; and
while these arms enfold her in a close embrace, I will
whisper in her ear, that he for whom she would have given
her life, is a prey to vultures, dangling between Heaven
and earth. Ha! you shudder: it is enough: I know you
feel; and I will leave the rest to your imagination, and
you to quiet meditation.”

He then turned to Harley, and said:

“As for you, sir! your end may be as awful as that of
your friend; but on your fate another must decide;” and
with these words he strode away, leaving us to such reflections
as his words and our circumstances naturally excited.

-- 236 --

p464-249 CHAPTER XX. MY SENTENCE AND ITS EXECUTION.

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

What occurred during the remainder of the night, I
could only conjecture; for from my position I could see
little or nothing that was taking place; and the conversation
between the different parties was carried on in a tone
too low for me to overhear what was said. The ruffians who
had started in pursuit of Walter returned, and I felt the
deepest anxiety to learn if he had escaped or been killed,
but was forced to remain ignorant of his fate. I even
ventured to question one of the fellows who was passing
near me; but growling out a savage oath, he bade me
hold my tongue, and gave me no other answer.

For an hour Harley was left within a few feet of me,
and then he was removed. During the time he remained,
we conversed together in low tones; and I gave him directions
concerning some worldly affairs, and in what manner
to break the news of my fate to my friends in Virginia,
in case he should be so fortunate as to escape from his
captors.

I had never, at any period of my life—not even when
standing at the stake—felt a more oppressive presentiment
that my earthly destiny was drawing to a close, than as I
lay there upon the damp, cold earth, bound hand and foot,
and left alone to my thoughts. On the removal of Harley,
I truly felt that the parting was final, and that I should
never more look upon an earthly friend.

It were vain to attempt to describe my feelings in that
hour of lonely misery; for words may express thought
and sentiment, but they cannot convey to another the

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

pangs of a soul stretched upon a mental rack. Nor would
I have them; for Heaven forbid that even my greatest
enemy should ever be doomed to the suffering I then and
there experienced! The words of my tormentor seemed
burning into my inmost soul; and I felt he had truly said
that the pains of the body were nothing in comparison
with the tortures of the mind. I tried to calm myself,
and let my thoughts take a heavenward flight, that my
spirit might depart somewhat purified from the dross of
earth; but the images of Warncliff and Clara—a devil
and an angel—continually rose up before me; and I fancied
I could hear the one hissing into the ear of the other
the awful words:

“He for whom you would have given your life, is a
prey to vultures, dangling between Heaven and earth!”

“Poor Clara!” I murmured; “what a terrible doom is
thine! Far better, a thousand times better, had the
savages slain thee, or forever held thee captive!”

Warncliff and his men remained up the rest of the
night; and just before the break of day, I heard the
trampling of horses, and the preparations making for the
resuming of their journey. For the last two hours no one
had come nigh me, and I could form no idea when the
terrible sentence of my bandit-rival was to be carried into
effect.

At last, just as the dull, leaden hue of morn began to
steal over the landscape, giving to every object a pale,
sickly cast, Warncliff himself made his appearance. Advancing
to my side, he paused, and folding his arms on
his breast, stood for several moments, regarding me with
the same dark, malignant expression of triumph which I
have before described.

“You have felt,” he at length said, speaking the words
slowly, and with emphatic distinctness. “Yes, you have
felt—for the agonies of the soul are visibly impressed on

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

your features. My words were not unheeded, and have
not been forgotten. In the last few hours you have lived
an age.”

“May God forgive you!” said I, solemnly.

“Pray for yourself!” he replied, quickly and sharply;
“for you have most need, and will soonest stand in His
presence. Henry Walton,” he continued, “your hour
has come, and your minutes are already numbered. I do
not wish to see you die, and have come to take my leave.
Farewell! I wish you a safe and speedy journey to your
destination; which is more than you do me, with all your
pretended piety. I go to join Clara; but I leave you in
the hands of some trusty friends, who will faithfully stand
by you to the last. Au revoir!” and bowing, with mock
deference and politeness, he turned on his heel and strode
away.

I was anxious to see Harley once more, and I called to
Warncliff for this purpose; but he heeded me not; and
the next moment was hid from my view. Presently I
heard the order given to mount; and soon after, the sound
of horses' hoofs departing at a gallop, and gradually
dying away in the distance till all became still.

For a time, notwithstanding Warncliff had told me he
should leave me in the hands of some trusty friends, I was
led, from the deep stillness which prevailed, to believe
myself entirely alone; and I was beginning to speculate
upon the probability of his having changed his design, and
left me thus to starve, or be devoured by wild beasts—a
doom no less horrible than the other—when the sound of
voices reached my ear. At first I could hear nothing but
a sort of low grumble; but presently I could distinguish
what was said, denoting that the parties were either elevating
their tones or approaching from a distance.

“Thar's no use a talking, Jack,” were the first words I

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

could clearly make out: “I tell you I'll be — if I like
such business, no how you can fix it.”

“Pshaw! baby talk,” replied the other, in a coarse,
gruff tone. “You must be gitting chicken-hearted; for
you've pinked your man afore to-day, and thought no
more on't than I did.”

“Yes, Jack, I'll allow that,” was the rejoinder; “but
that was in fair fight, you know.”

“Gammon!” growled the other: “Stuff! don't talk
to me as knows ye! Didn't I see you go up behind
Dandy Jake—as we used to call him—dirk him in the
back-bone, and pitch him into the drink—hey? Now
d'ye call that a fair fight—hey?”

“But I hated him,” was the reply; “for he was al'ays
crossing me in some way or other; and when I seen him
attempt to come over the affections of Lady Bess, I swore
I'd be the death o' him; and I kept my oath.”

“Well, our Cap'en hates this here feller for the same
reason; he's tried to come it over his gal; so come along,
Bill, and let's make an end of him.”

“Well, if Warncliff hates him, why don't he do the
dirty business himself, and not be setting others about it
that's got nothing again the chap?”

“Oh, botheration! Come along, Bill, or we'll get confoundedly
behindhand. See! our friends is almost out o'
sight; and we'll have to ride right sharp to catch 'em
as it is; and the longer we delay the wuss it'll be.”

“Well, if I must, I must—so here goes; but if ever
I'm cotched on such business agin, unless it's on my own
account, I'll give 'em leave to string up Bill Waterman,
Cap'en's orders or no Capen's orders, by —?”

“We'll have it over in a jiffy,” growled the other; and
as this was said, the speaker and his companion stood
along side of me.

I had heard enough to know that one at least disliked

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

the horrible business he had been set about by his leader;
and a faint hope sprung up in my breast, that perhaps I
might prevail upon my appointed executioners to let me
escape. With this idea in view, I hastened to say:

“Gentlemen, I know your business; but I believe also
that you are men not devoid of pity; and I beseech you
not to injure one who, whatever his faults, has never done
you, at least, any wrong!”

“Come! come! no whining!” growled the one called
Jack; “you've got to be strung up; I promised the
Cap'en to see it done; and — me, I'll keep my word,
though you use a coward's tongue to beg like an angel.”

“Remember,” said I, solemnly, “the mercy you deny
me, you may some time seek in vain yourself!”

“Well, I'll take my chance, any ways; and as for
mercy, when I know I've got to die, nobody won't hear
me whine like a whipped puppy, I can tell ye.”

I now appealed directly to the companion of this ruffian—
for I saw that from him I had nothing to hope.

“Why, I'll tell you what 'tis, young chap,” answered
the one called Bill; “you never did nothing agin me, I
know; and if Jack here was agreed, I'd — soon let
ye off.”

“Now see here, Bill,” interposed Jack, with a savage
oath; “I've heard enough of this chicken-hearted blarney;
and I'll tell you what 'tis, once for all; if you don't shut
your mouth, and help string this feller up right sudden,
I'll report you to head-quarters; and you know powerful
well what'll come on't: you'll ayther die by a knife, or a
rope, right sudden.”

“It's no use a talking,” returned Bill, looking at me;
“you see how I am fixed; and though I'm sorry for ye,
I've got to do my duty.”

“But I will make it for your interest to let me go,” I
rejoined, addressing both. “Only let me escape, and by

-- --

The Execution [figure description] Image of two men preparing to kill a crouched man.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

all my hopes here and hereafter, I swear to you, I will
pay any ransom you may name, at any place that may be
agreed upon!”

“'Twon't do,” said Jack; “I wouldn't trust ye: and
hark ye! if you open your mouth agin, I'll gag you,
by —!”

I saw my hope vanish—I felt that nothing more I could
say would avail me in the least—and with a mental prayer,
that God would pardon my many sins, I strove to resign
myself to my fate.

Jack now unbound my legs, and, with an oath, bade me
stand upon my feet. I obeyed, without a murmur; and
he then said:

“Now, mister, you can have your choice, to have your
eyes bandaged or not.”

“Then I will not have them bandaged,” I replied, in a
firm, even tone of voice, that almost surprised myself.

“Very good—that'll save me some trouble. Let me
see! thar ought to be a tree hereabouts that'll do. Yes,
yonder's one that's jest the thing. Now, Bill, go and
bring up one of the horses, and I'll make the slip-anoose.”

And while the other went for one of the animals that
stood hitched to a sapling not far off, he coolly proceeded
to tie a hangman's knot in the rope he had taken from
my limbs, and adjust it to my neck. This completed, and
the horse being brought, I was unceremoniously lifted upon
his back, and the beast led under a tree whose lower
branches were about fifteen feet above the ground.

Jack then ordered Bill to hold the horse by the bit,
while he climbed the tree and made the rope fast to one of
the limbs. This occupied the ruffian but a few minutes;
and on his descent to the ground, he said:

“Now, comrade, as you don't like this business, I'll let

-- 242 --

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

you off o' any further share in't. Jest you mount your
horse yonder, and be ready to travel—as I'll do the
moment it's done; for — me if I want to look upon
this feller's face in the death-struggles. We needn't see
him die, and then his ghost won't haunt us; and it'll be all
the same if we don't; for die he will, in a few minutes,
that's sartin—for his arms is tied, and thar's no possible
chance for him to git away.”

Bill gave me a look, in which pity and a kind of superstitious
terror were blended, and then hastened to do as
Jack directed; while the latter took the horse by the bit,
ready to start him from under me and mount in my
place.

My feelings in that moment were awful, awful, beyond
description. To die thus, the most ignominious of all
deaths, in the very prime of life, afar from the habitations
of my kind, with no friend by to sympathize with me, or
hear my last words, or to gather my mortal remains and
consign them to mother earth! I thought of the words of
Warneliff, ringing in the ear of her I loved, and of the
vultures feeding upon my flesh, and tearing it from my
bones; and the picture became so agonizingly horrible,
that I felt the blood run cold to my heart, while large
drops of perspiration started from every pore, and it was
with difficulty I could restrain myself from shrieking aloud.
I tried to think it some frightful dream, from which I
should yet awake; but I felt, too awfully felt, that the
waking would be in eternity. I tried to pray; but even
“God have mercy on my soul!” seemed glued to my lips;
while my brain was like a seething cauldron, where burning
thoughts leaped out in a wild chaos.

I suppose the contortions of my features, in this moment
of mental agony, must have been frightful—for I heard the
ruffian say, with an oath:

-- 243 --

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

“By —! if I'd a knowed that this was the way he
was going to look, I'd hev kivered his face, sartin. Well,
it's the first hanging business ever I did, and it'll be the
last. Good-bye, mister—hope you'll forgive me;” and
with these words I felt the rope tighten round my neck,
and the beast going from under me.

A moment more, and I was swinging by the neck. All
merciful Heaven! what a sensation! A thousand sparks
of fire seemed starting from my eyes, to be quenched in
blood, and the eyes themselves seemed rolling from their
sockets. My heart felt like bursting; while apparently a
thousand pounds of blood were forced upward to the brain,
and the head seemed on the point of being rent in twain.
Earth disappeared from my vision—darkness came—and
then a red light, in which danced fiery snakes and
scorpions. Strange noises rung in my ear—thundering,
roaring, and shrieking sounds, awfully commingled.

Suddenly the frightful sights vanished—the wild noises
ceased—and methought I beheld a celestial train of bright,
glorious spirits advancing toward me with outstretched
arms. At this my soul felt unutterable joy, and seemed
to be lifting itself from its earthly tenement, and going up
to meet them. And this is death, I thought.

At this moment something seemed to touch me; and I
fell, as in a dream, down, down—far down—and struck
with a shock. And as I struck, sudden night closed
around me, and oblivion sealed my senses.

-- 244 --

p464-259 CHAPTER XXI. RESUSCITATION AND WHAT FOLLOWED.

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

When I again opened my eyes to light and life, I saw
the face of Walter Moreland bending over me, with a look
of painful anxiety. My first impression was that we had
met in another world; and I said:

“So then, my friend, you were murdered as well as I—
but we are both beyond their reach now.”

“Oh, blessed be God, that hath heard my prayer and
restored you to life!” he cried, tears of joy filling his eyes.
“You know me, Henry, do you not?”

“Certainly—you are Walter Moreland, the brother of
Clara. Alas! poor Clara! would to Heaven I could
deliver her from the fiend who holds her in his power!”

“And so you shall, Henry—so you shall!” cried
Walter, with fiery energy. “With God's aid, we will
deliver her, and punish that treacherous villain as he
deserves.”

“But how, Walter? how?” inquired I, eagerly, still
under the impression that we were beyond the shores of
time. “They you speak of yet live on the earth.”

“And so do we, my dear Henry, as you will perceive
when your scattered faculties become collected from the
terrible shock they have received.”

“And am I still mortal, and on the earth?” cried I,
looking around me in a half-bewildered state. “Where
am I then? and what stream is this?”—for I was reclining
on the bank of a little rivulet, whose limpid
waters, as they rolled past me, murmured sweetly in my
ear.

-- 245 --

[figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

“This is the stream by which we encamped last night;
and yonder is the tree from which I cut you down,”
replied Walter.

I looked in the direction indicated by a motion of his
hand; and there, sure enough, within a hundred yards of
me, I beheld the tree to which I had been suspended, and
a portion of the rope still dangling from the limb, and
waving to and fro in the light morning breeze. I now
began to comprehend my true situation; but the rope and
the tree brought back the awful sensations I had experienced
in undergoing the agonies of death by strangulation,
and I withdrew my gaze with a sickening shudder.

“But how is it that I am here, Walter, with you beside
me, whom I supposed dead, or far away?” I inquired,
eagerly. “How was I snatched from death at the
eleventh hour?”

“At the eleventh hour truly,” replied my companion;
“and for a time I feared too late. Thus it was;” and
Walter began by stating in what manner, and for what
reason, he had, about the middle of the night, withdrawn
himself into the wood; which, being in substance what I
have previously told the reader, I need not here repeat.
I will therefore allow his narration to commence at a
point of interest.

“I had taken my rifle with me,” he proceeded, “and
I now determined to punish Warncliff for his treachery.
I therefore kept my eye upon him, and brought my
weapon to bear—though I withheld my fire, for fear of
missing my mark. While he stood tantalizing my father, I
was sorely tempted to pull the trigger more than once;
but I restrained myself till he approached Clara; when
finding him and the ruffian with whom she was struggling
in fair bullet range, I sighted, as well as I could by the
firelight, and discharged my piece. At the very instant I

-- 246 --

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

did so, Warncliff moved his head one side, and thus his
life was saved; but Tom, his lieutenant, fell, mortally
wounded.”

“But were you not afraid of shooting Clara?” inquired
I; “for she must have been very near, if not in range
also.”

“Yes,” replied Walter, “I was fearful of such a catastrophe;
but better death from the hands of a brother, I
reasoned, than life with such a villain; and I left the
issue to Providence.

“I knew,” continued Walter, “that the moment I
should fire, I should be pursued; and I had bethought me
of a stratagem for eluding the outlaws—which, it is needless
to add, proved successful. Some five paces behind
me was a large tree, surrounded by bushes; and to spring
behind this, and throw myself flat upon the ground,
was the work of an instant. I had just done so, when
they discharged their rifles, and burst into the thicket,
hoping to find me there wounded; but not finding me,
they naturally concluded I had fled deeper into the wood;
and instantly they dashed away in every direction, yelling
like so many Indians. I lay quietly till I heard them at a
considerable distance; and then putting the strap of my
rifle over my shoulders, I climbed the tree, and found
myself in safety.

“From my position, I could now see nearly every thing
that was taking place in the camp; and I was much
tempted to try another shot at Warncliff; but I recollected
that this would betray my hiding-place, and bring upon
me certain death; while, by escaping, I might yet be of
service to my friends. The last, rather than personal fear,
determined me to display no further rashness; and now I
feel I cannot too much rejoice at my prudence.

“To be brief, I remained on the tree all night, watching
the outlaws, and overhearing much that was said.

-- 247 --

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

On the return of my pursuers from a fruitless search, I
could see that Warncliff was half beside himself with rage—
though he took care not to vent it too loud, nor let my
friends know of my escape. He now ordered his men to
bury Tom, who had died meantime; and when this was
done, the whole party proceeded to hold a consultation;
after which they divided into groups, and spent the remainder
of the night in talking over the late exciting
events, and in relating wild tales and daring exploits of
former times.

“When, after the departure of the bandits in the morning,
I found that only two were left behind to execute
you, I felt certain that I could save you; and descending
from the tree, I concealed myself in the thicket, to watch
their motions, and take advantage of the most favorable
moment to come to your rescue. My first idea was to
shoot one and rush upon the other; but if this could be
avoided, and they be suffered to depart under the belief
that you were dead, or soon would be, I preferred it
should be so, for many reasons; and I thought it very
probable that the moment they should see you fairly suspended
by the neck, they would mount their horses and
dash away; and I believed there would then be time
enough for me to cut you down ere life should be
extinct.

“The result has been as I anticipated—save that, in my
haste to climb the tree, so as to reach the rope with my
knife, I slipped and fell, and for a moment lay half
stunned; and the delay this occasioned was nigh proving
fatal to you. In fact, when I had borne you to this
stream, and repeatedly dashed water in your face, without
perceiving any signs of life, I began to tremble with horror,
lest all were indeed over. But at length, to my great
joy, I fancied there was a slight tremor about the heart;
and I continued to labor for your restoration with

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

redoubled zeal. With your first gasp for breath, I was so overjoyed,
that I was forced to cry aloud to give vent to my
feelings; but even after this, there seemed to be a desperate
struggle between life and death; and for a time I
hardly knew which would conquer. But I need not dwell
on the painful scene; you are restored to life and to your
senses, and God be praised for it!”

“Amen! from my soul!” returned I. “But how much
time has elapsed since you cut me down?”

“I should judge about an hour.”

“To God, and to you, Walter Moreland, I owe my deliverance
from death,” said I, taking his hand; “and may
my senses fail me when I forget the debt due to either!”

“You owe nothing to me, for performing a common act
of humanity,” replied Walter, much affected; “but I trust
I may count on you to aid me in my endeavors to rescue
my father and sister from the hands of their ruffianly
captors.”

“Were they my bitterest enemies, but friends of yours,
my life and fortune should be at your disposal, to aid them
to escape; but since they are friends of mine as well as
yours, I cannot even make a merit of such an attempt.
But what is to be done first? what do you propose?”

“Why, so soon as you are able to bear the fatigues of
the journey, I know nothing better than to set out on their
trail, like Indians, and so follow on till we trace them to
their destination: what is then to be done must be determined
by circumstances.”

“I am ready now,” said I, as the image of the lovely
Clara rose in my mind; and I attempted to spring to my
feet—but fell back upon the earth, weak and exhausted.

“Ah! my dear friend,” exclaimed Walter, “I feared you
were reckoning without your strength. But do not exert
yourself now: a few hours I trust will restore you; remember:
you have been on the very brink of death, and you

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

naturally need rest and food. Good heavens!” he suddenly
cried, with a look of alarm—“your features express
pain! Are you suffering? are you ill?”

“I fear I am,” I replied, gloomily; “the blood seems
to rush into my eyes; there are sharp, shooting pains in
my head; and my heart seems turned to lead.”

“Keep quiet! keep quiet!” rejoined Walter, anxiously:
“you over-exerted yourself just now. Here, take a
drink;” and with a small tin cup which he carried with
him, he dipped up some water from the creek, and presented
it to my lips.

I was thirsty, and I drank; but the first draught, which
I took eagerly, I thought would strangle me; for my
throat was very much swollen; and now, for the first time,
I felt a strange sensation outside, where the rope had
encircled it. I succeeded, however, after several trials, in
swallowing about a gill, which refreshed me to a degree
far beyond my expectations.

“Ah! thank God! you are better—I can see it,” cried
Walter, joyfully, who had been watching my features with
the deepest anxiety.

“I am, my dear friend—I am,” returned I, seizing his
hand.

“There! there! no exertion now!” he continued.
“Remain perfectly quiet till your strength is restored;
and do not attempt to get up till I return.”

“And whither are you going?”

“In quest of what we both need, food. Thank Heaven!
I have a good rifle, and plenty of ammunition—so we need
not starve.”

“Do not be long away, Walter!”

“A few minutes—only a few minutes, Henry,” he
replied, and disappeared in the wood.

It was a beautiful spring morning—all nature was
decked in her loveliest green—and as I lay upon the velvet

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

bank of the little stream, where the cloudless sun, just
risen above the mountain tops, poured down upon me a
warm, golden flood of light—and listened to the songs of a
thousand birds, which cleaved the blue ether above my
head, or fluttered among the branches of the neighboring
wood—I suddenly felt my soul bound with a joy as
inexplicable as inexpressible. I had had presentiments of
evil, followed by troubles dire: was this an omen of good,
to be succeeded by ultimate happiness? I hoped so—I may
say believed so—at least I fervently prayed it might be so.

Wonderful creature is man! wonderfully organized!
wonderfully endowed! Whence come these moments of
depression and exultation? Are we sometimes given the
prophet's inspiration, without the prophet's power of
prophesying? Are our spirits permitted to look into the
future, and convey the impression of good or evil to our
senses? Who shall answer? All is mystery. We have
been, we are, and shall be; but beyond this, how much do
we really know of ourselves?

I soon heard the report of Walter's rifle; and a few
minutes after he appeared, holding up a rabbit which he
had shot. This he dressed, and broiled on the embers of
the last night's fire. I ate a portion of it with some
difficulty, owing to my throat being so swollen; but what I
did eat seemed to strengthen me, and I felt much better
afterward.

In the course of two or three hours, I thought myself
able to begin our journey; and we set out accordingly;
but I was often obliged to stop and rest; so that we did
not make much progress that day. Our course lay for the
most part over a rolling prairie; and we had no difficulty
in following the wide, heavy trail of so many horses.
Game was abundant; and toward night Walter shot a
deer, from which we made our evening and morning meals.
We kindled a fire, which was necessary to keep off the

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

wild beasts; and besides, the nights were so cool, that this
means of protection detracted nothing from our personal
comfort.

Notwithstanding Walter had been up much of the
previous night, he insisted on standing guard, and on my
getting as much rest as I could; but waking toward
morning, and feeling almost myself again, I insisted on
relieving him; and throwing himself down by the fire, he
was soon fast asleep, much to my satisfaction.

By sunrise on the following morning we had resumed
our toilsome journey; and at sunset we selected our camp
some twenty-five or thirty miles from the previous one—
having, in the course of the day, swum two streams of
considerable note.

On the third morning, feeling myself fully recovered,
we began our march with renewed zeal, and so continued
it through the day. About an hour after setting out, to
our great delight, we came upon the first camp of our foes;
and so eagerly did we struggle forward after this, that our
exertions were crowned with the triumph of arriving at
their second camp just as the sun was going down. This
camp was on the east bank of the Brazos, some three or
four hundred miles above its mouth; and on reaching it,
we knew that our enemies were only a day's march in
advance of us. This distance we now determined to maintain,
by encamping each night where they had encamped
the night previous.

So far the trail of the bandits had led due south-west,
over an uninhabited tract of country; and we began to
have apprehensions from this, that Warncliff was bending
his steps for the frontier of Mexico—perhaps to join the
enemies of Texas, and so escape the punishment that might
overtake him, sooner or later, if he remained within the
jurisdiction of the United States. This was no agreeable
surmise, and depressed our spirits not a little; but we

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

determined to follow on, let him lead where he would, and
trust the rest to Providence.

The next day we crossed the Brazos; and finding the
wide trail of the bandits on the other side, pursued it
eagerly; and before sunset had the satisfaction of again
coming upon their last night's camp.

Perhaps it may have struck the reader as something a
little marvellous, that we, on foot, should be able to
advance as far in a day as our mounted foes; but I trust
I need only state the fact, that they did not press forward
at a very rapid rate for horsemen, and that we began each
day's journey at the first streak of daylight, and toiled on
as if our lives were at stake.

The third day from crossing the Brazos, we struck a
range of mountains known as the Colorado Hills; and the
trail here leading into a very wild, gloomy ravine, between
high rocks, (which we judged to be the bed of a mountain
torrent, or the channel of some former stream, which had
either found another outlet, or whose sources had become
dry,) we entered it with great caution, thinking it not
improbable we were now close upon one of the strongholds
of the freebooters.

About half a mile from where we entered the ravine, we
came to a spot where the rocks receded on the right and
left, with a precipice in front, over which the rushing stream
had once probably formed a beautiful cascade. Here we
found evidences of the party, of whom we were in quest,
having recently encamped; and what was of still more
consequence, we every where saw indications of the spot
having been made a place of resort—peradventure a general
rendezvous for a large band of freebooters, of whom Warncliff's
men might be only a small detachment.

The rocks, I have said, here receded on either side;
but perhaps I may convey to the reader a better idea of
the general appearance of this singular retreat, by saying

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

that it had a circular form, resembling a dipper in shape,
of which the outlet might be termed the handle. On the
summit of the rocks, which here rose some fifty feet nearly
perpendicular above our heads, was a thick growth of
bushes, overtopped by trees of pine, oak, and hemlock,
whose branches, extending far over the verge of the cliffs,
almost met, and rendered the place where we stood of a
twilight gloominess. From the outlet of this basin, on
either side, and running back to what I may call the
cascade precipice, was a kind of log and brush fence,
forming two distinct enclosures, within which the horses
were kept secure, both from straying and from wild beasts.

No horses were here now, nor could we see a living
soul. This emboldened us to make further explorations;
but we proceeded with the greatest caution; and afraid
that even a whisper might betray us, we communicated
with each other only by signs.

At length we discovered some rude steps, partly natural
and partly artificial, which led up the side of a steep rock;
and these, after some serious deliberation, we ventured to
ascend. It required no little care to maintain a foothold—
nor could we do so without using our hands. Some
twenty-five or thirty feet above the ground, we reached a
kind of platform, which extended around the angle of a
huge rock, which shelved out over our heads, and we could
discover no means for a higher ascent. On turning
the angle, we perceived a chasm in the rock, as if it had
been rent in twain by some mighty convulsion. This
chasm extended back some twenty feet to another rock,
which rose perpendicularly to a great height, and was just
wide enough to permit one person to enter it at a time.
The fissure, however, did not descend to the bottom of the
basin, from which we had ascended, but only about four
feet below the platform rock on which we stood. To

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

enable one to pass down into it easily, some stones, probably
thrown in from above, were arranged in the form of steps;
and this led us to infer that the chasm communicated with
a still more secret retreat. At all events, since we had
ventured thus far, we determined to know for a certainty
whether our surmise were correct or not.

Accordingly we descended into the opening, very cautiously,
and moved forward in the same manner. High
above us, on either side, rose the granite rocks, solid and
stupendous; nor could we discover any other opening till
near the end of the passage, when we came suddenly upon
the mouth of a cavern in the rock to the right. It yawned
upon us with midnight blackness, and so impressed me
with something terrible, that I felt my hair rise and the
blood run cold in my veins.

Was it inhabited? That it had been, and very recently,
I did not doubt—but was it inhabited now? We listened,
but could hear no sound,—all was dark, and chill, and
silent, as the chamber of death.

“Shall we explore it?” I ventured to whisper to Walter,
who like myself stood gazing upon it in awe.

“For what purpose?” was his whispered reply. “No,
no, Walton—we have ventured far enough already—too
far, perhaps, for our safety. Let us return; I shall not
breathe freely till my foot is once more in the open wood.”

At this moment a strange, wild, unaccountable thrill
pervaded my frame, and I felt impelled onward, as by the
invisible hand of destiny. Whoever has approached the
brink of an awful precipice, and, while gazing shudderingly
down, has felt an almost irresistible something urging him
to take the fatal leap, and thus rashly enter upon the
dread Unknown, will understand something of the sensation
I now experienced, but cannot describe.

“I must go forward,” I whispered to Walter.

“No! no!” he said, hurriedly—“let us turn back.

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

This is undoubtedly the rendezvous of a banditti, of whose
formidable existence I never before dreamed, and more
especially that Warncliff is one of them; but we shall gain
nothing by entering their foul den; and should we be
discovered, farewell to life! and woe to our friends, whose
rescue we seek!”

“I must go forward,” I replied, firmly; “and will,
though I go alone.”

“Nay, then, if you are set upon the venture,” he rejoined,
“I will be your companion, though death be the
penalty.”

I grasped his hand, pressed it hard, and without uttering
another syllable, immediately began to feel my way
into the awful darkness. The passage I now entered was
smooth and level under foot; and keeping hold upon the
rocks on one side, I groped my way forward some two
hundred feet, as near as I could judge; then bidding Walter,
who was close behind me, stand still, and look with
all his eyes, I discharged a pistol.

For an instant the flash lit up the gloom around us; and
we had barely time to perceive that we stood in a large
cavern, when all was again dark; but not still; for the
report echoed and re-echoed, and went rolling away, away,
away, till it seemed to fairly die out in the distance. By
this we knew that the cave was of great dimensions, and
extended far, far into the bowels of the earth.

“We must have a light,” said I; “and I doubt not
the materials are here for keeping it burning, if we can
only see to find them.”

With this I poured some powder into the pan of the
pistol—which was one I had received from Walter—and
by flashing the powder, ignited some raw cotton which we
carried for wadding. This flame I continued to feed, while
Walter made a hurried search for some more durable combustible.
Fortune favored us; and presently he came

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

running to me with a half-burnt torch, which he had found
on the ground. Having lighted this, we renewed our
exploration in a more satisfactory manner.

By the gloomy light of the torch, we could see the rocky
ceiling of the cave far above our heads, and the rocky wall
nearest us; but in every other direction a pall of rayless
darkness shut in the vision—denoting the cavern, as the
echoes of our pistol had in fact proved it to be, of vast
extent and magnitude. Moving away from the wall toward
the centre of this subterranean cavity, we soon, greatly to
our surprise, stumbled upon a forge, around which lay
tools of various kinds, and, scattered carelessly about, a
few pieces of bogus coin of the Mexican stamp.

“Counterfeiters, as well as robbers and murderers!”
exclaimed I: “this is the second fountain-head of spurious
issue I have discovered in Texas.”

“Hist! hark!” said Walter, grasping my arm and
speaking in a whisper. “I heard a noise: I fear we are
discovered.”

I listened with suppressed breath and a beating heart.
Presently I heard a stifled groan. My blood ran cold.

“There it is again!” said Walter. “Quick! out with
the light!”

“Hush! listen!” returned I.

Again I heard the moan. My hair stood on end.

“Perhaps it is some human being in distress!” I whispered.

Again I heard the moan, and felt my conjecture
strengthened.

“This way,” said I—“follow me;” and I set forward in
the direction whence the sound proceeded.

After advancing about fifty feet, we came to a projecting
wall, which partially divided the cavern. Here we paused
and breathlessly listened. Presently we heard the sound
again—low and stifled—but evidently near us. I hastened

-- --

Morton and Walter exploring the cave. [figure description] 464EAF. Image of Morton and Walter exploring the cave with lit torches. They are both looking into an abyss.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 257 --

p464-274 [figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

to examine the rocks; and soon discovered what appeared
to be a small cavity, closed up by movable stones.

“Perhaps some human being is here buried alive!”
exclaimed I, with a shudder; and, as if in answer to my
suggestion, we distinctly heard the moan come up from
the stones.

“Good heavens! it is so!” cried Walter.

To tear away these stones was the work of a moment.
A small cavity was thus disclosed, within which, half-doubled
together, lay a human being.

Instantly I held the torch to his face.

Almighty Providence! The ruddy light flashed upon
the pale features of Morton Harley, gagged and bound.

CHAPTER XXII. AN OLD FOE IN THE FIELD.

I WAS so astonished, so taken by surprise, and withal
experienced such an overwhelming rush of joy, that for
some moments I stood speechless and motionless, gazing
upon my friend, and almost doubting the reality of what
I saw. Then handing the torch to Walter, I gently drew
Harley from his sepulchre, cut the cords that bound him,
and removed the gag from his mouth. He looked up in
my face while I was doing this, and never, never shall I
forget the expression of unspeakable joy and gratitude
which lighted his pale features. He essayed to speak;
but the transition from death to life, from life to liberty,
had been too sudden, too unexpected, for his now weak

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

nerves to sustain the almost heart-bursting emotions, and
he fainted.

Both Walter and I were now alarmed lest this “counterfeit
presentment” should prove to be death itself; and
we eagerly set to work, chafing his limbs, blowing our
breath into his lungs, and rolling him from side to side,
for we knew not what better to do.

At length Walter exclaimed:

“He lives! he lives!” and almost at the same instant
Harley drew a long, gasping breath, and opened his eyes.

As before, he fixed them upon me; and then feebly
raised his hands, as if for an embrace. I bent quickly
down, and he clasped them around my neck; and both of
us burst into tears—the only vent we could find for our
over-charged feelings. Harley was the first to speak;
but his voice was feeble, and trembled with the deepest
emotion.

“Harry,” he said, “this is not the work of chance—
God has done it.”

“Yes, my friend,” I replied, with a fresh burst of feeling,
“God has done it;” and silently, from our hearts,
then and there, locked in each other's arms, ascended fervent
thanksgiving to the Throne of Grace.

It was some time ere we could subdue our emotions so
as to hold any conversation; but as we began to grow
more calm, I said:

“My dear friend, pray tell me how it is I find you
here? for though Warncliff doomed me to an awful death,
I did not dream he would carry his ferocity so far as to
bury you alive, though you were my friend.”

“This was not the work of Warncliff, Harry.”

“Ha! whose then?” demanded I, quickly.

“The work of one who has good reason to hate us both.”

“Well! well! say on!”

“Count D'Estang.”

-- 259 --

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

“Good heavens!” cried I, in astonishment; “you do
not mean to say that you have been in the power of that
man, Morton?”

“It is too true: he is the Captain-General of a banditti,
which numbers I know not how many, and of which Warncliff
is merely a subordinate officer.”

“You astonish me, Morton!” cried I; “not in saying
that D'Estang is a bandit chief—for that we knew before;
but with the fact that his head-quarters are now here—
that you should so singularly have been thrown into his
power—and that Warncliff belongs to the same band of
desperadoes which assailed us once before. But go on—tell
your story. Yet stay! perhaps we are not safe here!”

“I think we are for the present, Harry—though it will
not be prudent for us to delay our departure too long.”

“But where are the freebooters now?” inquired Walter.

“From some conversation I overheard between D'Estang
and Warncliff, I think they have set off on an expedition
to join the Mexicans,” replied Harley.

“Ah! we feared so,” said I, with a sigh, as my thoughts
reverted to poor Clara.

“And yet I think we have no reason to regret their
hasty departure, be it for what destination it may,” rejoined
Harley; “for even in this I see the mysterious working
of Providence for our good.”

“How so?”

“Why, had they remained here, in all probability you
would have fallen into their clutches; and I, to say the
least, might have expired under the horrible doom from
which you have rescued me.”

“It is even so,” said I, thoughtfully. “God works for
the best; and instead of repining, we should rather be
thankful that matters are no worse than they are; though
not to complain—not to wish things otherwise, be our circumstances
what they may, good or bad—would be to

-- 260 --

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

prove ourselves exceptions to the human race generally.
But pray go on with your story, Morton!”

“Rather let me hear yours first,” he replied; “and
how I find you and Walter so mysteriously standing together
here, when you at least I believed beyond the pain
of mortality.”

“There is little of mystery in my case, though much of
Providence,” I answered; and I proceeded to narrate the
striking events with which I had been connected since our
separation; how I had been executed, cut down by Walter,
and restored to life; how we had followed the trail of our
foes, day after day; and finally, how we had been led to
find this secret cavern, together with the unaccountable
impulse which had impelled me, even against reason, to
enter it, and so save the life of my dearest friend.

“Wonderful! wonderful!—Fate! Fate!—Providence!
Providence!—God! God!” were the several ejaculations of
Harley, as I concluded my narration. “Oh, man! man!”
he apostrophised: “One of God's most wonderful machines!
when will knowledge, emanating from the Supreme Fount,
enable thee to understand thyself? Do you remember,
Harry,” he continued, “the strange presentiments we both
had of the near approach of Death? Ah! we truly
heard the rattling of his bony tread; we have since seen
him face to face; and yet we stand on mortal ground, in
mortal form, to tell it. Wonderful! most wonderful!” and
he relapsed into a fit of abstraction, something similar to
those exhibited in our early acquaintance, as described in
“Viola.”

I addressed him several times without getting an answer,
and in fact without his comprehending a word I said; and
it was not till I had shaken him somewhat severely, that
he seemed recalled to himself. At length he looked up
and around, with a start of surprise, and said, hurriedly:

“Where am I? where am I?” And then, without

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

giving me time to reply, as hurriedly proceeded: “Ah!
I see—I understand—my mind has been wandering again—
the old disease. I thought myself rid of it. God send
I may never lose my reason!—that a mental night of utter
darkness may never settle upon my senses!” and as he
spoke, a visible shudder passed over his frame.

“Do not be alarmed, Harry!” he continued, noticing
the expression of anxiety which had fixed itself upon my
features. “Do not be alarmed! I feel better now. My
head did feel strangely—but the awful sensation is passing
away. Ah! let me see! I was telling you something of
myself, was I not?”

“You were about to tell us of what has happened, to
your knowledge, since we were parted by our foes?”

“True! true! I was about to tell you; you are right.
Well, I will tell you now; and then we must hasten our
departure; for I do not think it prudent nor safe to remain
here longer than is necessary. The blood begins to circulate
in my late corded limbs; and in a short time I trust
to be able to leave this cavern of death forever.”

“It is not necessary, I suppose, to describe our journey
hither,” pursued Harley; “and therefore I will commence
by saying, that we arrived here in the afternoon of yesterday—
the Colonel and I both bound, as when we separated
from you.”

“But Clara!” exclaimed I: “first tell me of Clara!
was she not with you?”

“Yes, she travelled with us, closely guarded; but
neither her father nor myself were allowed to speak to
her, nor she to us.”

“But she was not bound, Morton? do not tell me that
Warncliff carried his ruffianism that far?”

“She was not bound in the day-time,” replied Harley;
“but I think some restraint was put upon her limbs at
night.”

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

“And how was she treated?”

“I saw no violence offered to her on the journey; nor
were the Colonel and I maltreated, otherwise than in being
kept bound and close prisoners.”

“Well, proceed!”

“When we arrived here, we were met by another strong
party of brigands; who, from the manner in which they
greeted Warncliff and his men, led me to infer that we
were expected. We were conducted to the foot of the
rocks below here, and were then raised to the platform
above by means of ropes. We were thence escorted into
the cavern; where, to my surprise and dismay, I found
myself confronted with D'Estang. He bowed with mock
politeness, and smiled; but such a smile! I shudder now at
the remembrance of it: for concentrated hate and devilish
malignity, Satan himself might have envied it.

“ `So, Mr. Harley,' he said, `we meet again: I am glad
to see you.'

“ `I do not doubt it,' was my reply; nor did I: he
evidently was glad to see me: but, much to my regret, I
was not in a condition to return the compliment.

“ `Yes,' he pursued, `when we last saw each other,
I think you had a little the advantage of me—now the
tables are turned.'

“ `If you use your advantage as moderately as I did
mine, I will not complain,' said I.

“ `Let me see!' he replied; `you were very moderate,
I think. You and your companion entered my premises
like a couple of thieves; and besides making me a prisoner
in my own dwelling, locking me up in a dungeon, you bore
away my intended bride, and her reputed father, on my
own horses. Very moderate you were, indeed!'

“ `Our own safety compelled us to do so,' I replied;
`but so soon as we had escaped, we left your horses where

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

you could get them, and sent to have you released from
confinement.'

“ `I believe you did; and I suppose you think I ought
to thank you on my knees for your generosity. But if
I remember rightly, you bore off the girl Viola?'

“ `And made her my wife,' said I.

“ `Ah! yes—made her your wife—for which you doubtless
think I should be very grateful also. Now if the girl
were here, so that I could return your generosity in kind,
I think I could easily prevail upon myself to do it; but as
she is absent, I shall be under the necessity of paying my
debt of gratitude to you in some other way—not forgetting
the interest, which having been some months accumulating,
must of course be added to the principal. Let me see!
you locked me in a dungeon, and carried away my intended
bride, making her your own, and getting a fortune for your
trouble. I cannot do the same by you, for a sufficient
reason; but so far as I can do, I will do. You locked me
up in a dungeon, and afterward gave orders to have me
liberated. Now I will place you in a dungeon, and give
no such directions for your release. And as I think there
is still a balance in your favor, I will endeavor to make up
the deficiency by allowing you to remain there for life.

“I shuddered at the thought—I could not help it.

“ `There—no thanks!' he pursued, mockingly, with another
fiend-like smile. `I must be permitted to equal you
in generosity—it is my nature. I do not like to owe debts
of this kind, especially when it is in my power to pay
them. And, by-the-by,' he continued, `I will add to my
kindness in this way. Lest in trying to get out you should
bruise yourself against the unfeeling stones, I will confine
your limbs by cords; and for fear you may injure your
lungs and voice, by trying them too much, I will have a gag
put in your mouth; and that the presence of others may

-- 264 --

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

not be an aggravation to you, thus deprived of the power
of speech, all shall be removed; and in perfect solitude
and silence, you shall wait the coming of death to take you
heavenward. You see, therefore, I am disposed to be
careful of you, and you ought to be grateful.'

“As he concluded, the bandits, who had gathered
around to listen to my sentence, set up a shout of horrid
laughter that made my blood run cold. Despair now
seized upon my heart, and I felt as if I should sink to the
earth. I thought of Viola, and my agony was complete;
and, in spite of myself, I believe I uttered a groan.

”D'Estang calmly enjoyed his triumph for a few moments;
and then turning to Colonel Moreland, addressed
him in a sterner tone than he had used toward me—though,
being devoid of irony, it sounded not half so fiendish.

“You, sir!' he said, `deserve something at my hands;
but I shall waive my right to punish you, and leave you
wholly in the hands of Willard Warncliff, your future
son-in-law.'

“ `He shall never bear that relation to me, by my
consent, the villain!' exclaimed the Colonel, indignantly.

“Warncliff, who was standing near, on hearing these
words, sprung fiercely toward the Colonel, and raised his
hand with the intention of striking him—but was arrested
by the voice of his chief.

“ `Hold!' cried D'Estang: `when I sit in judgment, I
allow no subordinate to interfere. Retire, sir, beyond
hearing!' And as Warncliff, obedient to his command,
withdrew from the group, with a crest-fallen countenance,
the other proceeded: `As to your consent, Colonel
Moreland, I suppose it will make little difference with the
parties concerned, whether it is obtained or not; but it
may be that you will be glad to give it, and a fortune with
it: you understand me?'

“ `I think I do understand you, so far as an honest,

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

upright man may understand a villainous thief, robber and
assassin!”

“At these words D'Estang turned pale with anger, and
his eyes fairly glowed like coals of fire. Instantly drawing
a pistol, he presented it to the Colonel's head, and I
expected to see his brains scattered where he stood. But
he changed his design, and returned the pistol to its place,
saying, as he did so:

“ `No! I have promised Warncliff that I would not
harm you—that he alone shall decide your fate—and I
will keep my word; but policy, if not a fear of the
consequences, should dictate to you less aggravating
replies. But you have had some cause for intemperance
in language; and I can overlook that in one of your years,
which I could not in one younger than myself. Let me
see! I believe I did once lay you under contribution to the
extent of a span of fine horses; which, now that we are
on the subject, I may as well inform you were procured
for me through the aid of your future son-in-law.'

“ `Ha!' cried the Colonel; `then I did not suspect you
wrongly? and Willard Warncliff—the son of my friend—
a youth whom I loved and took as it were to my bosom—
was even then a thief? was even then robbing his benefactor?
Well! well! I never suspected him before, though
I did you; but I am now prepared to believe either of you
capable of any meanness, of any crime, from picking a
pocket up to highway murder.'

“ `And we are now prepared to let you believe what you
like,' returned D'Estang, coolly; `and, for the present, to
say what you please. But let me tell you, by the way,
that had you suspected less in one place, and more in
another at one time—and had your daughter, when
affianced to Warncliff, been less romantically foolish, kept
to her word, and not fallen in love with a stranger, and

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

even ran away with him, through one of your short sighted
blunders—you would not be in your present predicament,
and be obliged to hear these disagreeable truths. But no!
a designing stranger was welcomed into your family, and
allowed to take high place in your regard; and being an
upstart braggart, he must, as a natural consequence, begin
his acquaintance by boasting of his wonderful exploits; and
among the rest, his triumph over me; and then for the first
time it occurred to you that you might as well have a hand
in the dish—more especially as you thought there might be
something gained, without any loss or risk. He told you
I was a counterfeiter; and believing his story, you in
return told him that you suspected me of being a thief;
and so between you it was agreed that you should write to
the Sheriff of Brazoria County and have me arrested.

“ `Well, you did write; but your letter was intercepted,
and your plan foiled. Luckily there was a faithful spy in
your confidence; and through him I was informed of your
kind intentions in time to thwart them. Lest you might
succeed eventually, I thought it better to change my
quarters. Not that I feared the Sheriff and all the men
he might raise, mark you!—for I had, and still have, a
hundred dare-devils at my command; but some of these
were away at the time; and I thought it advisable to
remove out of the county, and avoid any open rupture with
the officers of the law—by which, though I might lose
nothing, I certainly could gain nothing.

“ `I therefore sold my splendid mansion and grounds at
a pecuniary sacrifice; and here you find me—as safely,
though less elegantly quartered. As I have thus lost
much by you—after deducting the price of the horses—
and as I understand you are wealthy, I have no doubt,
Colonel Moreland, if you ever return to your friends, you
will first be under the necessity of making my loss good,
besides doing something handsome for your worthy

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

son-in-law. But as all these arrangements must be between you
and Warncliff; and as I have now given you an idea of
what is expected, and for what reason, it is unnecessary
to prolong this interview. You may therefore retire, and
reflect on what you have just heard.'

“The Colonel now moved away,” continued Harley,
“without making any reply—doubtless thinking it politic
not to bandy words in his excited state of mind.”

“And where was Clara all this time?” I inquired.

“She had previously been conducted to a distant part
of the cave, where she could not overhear the conversation.
I did not see her afterward. Well, on the withdrawal of
the Colonel,” pursued my friend, “D'Estang turned again
to me, and said:

“ `You see, young man, that I have pretty extensive
arrangements; and though you were foolish enough at one
time to flatter yourself that you could easily have handed
me over to the law, yet had you tried it, and remained to
see it accomplished, you and your friend would have
awaked some fine morning and found your delicate
throats cut from ear to ear. And better for you both,
perhaps, had it been so; for he would thus have been
spared the halter, and you a less pleasing death than his.
The fact is, your time had not then come; for you almost
miraculously escaped me on your return to Galveston; but
the case is different now; your time has come, and your
friend is already dead. Thus do I always, sooner or later,
triumph over my foes, and all meddling knaves.'

“With this he turned away, and spoke apart with a
couple of his followers; who then advanced to me, and
led me to the spot where we now are. Here they proceeded
to throw me on my back, gag me, bind my legs,
and tighten the cords around my arms. This done, they
thrust me into the hole where you found me, and closed up
the entrance with stones.

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

“I will not pretend to describe my feelings, when I
thus found myself gagged, and bound, and buried alive,
and left there to starve.—Something you may imagine,
and that something is enough—for horrors should not be
dwelt upon.

“After I had been shut in there, I heard the sounds
of boisterous mirth, which continued for several hours;
and while this was going on, D'Estang and Warncliff held
a consultation near me—probably having selected this part
of the cave as being close at hand, and still beyond interruption.
I could only now and then catch a word, or a
short sentence, of their conversation; but what I did hear,
led me to believe they were discussing the plan of an expedition
to the frontier of Mexico; there to open a kind
of Guerilla warfare—ostensibly against the Americans, to
give an air of lawfulness to their proceedings—but with
the real design of plundering any and every body that
might fall into their hands.”

“This would at least be in keeping with the rest of
their proceedings,” said I.

“Well this, as I said, I think is their intention; and
therefore I do not feel very apprehensive of a sudden
return hither. But still we had better not venture delay
on that account—for there is no knowing what may happen.

“But to conclude my story.

“At last all became quiet, and so remained for two or
three hours, when I heard sounds of preparation for departure.
These lasted perhaps an hour; and then all gradually
died away, and a deep, unbroken stillness prevailed.

“Oh! the awful, soul-sickening desolation which followed!
Human language could not describe it; and Heaven
forefend that you ever feel it as I felt it! Death stared
me in the face—and such a death! Death by starvation,
alone, in the solitude of eternal silence—alone, in the darkness
of eternal night!—buried alive beyond human aid!—

-- 269 --

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

buried alive beyond the voices of nature! I would have
given worlds, had they been mine, to hear once more the
sound of a human voice—the roar of waters—the sighing
of the breeze—or even the chirp of a cricket,—any thing
to break that awful, death-like, desolating silence! Oh!
my God! my God! may I never forget to thank Thee,
daily, on my knees, for this deliverance!

“I scarcely need tell you that the first sounds I heard,
after the departure of the brigands, were your voice and
the discharge of your pistol. The words I did not hear—
the voice I did not recognize; but it was at least human;
it proceeded from mortal lips; some living being of my
kind was near me; and oh! you know not, my friends—
you never can know—what I felt in that moment! I had
no right to hope for release; and yet, somehow, I felt that
God had not deserted me; and a thrill of inexpressible
joy went through my frame. I could not speak—but I
could moan—and by this means you were drawn to me.
When I found that I was about to obtain my liberty, I
thought I should go mad with joy; and when, by the light
of the torch, Harry, I beheld your face, whom I believed
dead, methought I had gone mad, truly, and that this was
one of the visions of a disordered brain.”

During Harley's recital of his singular adventures,
Walter sat and watched him in silence; but though he.
opened not his lips, the workings of his countenance
plainly showed the emotions excited by the thrilling narration;
and more than once, while Harley was speaking of
his father, Warncliff, and D'Estang, he clutched his rifle
with an iron grip, and half-started to his feet, as if he fancied
his foes were even now standing within the reach of
his vengeance. He grew calmer toward the last; and
when my friend ceased speaking, he said, as if in answer
to a mental question:

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

“Yes, they have undoubtedly set off for the frontier of
Mexico, and we must follow them. One thing is evident
from the words of D'Estang, and this takes a weight from
my mind—they do not intend immediate personal violence
to my father nor Clara; and if my father will only let policy
govern his speech, we shall yet triumph in their rescue.
How narrowly have we all escaped death! how wonderfully
have we been brought together! how singularly all their
designs against us personally have been frustrated! and
surely the same wise Providence that hath worked so miraculously
in our behalf, will not desert us now.”

“No!” cried I, feeling my heart bound under the exhilarating
emotion of newly awakened hope: “No!
Heaven is with us, and we must and shall succeed.
But come! this is no longer a place for us: let us begone.”

“I am unarmed,” said Harley: “perhaps there may be
weapons here.”

“A good idea—let us search,” replied Walter.

We did search, and were presently rewarded by discovering
a large chest; which, on being opened, displayed
a small armory, consisting of pistols, cutlasses, knives,
poniards, some three or four short rifles, a dozen canisters
of powder, as many pounds of balls, and at least fifty
weight of bogus coin. The joy of a miser, on finding a
bag of gold, could not exceed what we experienced on
making this discovery; and we hastened to arm ourselves
to our complete satisfaction—Harley observing:

“As their villanous designs on us have so far been defeated
through the very monstrosities they planned against
us, so may we, with God's aid, yet live to punish the vile
authors with their own weapons.”

We did not explore the cavern; for now we felt there
was more important work before us; and seeking the light
of day, we extinguished our torch, descended the rocks
and the ravine in safety, and then set off on the trail of

-- 271 --

p464-288 [figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

our foes; our hearts filled with prayers of thanksgiving for
our unexpected union, and our wonderful deliverance from
the awful evils which had threatened us with death in its
most terrible form.

CHAPTER XXIII. THE RANCHO.

It is needless for me to detail our progress day by day
in pursuit of the freebooters. We kept to our original
design of encamping each night where they had encamped
the night previous; and we had withal to be very cautious,
lest we might be discovered by scouts of the main body, or
surprised by roving bands of Camanches, over the eastern
portion of whose territory our route lay for several days
together. The trail of the bandits crossed the Colorado
Hills and the Colorado River, above Austin, the capital of
Texas, and thence took a southerly course, avoiding all
settlements, and much of the way, as before remarked,
passing over the wilderness known as the CamancheRange.

Scarcely a day passed that we were not obliged to ford
or swim some stream; and often we met with delays that
taxed our utmost exertions to repair. As we drew near
the frontier of Mexico, these delays became more frequent,
owing to the country being infested with small parties of
Indians and Guerillas, who roved about in quest of
stragglers, or small parties, whom they might attack and
plunder with impunity, being too cowardly to risk an affray
with any body of men of any thing like equal numbers.

Consequently, while our foes could proceed without any

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

risk, we were often obliged to conceal ourselves in thickets,
or climb trees, and there wait with what patience we could
till we could see our route clear of these petty plunderers.
Most of our nights now we also passed in the branches of
trees; for we no longer considered it safe to lie by a fire,
even with one of us on the watch, as we had previously
done.

At last, after a toilsome and perilous march of many
days, during which we lived mostly on fresh meat, with
occasionally some fruit and berries, sleeping on the ground
in the open air, or in the tops of trees, we arrived one eve,
just as the sun was sinking gloriously in the West, in
sight of a Mexican rancho.

As the trail we had followed led directly thither, and as
we perceived a couple of sentinels slowly walking up and
down the flat roof of the main building, within the walls,
we naturally came to the conclusion that our friends and
enemies were quartered inside. Our position, when we
made this discovery, was on rising ground, in the edge
of a wood; and the rancho was nearly half a mile distant,
in the centre of a cultivated clearing; consequently,
though we could see what was taking place there, we ran
little or no risk of being seen ourselves.

“The villains are yonder, without doubt,” said Harley,
drawing a long breath, and keeping his eye steadily fixed
upon the rancho.

“At last, then, we have tracked them to a burrow,”
sighed I, thinking of Clara.

“It is time,” rejoined Walter; “for another such a
tramp would leave us naked.”

In truth we were in a sad plight—our clothes dirty and
ragged, having been nearly torn from us by the thorns of
the chapparal through which we had passed—our beards
long—our feet bare, swollen and sore—and our hands,

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

arms, face, neck, body and legs, scarcely without a scratch
for the size of our palms.

“And what is to be done now?” was the next question
asked; which led to a consultation, and finally to the
decision, that we should remain where we were till after
nightfall, and then set forward and carefully reconnoitre
the rancho, and endeavor to ascertain for a certainty
whether it contained the persons we were seeking or not.

Accordingly, we seated ourselves on the borders of the
wood and clearing, and proceeded to make our evening
meal on some meat which we had roasted the day previous,
and since carried with us, to avoid the necessity of kindling
a fire in any place where the safety of such a proceeding
should be considered doubtful.

The sun went down in a bright bed of golden yellow,
and the whole scene before us gradually faded away, and
became lost in darkness. For an hour longer we sat
conversing in low tones, the subject of course being that
which lay nearest our hearts.

“And should this prove to be D'Estang's band of
ruffians, what are we to do?” inquired Walter, anxiously.

“Let us ascertain that first,” answered Harley, “and
then meet here to consult on future operations. Providence
has wonderfully aided us so far—let us not prove
unworthy by failing to trust something to Providence
now.”

“I would I knew in what part of the country we are?”
said I.

“That we may not know till some one tells us,” rejoined
Harley. “Come! I think we can venture forward
now in safety. If by any chance we become separated,
remember this spot must be our rendezvous. Hark!”

As the last word was uttered, a strain of lively music
came floating up to us on the still air from the rancho.

“That sounds of merry-making,” said I.

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

“A fandango,” returned Walter.

“Fate favors us,” observed Harley: “and so, while the
dance is going on, let so forward and reconnoitre.”

We set off accordingly; and in the course of a quarter
of an hour approached the rancho with great caution. The
music was still in full blast, the air quick and inspiring, and
we could hear the feet of the dancers keeping excellent
time; while the constant hum of voices, and every now
and then a soft, melodious laugh, which also greeted our
ears, told us that many were here collected of both sexes.

But though we could distinctly hear, we could not see a
living soul; for the rancho was surrounded by an adobe
wall, some twelve or fifteen feet high. We crept up to the
wall in the most stealthy manner, and cautiously made its
entire circuit, without finding a cranny through which we
could get a single glimpse of the dancers. We could hear
the voices of many speaking together, which prevented our
distinguishing any thing that was said; though we could
make out that there were two distinct parties—one of whom
spoke English and the other Spanish—and that each, in
trying to pay the other a compliment, by addressing him
in language not his own, unitedly produced a jargon worthy
of Babel.

Having listened as long as we thought necessary or
prudent, we silently withdrew to a safe distance, in
order to hold a consultation, and decide on what should be
our next proceedings.

“Well,” said Harley, in a low tone, “I have no doubt
that D'Estang and his men, or at least a portion of them,
are in yonder rancho; and that they are there united for
the present, if not permanently, with another band of cut-throats
of Mexican origin.”

“This being granted,” said Walter, “what can we do
to effect the liberation of my father and sister?”

-- 275 --

[figure description] Page 275.[end figure description]

“Nothing, of ourselves, alone, while they remain in such
force,” replied Harley.

“Which seems equivalent to saying that we have journeyed
hither in vain,” said I, dejectedly.

“Well, that may or may not be; but I think the latter,”
rejoined my friend.

“Have you any thing to propose?” asked Walter,
anxiously.

“Yes, I have two propositions to lay before you.”

“Go on.”

“The first is, that we take up our quarters in the neighboring
wood, and there remain on the watch. It is possible
that this rancho may for the present be used as a rendezvous,
and that the captives will be left here under a
small guard, while the main body sallies forth on a short
expedition for plunder. At all events, such a large body
of armed men will not long remain idle; and whether they
leave their prisoners or take them with them, by remaining
where we can watch their movements, we shall be likely to
come at the truth one way or the other. Now if the
prisoners are left behind under a small guard, it is possible,
by watching, we may find a favorable opportunity to rush
upon them, and by taking them by surprise, overpower
them; and if the prisoners are not left behind, then we
shall be ready to follow the whole party as we have done
heretofore, and determine our future actions by future circumstances.
This is my first proposition.”

“And a more hopeful one than I had thought could be
made,” replied Walter.

“Now for the second proposition,” said I.

“The second is,” pursued Harley, “that we at once set
off and seek for a force equal to their own, and with this
force come upon them suddenly and give them battle.”

“But where can we find such a force to aid us?” inquired
I, in surprise and some dismay, lest the reply

-- 276 --

[figure description] Page 276.[end figure description]

should prove that the mind of my friend was again wandering.

“Why,” answered Harley, “I think such force might
be found in Taylor's army.”

“Taylor's army?” echoed both Walter and myself in
the same breath. “And where, my dear Morton,” continued
I, fears for my friend's sanity rather increased
than diminished by this reply—“where do you suppose
Taylor's army to be at this moment, that you refer to it
with such an air of confidence?”

“Much less distant than you think, judging by the tone
of surprise in which you ask the question.”

“Certainly much less distant than I think, Morton, if
any where within a reasonable journey,” said I.

“Well, within a reasonable journey I am ready to wager
it is,” he rejoined, in the same confident tone.

“And what reasons have you for so thinking?” inquired
Walter.

“Many, sir,” replied Harley, “which I was not prepared
to give a half hour since, when Harry here was
wishing he knew in what part of the country we are. I
have since been pondering upon the matter, and have at
length arrived at a conclusion which I might have come at
sooner, had I sooner taken the subject into serious consideration.
To begin then with my reasons:

“In the first place, about a year ago, I had occasion to
study a map of Texas; which I did so thoroughly and retentively,
as to fix in my mind the locality of the principal
towns and rivers, and also the distance from one to the
other. Now remembering the course we took from Houston,
the number of days we were on the journey, together
with the probable distance of each day's travel, and I
am thus enabled to form a pretty correct idea of the part
of the country in which the Indian village was situated;
and by making the same calculation of our journey since

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]

quitting it, I think I can guess pretty accurately of our
present whereabouts.”

“And pray then where are we?” inquired I, eagerly;
for though I have since traced our route on the map, I had
at this time no definite idea of the part of the country we
were in; and the information I have occasionally given
the reader, of different localities, in the course of our journeyings,
was found out afterward.

“Well, then, to the best of my belief,” replied Harley,
“we are in the province of San Patricio, and not many
leagues from where the Rio Grande empties into the Gulf of
Mexico; and consequently, if Taylor has pushed his army
forward to Point Isabel, as by the last rumor that reached
me he was about to do, and has not since changed his
quarters, we are not many leagues distant from him.”

“By heavens!” exclaimed Walter, in a very excited
tone, though he prudently spoke low; “if your conjectures
prove correct, Mr. Harley, these villains will do
well to escape the punishment they deserve; for I will at
once to Taylor's camp; and if I can fall in with Walker
and his Texas Rangers, it will only be necessary to mention
to him the name and captivity of my father, to enlist him
at once in our behalf.”

“I am glad to hear you speak so confidently of obtaining
assistance,” rejoined Harley; “and to prove my
surmises correct, I will advance these arguments. First,
on our way hither, we have recently seen, much to our
annoyance and alarm, several small parties prowling about,
evidently in quest of plunder. These, doubtless, are the
human wolves or vultures, which hang upon the outskirts
of the army, ready, whenever a battle is fought, to come
in for the best share of the plunder, but too cowardly to
take it from an equal or unconquered foe.”

“Nothing more likely,” said Walter.

-- 278 --

[figure description] Page 278.[end figure description]

“Secondly,” pursued Harley, “you will recollect that
I told you, from the conversation overheard between
D'Estang and Warncliff, that I judged their intended
destination to be the frontier of Mexico: now would they
be likely to stop short of their destination—at least any
considerable distance—and idle away their time in
revelry?”

“Ha! that is true,” exclaimed Walter.

“Thirdly,” continued my friend, “we know that there
are many females in yonder rancho, and that it is not
reasonable to suppose they belong there; and if they
do not belong there, whence come they, unless from some
near town? for neighbors here are scarce; and if from
some near town, that town must be on the Rio Grande, for
there can be no other in this vicinity.”

“I am convinced,” rejoined Walter, “that your conjectures
are well founded. Now then to act accordingly.
In the first place, you being right in your surmises, there
must be a road, or at least a mule-path, leading from this
rancho to the town in question; and therefore let it be our
first care to find this and follow it, till we chance upon
some one from whom we can gather correct information,
both as to the name of the town, and the exact position
of, and distance to, the American army.”

“I see nothing to object to this,” replied Harley.

“With all due respect for your surmises and plans,”
said I, “I think there is one important conjecture that
should be made a certainty before we act as if it were so—
for this is truly the keystone to the whole arch of your
calculations.”

“Ha! well, what is it, Harry?” said Harley.

“Why, you have taken it for granted that the banditti
we seek, and their captives, are within yonder rancho.
Now if this should prove to be another party—”

“Ha! by my life!” interrupted Harley—“I see! we

-- 279 --

[figure description] Page 279.[end figure description]

have taken too much for granted. We must be certain
this is D'Estang's band, Walter, ere we make an effort
against them—otherwise we may let the real villains and
our friends escape us.”

“True! true!” answered Walter; “but how are we to
ascertain this fact in time to be of any benefit to us?”

“I have a plan,” said I. “In passing around the walls
of the rancho, I observed a stick of timber leaning against
one, by which I think I could mount to the top and get a
view of what is taking place inside.”

“But this would put your life in peril,” said Harley,
anxiously.

“It has been in peril a long time, my friend,” I replied;
“and we cannot hope to defeat our foes and regain our
friends without new risks.”

After some further discussion, it was settled that I
should immediately proceed to put my plan in execution—
I promising on my part to be very prudent and cautious,
and exacting from my friends their solemn pledge in
return, that in case I should by any accident again fall
into the hands of my enemies, they would not attempt a
rescue without sufficient force; but instantly depart and
seek succor, without approaching any nearer to the rancho,
that it might not be discovered I had accomplices, which
would certainly put the villains on their guard against
surprise, and perhaps be the worse for me in other
respects.

I now shook hands with Morton and Walter, and parted
from them as for the last time; for there was no telling
what might happen; and I was not without forebodings
that I should get into fresh difficulty. I set off, however,
with a tolerably stout heart; and in a few minutes had
reached the rancho, and climbed to the top of the wall,
without meeting with any accident.

Here I found, what I had not anticipated, namely, that

-- 280 --

[figure description] Page 280.[end figure description]

from this wall I could get no view of the parties within—
for the main building of the rancho here formed an inner
wall, about six feet distant from the other, and the dance
was apparently taking place on the other side of this, in an
uncovered area. And besides, I could not pass from the
wall I was on to another, because the corners were flanked
with circular bastions. I could see the gleam of the lights,
though not the lights themselves, and hear the music, the
tread of feet, and a loud buzz of conversation; and having
ventured thus far, I determined, imprudently enough, to
venture still further.

With this intent, I soon discovered that one corner of
the building projected within three feet of me; and standing
up, and leaning over, I managed to reach this with my
hands; and after a severe effort, during which I came
near being precipitated to the ground below, I succeeded
in clambering upon it. Moving carefully over the flat
roof to the opposite side, I now had a fair view of what I
had sought.

The area, formed by the surrounding buildings, was
large; and in this, standing in a circle, were perhaps a
hundred persons of both sexes, watching the motions of
some ten or twelve others who were dancing in the centre.
Torches and lamps were plenty; and in the bright light
thus made, I recognized several of the villainous faces of
Warncliff's detachment—but could no where see him or
D'Estang. The females, of whom there appeared to be
about twenty in all, were mostly young, were dressed in
white, and many of them were extremely good-looking.
Their dark skins, black eyes, and raven tresses proclaimed
them of Mexican or Spanish origin; and the beautiful
forms of those in the dance, certainly moved with a grace
and ease that would not have disgraced a fashionable ball-room
of my own country.

While I was yet looking, the music ceased, and the set

-- 281 --

p464-298 [figure description] Page 281.[end figure description]

broke up; and while another was forming, I prudently
thought of withdrawing; but just at this instant I became
spell-bound by the sound of Warncliff's voice.

“Come along!” he said, gruffly; “you must dance
with me, and there is no use of whining about it! I am
master here, and will be obeyed.”

There was a low, tremulous reply—the words I did not
hear—but the tones seemed to thrill through every nerve
and fibre of my body. I could not mistake that voice
among a thousand—it came from the lips of Clara Moreland.
The speakers seemed to be under me—but yet I
could not see them. In my excited state of mind, I
impatiently, imprudently, raised myself and leaned forward.
But alas! in doing so, I lost my balance; and
finding I must go down, I made a spring, and landed in
the very midst of the freebooters and their associates.

CHAPTER XXIV. FROM IMPENDING DEATH TO A DUNGEON.

Had an angel suddenly descended from Heaven into the
midst of that circle, I doubt that those who recognized me
would have been more astonished.

“A ghost! a ghost!” they shouted, with blanched faces,
while the females drew back with shrieks of alarm.

A scene of general confusion ensued—every one seeming
surprised, if not terrified—during which I could distinguish
the cries of:

“The rancho is attacked!”

“Seize the scoundrel!”

-- 282 --

[figure description] Page 282.[end figure description]

“Shoot him down!”

“No! no! don't fire!—it's a ghost!—it's the man that
was hung!”

I had alighted on my feet; and though considerably
jarred, was not injured; and with perfect presence of
mind I drew my pistols, and looked eagerly around, in the
hope that I might, by taking advantage of the alarm and
confusion, in some miraculous manner effect my escape.
Through what appeared to be the main dwelling, lay my
way to one of the gates; and thinking it possible it might
not be barred, I darted forward in that direction, shouting
to those before me to stand aside or take the consequences.
Instinctively they gave way; and I had already broken
through the circle, and entered the dwelling, when I heard
a rush behind me, and the cries of:

“Take him! take him!—don't let him escape!—he's
alive enough—he's no ghost,” &c. &c.

Too soon for me the different parties had recovered from
the inaction of a first surprise; and the consequence was,
that I was seized by some two or three stalwart fellows,
who instantly bore me to the ground and disarmed me.

“Don't kill him! Bring him out alive! We want to
see him!” cried the excited crowd, who could not press
into the house; and immediately I was lifted and borne
out into the area, where I had so unceremoniously made
my first appearance.

Here I was cast upon the ground; and for a few minutes
was in danger of being crushed under the feet of the
surging mass, each of whom was struggling with his neighbor
to get a sight of me.

“Fall back! fall back, men!” now cried a loud voice,
which I instantly recognized as Warncliff's; and immediately
a circle was cleared around me, and my hated rival
advanced to my side.

My face was turned from him; and he evidently had

-- 283 --

[figure description] Page 283.[end figure description]

not heard my name mentioned, nor had the remotest idea
that the being he had consigned to an awful death was
living and in his presence; for he addressed me sternly.

“Who are you, fellow,” he said, “that have rained down
here to cause this disturbance?”

I quickly gathered myself upon my feet, and silently
confronted him. The moment his eye fell upon mine, he
staggered back, with a yell of horror—the blood forsook
his face—even his lips grew white—and I believe he would
have fallen, had not one of his men behind given him support.
It was some moments before he sufficiently recovered
himself to again address me; and even then he rather
gasped than said:

“Henry Walton! are you alive or dead?”

“Villain! coward!” cried I: “does your guilty conscience
rather make you fear the dead than the living?”

The sound of my voice seemed to reassure him; and as
the blood rushed back into his face, he exclaimed, angrily,
perhaps to cover the shame and confusion he felt for his
recent display of terror:

“So, then, you are alive; and I have been tricked, deceived.
Where are the traitors? By heavens! I have a
mind to make hanging examples of them!”

“You have no reason to find fault with your tools,” said
I; “for they are after your own heart in villainy, and did
their hellish work as well as you could have done it yourself.”

“'Tis false! else how are you here alive?”

“There is a Power above yours,” rejoined I, solemnly,
pointing upward. Warncliff, and those who surrounded
him, involuntarily, as it were, looked heavenward, as if
expecting to behold the Power of which I spoke. “You
cannot see it now,” continued I; “but it is there, nevertheless;
and ere long you will feel it in terrors more
dreadful than those you but now experienced.”

-- 284 --

[figure description] Page 284.[end figure description]

“Pshaw!” exclaimed Warncliff, impatiently; “are you
mad? or a fool? or have you turned priest, and come here
to preach? But no matter; if my orders had been executed,
you could not be here now; and therefore I say, I
have been deceived by a couple of treacherous scoundrels.”

“If you mean me by that thar remark, I say you lie!”
cried a voice behind me; and the next moment Warncliff
was confronted with the very ruffian who had placed the
rope around my neck and led the horse from under me.

“This to me, fellow?” shouted Warncliff, half choking
with rage, and thrusting his hand into his bosom as if in
search of a weapon.

“Take care!” thundered the other, instantly presenting
a pistol to the head of Warncliff; “if you dare to lay your
hand on steel, I'll blow your brains out!”

“Mutiny! mutiny!” cried several voices.

“No mutiny about it,” roared the big ruffian; “and if
there was, I don't care a—! He's called me a treacherous
scoundrel; and he's got to eat his words, or die,
by—!”

“Well, well, perhaps I was hasty,” returned Warncliff,
in an altered tone, who felt that he was in the ruffian's
power, and judged it politic to speak him fair. “I was
angry at the thought that this man, whom I hate, had
escaped the death to which I doomed him; and in the
heat of the moment, I made use of words whose meaning I
did not consider, nor on whom they would reflect. Now
tell me, Jack—if you saw him executed, as you reported—
how is it I see him here, alive?”

“Don't know, unless Old Nick cut him down,” replied
the other, gruffly. “If I seen him executed, indeed! I
tell you, sir, these here hands put the rope round his neck,
and these here eyes seen him hung, swinging in the air,
as purty a piece of human flesh as ever a turkey-buzzard
could wish to light on.”

-- 285 --

[figure description] Page 285.[end figure description]

A roar of laughter followed this coarse speech, in which
Warncliff affected to join.

“There, Jack,” he said, “I believe you did your duty
faithfully; and Old Nick, as you say, must have had a
hand in his escape, surely. And now, sirrah! (turning to
me) tell me how it is I find you here, which is scarcely less
marvellous than that you should have avoided the death to
which I doomed you? How came you here? how have
you traced us for hundreds of miles? and what strange
fancy could have induced you to voluntarily put yourself
in my power again? Is it possible you have such a liking
for hanging, that you wish to try it again?”

“And who says I am in your power?” replied I,
affecting a coolness and confidence I did not feel. “Are
you sure I am in your power again?”

“Ha! what mean these words?” he cried, in a tone
which betrayed some anxiety, if not alarm. “Are you
not alone? are you supported by others?”

“And have you so underrated me, as to think me foolish
enough to come here alone, and quietly surrender myself
to you?” I continued, perceiving that I had happily roused
an apprehension in his mind, which if I could increase, by
throwing out vague, mysterious hints, in the same tone of
confidence, might be of incalculable benefit to myself.

“By heavens!” he cried: “perhaps we are surrounded
by an armed body! This comes of not keeping the sentinels
to their duty. It is all my fault, I must acknowledge;
and if any harm befall us, in consequence, I shall dread to
meet the eye of our Captain when he returns.”

Here was an unguarded admission that his Captain,
Count D'Estang, was away; and I instantly seized upon
the fact, and turned it to my advantage.

“You need not dread your Captain's return while I am
held a prisoner,” said I.

“What! is our Captain taken?” cried fifty voices; and

-- 286 --

[figure description] Page 286.[end figure description]

I could see that the bare idea excited no little consternation.

“Then shoot the scoundrel that ventures here to tell us
so!” exclaimed others.

“Hold!” said I. “Suppose the life of your chief
depends on the manner in which I am treated?”

“It's all a — lie!” put in Jack, who, keeping his
place by my side, had been closely watching my countenance
for some time. “You're a skeery set, the whole of
ye,” he continued; “or you'd see right through a yarn as
loosely spun as this here chap's. Haint we been travelling
right fast ever since he was hung? and how could he travel
as fast afoot, track us here, and have a body of men at his
heels? And besides, whar could he find the men you fear?
And if he wanted to hold parley with us, d'ye think he'd
come tumbling over the roof, instead of knocking at the
gate? Go away—you're green—you ain't seasoned worth
a—!”

“Right, Jack, by—!” cried Warncliff, clapping him
on the shoulder; “you have more sense than all of us put
together. He has been lying—I see it clear enough; for
if he came intentionally among us, why did he try to make
his escape in the first instance? I understand it all now—
thanks to you, Jack. He escaped from the rope by one
means or another, and has been dogging our steps ever
since; and having traced us here, he has watched his
opportunity, climbed the walls, and mounted the roof,
with a view of ascertaining our numbers, intending to get
off unseen and go in quest of a force to lead against us.
He is a spy upon us, and it will not do to let him escape.
I leave it to you, however, my gallent men, to say what
shall be done with him.”

“Hang him again, or shoot him,” cried fifty voices;
“that's the way to fix spies.”

“Do either at your peril!” said I, firmly and coolly,

-- 287 --

[figure description] Page 287.[end figure description]

though I felt my heart sinking within me at the same time.
“I tell you I am not alone,” I continued, “as you may
soon find to your cost. You seem to forget that Walter
Moreland escaped from your treacherous designs as well
as myself.”

“And he cut you down? Ha! I see it all now,” returned
Warncliff, quickly.

“And if he did,” said I, “is he your prisoner now?
Ha! you see also there is one determined foe who is not
in your clutches; and you will do well to believe he is not
the only one: I tell you there are many more.”

The assurance I so well assumed, seemed to stagger the
freebooters, one and all. They knew not what they really
had to fear, and consequently feared every thing. Had
D'Estang been with them, the case would have been different;
but he was away, and possibly might be a prisoner,
as I had hinted; and in this uncertainty they were afraid
to proceed to extremes with me, lest a similar punishment
should be visited upon him.

“To the walls, men, some of you, with torches, and
carefully reconnoitre the ground below; while the rest of
you prepare to make a sortie with me!” said Warncliff.
“We will soon know if we have any thing to fear; and if
we have, what we have to fear.”

“You may save yourselves the trouble of mounting the
walls,” said I; “for I assure you there is no foe beneath
them. As to making a sortie, you can do as you like; but
my advice to you is, not to go too far from your stronghold.”

“Thank you!” returned Warncliff; “we will believe
just so much of your story, and take just so much of your
advice, as we think proper.”

He then held a short consultation, in a low tone, with
some half a dozen of his cut-throat gang; after which, he
advanced to me and said:

-- 288 --

[figure description] Page 288.[end figure description]

“Hark you, sir! I do not know whether you have lied
to us or not; but we shall probably learn the truth, one
way or other, in the course of the night; and if you have
lied, you shall not outlive the rising of to-morrow's sun.
Away with him to the dungeon! and if he escape my vengence
this time, by my father's soul! I swear to visit the
severest penalty upon the heads of you who have him in
charge!”

“I'll answer for him with my head this time,” replied
Jack; who, with another ruffian, immediately laid rough
hands upon me, and led me away.

They conducted me into an old building, which appeared
to be used as a granary; but ere I entered it, I saw the
females grouped together in another building, in company
with some twelve or fifteen hang-dog looking fellows,
whose style of dress and swarthy complexions denoted
them to be Mexicans. All were staring at me with vulgar
curiosity, and no doubt wondering among themselves what
could be the meaning of all they saw—for they evidently
did not understand sufficient English to render the matter
clear to them.

I scanned the group eagerly, and ran my eye rapidly
around the buildings, in the expectation of seeing Clara.
But I was disappointed; for she, little dreaming who was
so near her, had probably withdrawn herself to an inner
apartment; or else did not feel interest enough in what
was going on to even bestow a look upon it; or, peradventure,
and this idea was not a pleasant one, she might be a
close prisoner, whom Warncliff, ere he took part in the
scene described, might have hurried back to her place of
confinement. But where was her father, Colonel Moreland,
all this time? Was he here, a close prisoner also?
or had a worse fate befallen him? I was strongly tempted
to ask my ruffian-guard some questions concerning my

-- 289 --

[figure description] Page 289.[end figure description]

friends; but believing I should only receive abuse in return,
I kept my lips closed.

On entering the granary, my conductors lifted a trap
door, and gruffly bade me descend. I did so, by means of
a ladder, and found myself in a damp vault, where I could
see nothing—for the light from the torches of my guard
did not penetrate the pitchy blackness which now enveloped
me. As soon as I was fairly down, the ladder was
drawn up and the trap closed; and thus was I left in inky
darkness, to solitary reflection.

And it will readily be believed that my reflections were
not of the most pleasant character. Here was I again, in
the hands of my enemy—an enemy without pity, who
thirsted for my blood—and unless something almost miraculous
should take place in my favor in the course of the
night, I did not doubt that the rising of another sun
would be the signal for my death. And what better place
to put this fiendish design in execution, than the one now
assigned me? I could not avoid a cold shudder, as the
horrible idea rose in my mind that I might never leave
it alive. My fate would at least be known to my friends,
sooner or later; for Morton and Walter had both escaped,
and doubtless were even now gone in quest of assistance;
but it was not probable that assistance would arrive in the
course of the night, even if procured at all; and therefore
I could find little consolation in the idea that my remains
might be discovered and given Christian burial. I
thought of poor Clara; and I censured myself for my imprudence
and carelessness; when, by a different course of
action, I might have withdrawn, with all the information I
had sought, without having discovered myself to my enemies,
and thus put them on their guard and myself in
their power. Sweet Clara! could I but free her with my
life, I felt I would not hesitate a moment at the sacrifice;

-- 290 --

[figure description] Page 290.[end figure description]

but to lose my life as I was now situated, and thus give
my inhuman rival a double triumph, was an idea so terrible
that it almost drove me mad.

Being left in my prison unshackled, I thought I might
as well endeavor to ascertain its dimensions; and accordingly
I began to grope about, moving very slowly and
cautiously. The ground under me was cold and damp;
and when I at length reached one of the walls, I found it
covered with a thick coating of slime, that made me involuntarily
recoil from the touch. The air, too, had a
foul, sickly smell, such as one is likely to encounter on
entering a damp charnel house; and I soon found that
these disagreeable vapors so clogged my lungs, if I may
be permitted the expression, that my respiration was
effected with some difficulty; and I felt a heavy pressure
upon my chest, similar to what one often experiences on
retiring to bed immediately after partaking of a hearty
supper.

Having reached the wall—for my descent into this
loathsome place had been about central way—I began
to make the circuit of my dungeon, keeping the slimy boundaries
within reaching distance as a guide to my steps. I
had proceeded in this manner some fifteen or twenty feet,
and was slowly groping along beside the second wall, when
I suddenly stumbled against a small heap of bones, which
instantly emitted a startling phosphorescent light, and at
the same moment a dull, heavy groan sounded in my ear.

I never was much given to a belief in supernatural appearances
and manifestations; but situated as I was,
laboring under intense nervous excitement, the reader will
hardly doubt my word when I say that I involuntarily uttered
a cry of horror, and reeled against the wall; while
my blood seemed to curdle in my veins,



“And each particular hair to stand on end,
Like quills upon the fretful porcupine.”

-- 291 --

[figure description] Page 291.[end figure description]

Nor was my horror abated, when, venturing to scan the
decaying bones by their own ghastly light, I perceived
among them three human skulls, whose naked teeth
grinned upon me hideously, and whose hollow sockets
seemed to have eyes of fire. I closed my own eyes, to
shut out the frightful scene, and made haste to withdraw
from a contact with these remnants of mortality.

But though I turned my back upon them, and kept my
eyes darkened, I seemed to see them as distinctly as before;
till at last, made desperate by the horror I could not avoid,
I resolutely faced them, half expecting to see them assume
some other horrible form. Spell-bound, I gazed upon the
revolting spectacle; while the awful idea took possession
of my half-maddened brain, that foul murder had been
done here—that foul murder might still be done here—
that I might be the next victim—and that ere long my
own bones might lie with these, peradventure to give out
the same warning deathlight to another victim coming
after me.

Gradually I grew composed, so far as dread of supernatural
appearances had troubled me; and in order to
banish all fear by daring the worst, I walked up to the bones,
and seated myself upon them. I had not been in this
position many minutes, when I heard the groan repeated
which had so startled me at first. My mind being now in
a state better fitted for reasoning, I began to look around
me for a natural, rather than a supernatural, cause; and
to find the cause, I traversed my dungeon, and searched
every portion of it by the dim, phosphorescent light. I now
became satisfied that no human being save myself was
here confined; but it did not follow to my mind that no
human being was confined in a dungeon contiguous to
mine; and believing such to be the case, I said, in a loud
tone:

-- 292 --

[figure description] Page 292.[end figure description]

“If you who groan have power of speech, pray answer
me! Who are you? and where are you?”

“And who are you that asks?” replied a voice through
one of the walls.

“A victim of villainy,” I answered; “imprisoned in a
dungeon that I may never leave.”

“And I another,” said the voice.

“Your name?”

“Moreland.”

“Heavens!” exclaimed I: “Colonel Moreland?”

“The same—do you know me? who are you?” said
the voice in the same breath, and in a tone that denoted
surprise.

“I am Henry Walton,” I answered.

“It cannot be; you are deceiving me; he perished by
the halter.”

“He was executed, but did not perish,” I pursued,
eagerly. “He was rescued by your son, to whom he owes
his life.”

“Walter! my son! is he alive? and where is he then?”
cried the Colonel, in a quick, agitated tone.

I hastened to the spot from which the sound of the
other's voice seemed to issue; and putting my lips near
the wall, in a lower tone, lest we might be overheard,
hurriedly communicated the leading events connected with
myself since our separation—mentioning the escape of
Harley, how we had followed the banditti, and what had
led to my incarceration in my present gloomy abode.

“Thank God!” I heard him exclaim: “Walter is alive,
and free, and vengeance does not sleep. I can bear up
now, Mr. Walton,” he continued—“for you have given me
hope.”

“And why are you, like myself, immured in a dungeon?”
I inquired.

-- 293 --

[figure description] Page 293.[end figure description]

“Because I would not comply with the wishes of that
human fiend, Warncliff, and urge my daughter to sacrifice
herself to save me. He demands, as the price of my
liberation, the hand of my daughter in lawful marriage,
and an amount in gold that would beggar me; and he
frankly gives as a reason for seeking this honorable
alliance with Clara, when she is already in his power, that
I, being proud of my family and connections, would not
attempt to disgrace the husband of my child, to whose
marriage I had consented, for the paltry consideration of
revenge; and to make this doubly sure, he further
demands that I swear, by all I hold sacred, never to molest,
nor urge others to molest him; that I will never divulge
what I know of him; and that in the event of his becoming
involved in difficulty, I will stand forth as his friend.
What motive he has in putting in the last-mentioned
clause, is more than I can tell; for if detected in any of
his heinous crimes, I could not save him if I would; and
it certainly argues a fear of detection, which his bold,
high-handed villainies seem to contradict. He further
says, that when the money shall have been paid over to
him, at some place hereafter to be settled upon, I may
then take my daughter home with me; but that meantime
he will hold her as security; and as I deal by my oath, so
will be by her.”

“But you will not agree to his base proposals?” said I,
anxiously.

“No! since I know Walter lives, never, so help me
Heaven!” he replied, with energy. “But hist! I hear a
noise—perhaps some one is coming to me.”

No more words passed between us for perhaps a quarter
of an hour, when the Colonel again spoke, in a low tone:

“I think no one is listening; but it may be prudent for
us to hold no further conversation for the present.”

-- 294 --

[figure description] Page 294.[end figure description]

“A question or two first,” I replied. “How long have
you been confined in your dungeon?”

“Since yesterday eve.”

“Are you at liberty to move about?”

“Yes! Can I do any thing for you?”

“Not here; but should I be murdered, (I shuddered as
the word passed my lips,) and you escape, I trust you will
acquaint my friends with my fate?”

“Certainly I will—rely upon it—and avenge your
death, if that be possible. Alas! young man, I grieve
that you are here; for Warncliff hates you; and unless
something providentially snatches you from his power, you
may give over hope of life.”

“I know it—too well I know it,” I replied.

“Through his misrepresentations, I was led, a while
since, to do you injustice; for which, as we may never
meet again, I crave your forgiveness.”

“You have it, Colonel Moreland—you have it—and
oh!—”

“Well, go on!” he said, as I paused.

“Will you do me a favor, Colonel?” I continued, in a
hesitating tone.

“If in my power, as I hope for mercy, yes! Say on!”

In a tone tremulous with emotion, I continued:

“Should I perish here by the hands of the assassin, will
you tell your gentle daughter—will you tell Clara—that—
that—I thought of her—and prayed for her deliverance
in the last awful moment of my existence?”

“I will! I will!” answered the Colonel, quickly. “Ah!
Mr. Walton, you love her truly, I see; and should we all
escape the toils thrown around us, believe me, I will not
forget that you perilled your life to save hers.”

“Thanks!” cried I: “thanks! you rob death of half its
terrors, and yet make life dearer to me than ever. I have

-- 295 --

p464-312 [figure description] Page 295.[end figure description]

nothing more to ask. Farewell! and may Heaven's blessings
be upon you and yours!”

About an hour after this conversation, I heard sounds of
music, to which many feet kept time, indicating that the
alarm caused by my appearance among the banditti had
passed away, and that the dance was now renewed. An
hour later, the revelry began to grow boisterous; and so
continued till after midnight; when suddenly the sounds
of merriment were changed to cries of alarm.

CHAPTER XXV. THE ATTACK AND RESCUE.

I NOW heard the shrieks of women, the shouts of men,
and the report of fire-arms, all united in one uproarious
din; and my heart bounded with emotions of hope and
fear, such as one in my forlorn situation could alone experience.
That the rancho was attacked, was beyond question;
and should the assailants, whoever they were, prove
victorious, I could reasonably expect life and liberty. It
was probable to my mind, that Morton and Walter had
fallen in with a scouting party and guided them to the
relief of their friends, and were now valiantly fighting for
our deliverance. This of course was mere conjecture;
but it was a natural one; and oh! how I chafed at the
thought, that I could not make one of their number, and
strike a blow against my enemies for the freedom of her I
loved.

For perhaps a quarter of an hour, the sounds of fierce
and sanguinary strife continued; and shrieks, groans,
shouts, curses, and the sharp crack of fire-arms, resounded

-- 296 --

[figure description] Page 296.[end figure description]

from every quarter of the stronghold of the freebooters.
At length the noise of bloody contention began to die
away, and soon after comparative quiet reigned. I now
fairly trembled with anxiety to learn which party had
triumphed. But I was not doomed to be long kept in suspense;
for presently I heard footsteps on the floor above
me, and a voice, which with joy inexpressible I recognized,
exclaim:

“Is it here, villain?”

There was a reply; and the next moment the trap-door
was raised, and I beheld Morton Harley, with a torch in
his hand, bending forward, and endeavoring to peer down
into the gulf of darkness which enveloped me.

“Harry!” he cried, in an anxious tone—“are you
here, alive?”

“Yes! Morton—yes!” I fairly shrieked, in an excess of
joy that almost deprived me of the power of motion; and
I reeled forward like a drunken man, under a very disagreeable
sensation of suffocation. “The ladder!” I
gasped: “the ladder!”

The ladder was instantly lowered; and grasping the
lower portion, I leaned heavily against it for a few moments,
too overcome with joy to attempt an ascent. Feeling
my strength revive, I placed my foot upon the lower
round, and the next thing I remember I was locked in the
embrace of my friend and weeping like a child. Having
thus given vent to emotions that were stifling me, I withdrew
my arms from the neck of Harley, and, looking
eagerly into his face, exclaimed:

“Clara! Clara! tell me she is safe!”

“Heavens!” he replied, with a start: “I have not seen
her! Where is she?” he demanded, turning quickly
round to where he supposed one of Warncliff's men was
standing. “Ha! the fellow has fled,” he continued.
“But no matter: I promised him quarter and liberty if he

-- 297 --

[figure description] Page 297.[end figure description]

would conduct me to you, and he has taken all further responsibility
from me by rashly venturing to try escape
without my aid. But Clara! we must find her if she is to
be found.”

“Yes! yes!” I rejoined, eagerly: “let us make active
search;” and as I spoke, we both rushed out into the area
or inner court.

Here I saw a number of men in a kind of undress uniform,
with arms in their hands, variously occupied, and the
ground strewed with dead bodies, bloody and ghastly
spectacles, over several of which we had to step to cross
to the building from within which I had heard Clara's
voice while on the roof. As we were about to enter,
Walter came rushing out of an adjoining building, and
seeing me, instantly grasped my hand, and said, hurriedly:

“Ah! Walton, thank Heaven you are safe! But my
father—my sister—know you aught of them?”

“Your father is in a vault of yonder building, (and I
pointed to one which adjoined the granary) and Clara we
are searching for—God send we may find her safe!”

At this moment we were all startled by the cry of fire;
and looking around, perceived a thick volume of smoke
issuing from a range of low buildings, on the opposite side
of the granary and adjoining the corral, in which a number
of horses, belonging to the freebooters, were now
kicking and plunging at a furious rate. Several of the
men, who had been engaged in plundering the houses,
came running out at the cry of fire; and seeing at once
the state of affairs, instantly set to work to liberate and
secure the animals. The females, too, whom I had previously
seen—who, during the melee, had been huddled
together in one small room, half frightened out of their
senses—now came pouring into the court, filling the air
with shrieks of terror. A single glance showed me that

-- 298 --

[figure description] Page 298.[end figure description]

Clara was not among them; and bidding Walter fly to
save his father, while I made search for his sister, I darted
into the main dwelling. At the very threshold I stumbled
over the dead body of a Mexican; and by the light of the
torch, which Harley bore in after me, I saw several others
strewed about, weltering in their blood, all apparently
dead, and some of them horribly mutilated.

“The Rangers gave no quarter,” observed Harley.

“Are our friends the Texas Rangers, of whom Walter
spoke?” inquired I.

“Yes! and commanded by that dare-devil Walker,
whose very appellation is a word of terror to his enemies.”

I was too anxious concerning Clara to put further
questions at that moment, and I instantly shouted her
name.

“Who calls?” answered a faint voice above me.

“Ha! she lives!” cried I, in ecstacy; and looking up,
I perceived a trap door in the ceiling, but no means of
reaching it.

The truth flashed upon me at once. This had been her
place of confinement; and by removing the ladder, Warncliff
had both secured her against escape and intrusion.
For this ladder I now looked eagerly, but could not find it.

“Here! take the torch,” cried Harley, “and these
weapons, and remain here till I fetch the ladder from your
dungeon.”

He was absent but a brief time; during which I learned
from Clara that she was so secured by cords as not to be
able to make herself visible to me.

On the ladder being placed against the wall, I mounted
in haste, torch in hand, and soon its ruddy gleams fell
upon the object of my search. She was standing in the
middle of the apartment, neatly attired—her savage
costume having been exchanged for one of a more civilized
appearance—and as I rushed up to her, she sunk into my

-- 299 --

[figure description] Page 299.[end figure description]

arms, with a cry of joy, and fainted. She was still as
lovely as ever; but I could perceive the traces which
grief, fear and anxiety had made upon her pale features.
A strong cord was around her waist, with the other end
made fast to a ring in the floor, by which she had been
confined to a circuit of so many feet. To cut this was the
work of an instant; and lifting her gently, I bore her to
the top of the ladder, where Harley met and assisted me
to lower her to the ground.

There was now a scene of wild confusion in the open
court—men, women and horses all seemingly mixed up
together—while from the low structures, whence the smoke
had first issued, burst broad, lurid sheets of flame. I saw
at a glance that, with the headway the fire now had, it
would be impossible to save any of the buildings, and
consequently that there could be no place of safety within
the walls of the rancho. My first care, therefore, was to
bear the unconscious Clara through the great gate, which
stood wide open in the rear of the building we were in.
Harley accompanied me with the torch; and it was well
he did; for my half Indian costume, unshaved, begrimed,
weather-tanned face, and squalid appearance generally, led
some of the Rangers, who were hurrying out and in, to
mistake me for a Mexican; and more than once, but for
the timely interposition of my friend, I think they would
have done me a serious injury.

Scarcely had I got beyond the walls with my fair burden,
when I was startled by the heavy tramp of a body of
horse, and the next minute some thirty mounted men drew
up in front of the rancho, and the loud blast of a trumpet
rung out above the din.

“What means this?” asked I of Harley, in some
dismay.

“The Rangers,” he replied—“their leader is sounding
a recall.'

-- 300 --

[figure description] Page 300.[end figure description]

“I do not understand you: I took those to be the
Rangers we saw inside.”

“So they are, but only a part of the whole body. The
attack was made by one division, which scaled the walls,
and this is the other division, which remained without to
cut off the fugitives. They have just returned from pursuing
them.”

At this moment a young man, of small stature, came up
to us, and abruptly demanded:

“What's this?”

“Ha! Captain, glad to see you safe,” answered Harley,
“This is my friend, and the fair lady we came to liberate.
Mr. Walton, Captain Walker.”

From having heard much, at different times, of the
redoubtable feats of Walker, whose name was truly a word
of terror to his foes, I had naturally formed the idea that
he was a large, brawny, heavy-bearded, fierce-looking
fellow; and consequently the reader can judge of my
surprise, on being introduced to him so unexpectedly, and
finding him a small, slenderly made man, with a smooth
almost boyish face, short brown hair and blue eyes, and
nothing about him either remarkable or striking.

He slightly nodded to me, as Harley mentioned my
name; and pointing to Clara, whom I was supporting on
one arm, said:

“Is she wounded?”

“No, Captain, only fainted;” and as I spoke, Clara
drew a long breath and opened her eyes.

“She recovers,” he added. “Here, Hanson, (turning
to one of his men) bring hither your horse, and be quick.”
And as the one addressed disappeared, he continued to us:
“Let the lady mount as soon as she is able, for we must
away.”

“My father and Walter, where are they?” now cried
Clara.

-- 301 --

[figure description] Page 301.[end figure description]

“Good heavens!” exclaimed I, horror-struck at the idea:
“God send they have not perished in the flames!” and I
was about to dart into the rancho in search of them, when
both at the instant came rushing through the gate.

“Father! dear, dear father!” cried Clara.

“My child! my daughter!” returned the Colonel; and
the next moment they were locked in each other's embrace.

Walter's turn came next; and as he pressed his lips to
his sister's, tears of joy dimmed the eyes of both—nor was
I unmoved at the scene.

“Ah! Colonel Moreland, glad to see you unhurt,” said
Walker, offering his hand, for the two had met before.

“Captain Walker,” responded the Colonel, seizing the
proffered hand and shaking it warmly, “I am not a man
of many words—but depend upon it I shall not forget what
you have done for me and mine. You have made rough
work here, and I hope you have exterminated the accursed
band.”

“Some have escaped,” answered the Captain, quietly;
“but I think they will remember us.”

“Have you lost any of your brave fellows?”

“Some half-a-dozen, I fear. Well, Sergeant, (to one of
his men who now came up) how many are missing?”

“There'll be seven vacant saddles, Captain.”

“Are the bodies found?”

“Four of them.”

“How many wounded?”

“None unfit for duty.”

“We must bury the dead, and then depart.”

It was a picturesque, but gloomy scene, as, by the light
of the burning rancho, the Rangers made a hasty burial
of their fallen comrades. While this was taking place,
having resigned Clara to the care of her father, I held a

-- 302 --

[figure description] Page 302.[end figure description]

hurried conversation with Harley, and this is the substance
of what I gathered.

On my separating from my friends to spy out the
inmates of the rancho, they had listened in anxious suspense
till the shouts of the freebooters too clearly proclaimed
that I had been taken prisoner. Knowing themselves
powerless to do any thing for me, and remembering
what I had made them promise, they immediately set off,
in the hope that, providentially, they might fall in with
succor. They took a southerly direction, and soon reached
the bank of a large stream, which they concluded must be
the Rio Grande. This they began to descend, keeping
the water in sight, and had advanced some five or six
miles, alternately through glade and chapparal, when they
heard a body of horse approaching from below. Concealing
themselves, they waited till the horsemen were abreast
of them, when, thinking it more than likely they were
Americans, they hailed.

Fortunately the horsemen proved to be the Texas Rangers,
who were on a scouting expedition in quest of the
notorious Romano Falcon; and on hearing the story of
Walter and Morton, Walker decided on making an immediate
attack on the rancho, thinking it not improbable
that Falcon and his band might be within. They accordingly
approached the stronghold quietly, and while one
party scaled the walls and made a sudden onset inside, the
other remained without to cut off all who might seek escape
by flight. Whether Warncliff was among the living or
dead, Harley did not know.

While on his way back to the rancho, Harley had
learned our geographical locality, with other matters of
great interest to us, who had been so long without news
of any kind. We were about a mile and a half from the
Rio Grande, and about fifteen miles above Matamoras,
opposite which place General Taylor was now encamped

-- 303 --

[figure description] Page 303.[end figure description]

with the main body of his little army, engaged in throwing
up the redoubt since known as Fort Brown, and each
moment expecting an attack from the enemy, who, with
treble his numbers, was watching him from the other side
of the river. Some skirmishing had already taken place
between small detachments of Americans and Mexicans;
but as yet there had been no pitched battle between the
two armies. The notorious Romano Falcon had drawn
the first blood, by fiendishly beating in the skull of the
gallant Colonel Cross, who had unfortunately been taken
prisoner by some of his cut-throat band. For this murderous
deed a price had been set on his head, and vengeance,
summary and terrible, sworn against him.

By the time Harley had communicated this much,
horses were brought to us, and we were requested to
mount. On looking around, I perceived, by the lurid light
of the burning rancho, that most of the Rangers were in
their saddles. The exceptions were Walker and some of
his subordinate officers, who were conversing with the fair
Mexican senoritas. These latter stood grouped together
near the gate, looking very much distressed and disconsolate—
as in fact they had good reason to be—all their
friends having fled or been killed, leaving them to the
mercy of their country's foes. Presently an order was
given, and some twenty of the horses, which had belonged
to the bandits, were brought up to the group. On the
bare backs of these beasts the girls were mounted; and
while the end of a halter was allowed each to steady herself
by and keep her position, a Ranger rode by her side
and had full control over the animal that carried her.

Every thing now being in readiness for departure, Walker
sprung upon the back of his own high-mettled beast, the
bugle was sounded, the Rangers fell into position, and
we set off at a steady trot, shaping our course for the Rio
Grande at the nearest point.

-- 304 --

[figure description] Page 304.[end figure description]

For some distance the light of the burning rancho enabled
us to see in every direction; and for a long time
after, its lurid gleams were visible on the azure vault
above us. We left it alone, to do its work of purification,
and cleanse the earth of a spot foul with crime.

On reaching the bank of the river, the Mexican girls
dismounted; and bringing from concealment some three
or four small boats, they waved the Rangers a grateful
adios for their gallantry, and were soon rowing over the
water to their homes on the other side. Many of the
latter, doubtless, regretted such speedy parting from their
fair companions—but the word of their leader was a law
which none dared disobey.

Walker now rode up to us, and said:

“Gentlemen, I should be glad to escort you myself to
Taylor's camp—but the business I am on will not permit.
From yonder females I have learned it was reported at
the rancho, that Romano Falcon and his assassin band,
leagued with one Count D'Estang and a few followers, are
above here, and I am eager to fall in with the cut-throats
and do them justice. Therefore I have selected ten
trusty fellows, who will take down the captured horses, and
I trust give you a safe escort.”

The Colonel replied, warmly thanking him for all he
had done, and expressing himself satisfied with this
arrangement—adding, that but for his daughter, he, for
one, would gladly accompany him.

“As for Romano Falcon,” he continued, “I know
nothing about him; but this so-called Count D'Estang, is
a villain of the worst stamp, whom you have touched in a
vital part already.”

“I do not understand you,” said Walker.

“The cut-throats you have just attacked, killed, or put
to rout, were under his command.”

“Ha! indeed? Then while assisting you, `I have done

-- 305 --

p464-322 [figure description] Page 305.[end figure description]

the State some service.' But time presses. Adieu, Colonel
and gentlemen.”

With this the gallant Captain closed conversation with
our party, gave a few rapid orders to his men, and instantly
dashed away.

Our escort of ten had some thirty horses to manage,
besides those which they rode; but the animals were not
refractory, and gave them very little trouble. We continued
down the bank of the river, conversing among ourselves,
in low tones, each congratulating the other on his
Providential escape, and all secretly returning thanks for
the wonderful manner in which we had been preserved and
brought together.

“Dear Clara,” said I, in a very low tone, riding close
to her side, “I feel an inexpressible happiness in knowing
that I had something to do with your rescue from an
awful doom.”

She seemed to shudder; and then extending a hand,
which I eagerly seized, said, tremulously:

“Ah! say no more to me now—my emotions are too
deep for utterance. I would be alone in thought, to thank
God for the wonderful deliverance of myself and those I
love.”

For some six or eight miles we continued down the bank
of the Rio Grande, without accident or incident, and were
in the act of crossing an open plot of ground, surrounded
by dense chaparral, when suddenly armed horsemen burst
in upon us on every side, to the number of a hundred or
more. Instantly the Rangers let go their captured horses;
and drawing their revolvers, with which all were armed,
made a bold, determined dash upon the closing circle of
Mexicans, calling on us to follow. Had there been no
lady in our party, we should have done so, and doubtless
some of us would have escaped; but as it was, each seemed

-- 306 --

[figure description] Page 306.[end figure description]

to think more of the safety of Clara than his own; and
instinctively, as it were, we formed a close circle around
her, to protect her from any chance shot.

The Rangers were now having a desperate struggle
with their enemies, as we could tell by yells and groans,
the quick report of fire-arms, and the clash of steel.
During the melee, Harley uttered a sharp cry of pain, and
his bridle-arm fell dangling by his side, broken by a chance
ball. While we were endeavoring to render him some
assistance, a party dashed up to us, the leader shouting in
Spanish that we must instantly yield ourselves prisoners
or be cut to pieces.

The Colonel understood enough of Spanish to reply
that we had made and should make no resistance.

CHAPTER XXVI. IN THE CAMP OF THE ENEMY.

None of the Rangers were taken prisoners, and only
two made their escape—the others died fighting on the
ground. But the Mexicans paid dearly for their victory—
having lost one officer and seventeen privates, killed in
the skirmish—besides seven others very seriously, if not
fatally, wounded.

Stripping from the Rangers every thing of value, the
valiant victors proceeded to collect their own dead and
wounded, to take with them into Matamoras. They also
took from us our arms; and then separating us, detailed
four dragoons as a guard to each person—so much did
they fear something unexpected and desperate might

-- 307 --

[figure description] Page 307.[end figure description]

suddenly be accomplished by los Americanos. In this manner
we were escorted to one of the upper ferries, and
taken across the Rio Grande. Day broke just as we
reached the right bank of the river; and as we entered
the city, the sun rose bright and beautiful, dispelling even
the gloom of the mind, and making every thing look pleasant
and cheerful.

Hundreds of citizens and soldiers were abroad—and
windows and roofs showed many a pretty pair of black
eyes peering at us as we rode past to the Grand Plaza,
whither our captors conducted us in triumph. This Plaza
is a large open square, surrounded by trees and buildings,
from which diverge several wide streets. On one side was
an unfinished Cathedral, and opposite it a prison. All the
houses fronting on the square were either brick or stone,
with very thick walls, and heavy iron grates to the windows.

From one of these, a massive stone structure, waved
the Mexican flag, and around the door stood several officers
in splendid uniforms. This was the head-quarters of
General Arista, who had lately arrived in town as commander-in-chief.
The Square, or Plaza, was full of soldiers
on parade—their new, beautiful uniforms, and bright,
glittering arms, as they marched and countermarched, setting
off their persons to great advantage, and giving them
quite a formidable military appearance.

Now that we were considered in safe quarters, we were
allowed to come together, though still surrounded by a
strong guard. The dead were also conveyed into the Cathedral,
to have mass said over the bodies, and the wounded
taken to the hospital, while our commandant went to
make a report to his chief.

“Where will our adventures end? and what will be the
end of them?” were the first words of the Colonel, in a
desponding tone, as we met in the Plaza. “But I beg

-- 308 --

[figure description] Page 308.[end figure description]

your pardon, Mr. Harley! I had forgotten your wound—
it must be very painful.”

“It is somewhat so,” replied Harley.

“If we could only get a surgeon, and have it attended
to!” said Clara, anxiously, who seemed to think more of
him than herself.

“A surgeon we must have,” said Walter, “if we can
possibly procure one. Father, you can speak a little
Spanish, pray make inquiry of one of these fellows, as to
how we can best manage the matter.”

The Colonel accordingly addressed a few words to one
of our guard; who answered in a surly tone, that as to
surgeon, he would like to act in that capacity long enough
to perform an operation on all our throats, or words to
that effect.

As the Colonel translated his reply, Clara exclaimed:

“Good heavens! have we indeed been passed from one
band of illegal cut-throats to another of legal assassins?”

“We indeed seem to be the foot-balls of Fortune,” replied
Harley; “and where the foot of the fickle dame
will send us next, Heaven only knows!”

“I think,” said I, “this fellow's gruffness is not a
standard by which to judge our foes: I have heard that
Spanish officers are gentlemen.”

“And so, doubtless, we shall find them,” rejoined
Harley.

While we were thus conversing, an order came to conduct
us into the presence of General Arista. To be brief,
we found him very polite and gentlemanly; and after
hearing our story, and asking us a few questions, he said
that we did not properly come under the title of prisoners
of war—as, when taken, we were not in arms against
Mexico; and if we would give our parole not to take up
arms against his country during the war now pending, we
should be at liberty to depart when and where we pleased.

-- 309 --

[figure description] Page 309.[end figure description]

We held a consultation among ourselves, and came to
the conclusion that such a parole too much encroached
upon the liberty of free-born Americans, and we declined
to accept his proposal.

“Then policy will compel me to order you under guard,”
was his reply.

“Let us give our parole not to attempt to leave the city
for a week,” suggested Harley.

To this proposition we all agreed; and on making it
known to Arista, he cordially accepted it, and invited us
to dine with him on the following day, when he said we
should meet some captured American officers. He then
gave us written permits to go any where within the limits
of the city, and politely bowed us out. We left the presence
with a very favorable opinion of the Mexican Commander.

Before setting out on his expedition in search of me,
Harley, with his usual forethought, not knowing what
might happen, had sewed up in the lining of an under-garment
a number of gold coins, which the freebooters, in
searching him, had not discovered; and these now proved
of incalculable benefit to us—all of whom, save him, were
penniless. With true generosity, he now made a general
distribution among the party; and as gold will always
command attention and respect in any country, we soon
had the satisfaction of knowing that, for the present, we
should want for nothing, and our spirits rose accordingly.
In a very short time we found ourselves fixed in comfortable
quarters; and a surgeon was sent for, who skillfully
set my friend's arm, and carefully dressed the wound.
While my friends procured such articles of clothing as
they stood most in need of, I made an entire renovation of
the outward man; and with a cleanly shaved face, and a
decent wig on my head, I flattered myself I once more
had the appearance of a very respectable white individual.

-- 310 --

[figure description] Page 310.[end figure description]

Beyond the exciting incidents of my adventures, I feel
that the reader can have very little interest in my personal
narrative; and were it otherwise, I have neither
time, space, nor inclination to record commonplace affairs.
I trust I may, therefore, with propriety, pass over all
periods of comparative inaction with a very few words.

During the week that I remained in Matamoras on
parole, I held frequent and long conversations with Clara—
my friends ever managing to leave us alone together,
the Colonel not excepted. These days, as I recall them,
are among the most pleasant of my life; and it was with
joy inexpressible I saw her spirits revive, the bloom of
health gradually return to her wan, faded cheek, and a
look of happiness beam from her soft blue eyes. But
withal, I was not wholly contented with my situation. I
foresaw there was soon to be a fearful struggle between the
armies of my country and Mexico; and I felt that in the
present crisis the former had need of every arm that
could be raised for her support. Love struggled in my
breast against duty and patriotism. I could not bear to
think of tearing myself away from one I so dearly loved,
perhaps never to see her again; and yet to remain here,
inactive, with my gallant countrymen contending against
overwhelming numbers, seemed a species of cowardice at
which my soul revolted. True, I was a prisoner, and not
a soldier; true again, I was but a single individual; and
of what advantage would be a single arm in so unequal a
combat? Then I reflected that an army was only so many
single individuals—that a thousand was only so many
units—and if all should reason thus, who would be left to
sustain the honor of my country? The first battle I knew
would be an important one—and if won by Americans,
would be of incalculable benefit, in inspiring confidence
and damping the ardor of the foe; if lost, vice versa.
The events of the week gradually determined me; and I

-- 311 --

[figure description] Page 311.[end figure description]

resolved, if it were possible, to effect my escape at the expiration
of my parole.

On dining with General Arista the day following our
arrival in Matamoras, I met two American officers who had
recently been made prisoners. In conversation with them.
I learned that Taylor's whole force was but little over two
thousand, while that under Arista was nearly treble this
number. The General, too, aroused my national pride, by
a remark which was translated to me. Speaking of Taylor,
he said it was a pity that such a handful of troops
should be entrusted to so fool-hardy a commander, who, to
gratify an over-weening confidence and vanity, might yet
venture to give him battle, when his whole force would be
swept away like chaff before the wind; and added, that
he pitied the soldiers as much as he despised their leader.
My cheek burned at this recital, and I felt I should like to
be one of the pitied few.

At the time of our capture by the Mexican troops,
General Taylor was encamped opposite Matamoras, hourly
expecting an attack. This attack, however, was not made;
and three or four days after, he withdrew with his main
force to Point Isabel, leaving the fort he had constructed
garrisoned by a regiment of infantry, under the command
of the lamented Major Brown. The news of his retreat,
as the Mexicans termed it, was hailed by the ringing of
bells, discharge of arms, and other demonstrations of joy.

On the second day after Taylor's departure, I was
startled early in the morning by a heavy cannonade, and
soon ascertained that the Mexican guns had opened upon the
Fort. The streets, too, were thronged with soldiers, who
were already marching out of the city, and crossing the
Rio Grande above and below the town. I knew by this
that a battle must shortly take place, and I felt more
than ever anxious to have a part in it.

Nothing had been said to us, meantime, about extending

-- 312 --

[figure description] Page 312.[end figure description]

our parole; and I augured that, during the excitement of
more momentous affairs, we should be overlooked entirely.
At all events, I had resolved not to give any further
parole, and escape if I could when the present one should
expire.

And I had further resolved not to let my friends know of
my design till I had attempted to put it in execution—and
for these reasons: Clara, I knew, would strongly oppose
my going, and I wished to avoid a scene; the Colonel,
even, might not approve of it; Harley would object,
because his wound would not permit him to be my companion;
and Walter, I feared, would insist on accompanying
me, in which case all would have to be made known to
his father, or I be censured for his clandestine departure.
In view of all these things, I wrote a few lines to each,
telling them my plans, and giving my reasons for doing as
I did, and enclosed the whole in one envelope, addressed to
Colonel Moreland, and left it where it would be found the
morning after my departure.

To be brief, on the night following the expiration of my
parole, I managed to get past the sentinels stationed at the
lower part of the town, and, descending the Rio Grande
about a mile, swum across, and immediately repaired to
Fort Brown. Here, on being challenged, I answered:

“I am an American, and have just escaped from the
enemy.”

This procured me admittance; and on entering, I was
surprised to meet Captain Walker. He did not at first
recognize me, owing to my altered appearance; but on
mentioning my name, he offered me his hand, and said:

“I am glad you escaped—I hope your friends did also.”

In a few words I told him what had since happened to
us, and how I came to be at the Fort now.

“So,” he rejoined, “you wish to have a hand in the

-- 313 --

[figure description] Page 313.[end figure description]

expected fight? Well, it is not far off, and we shall need
all the men we can raise. Taylor is now at Point Isabel,
and between him and us the enemy is gathering in force.
The General heard the bombardment here, and resolved to
communicate with the Fort before setting out on his return
march. I brought his despatches safely through last night,
and within the hour shall be on my way back. If you
would like to accompany me, I will provide you with a
horse and arms.”

“The very favor I would have asked,” returned I,
eagerly.

“It is by no means a safe journey,” he rejoined.
“Between here and Point Isabel are some four or five
thousand of the enemy, and we may not expect to get
through without a brush.”

“I will join my fortune with yours,” said I.

“Enough!” he replied; and turning away, he gave
directions that a horse, etcetera, should be provided for
me.

At this moment another person was admitted into the
Fort; and what was my astonishment to recognize in the
new comer Walter Moreland! He was no less astonished
to find me here before him.

“Can I believe my eyes?” he cried, as he seized my
hand. “Why, Henry Walton, how in the name of all that
is wonderful do I find you here?”

“The very question I was about to ask you,” I replied.

Mutual explanations followed, by which it appeared that
we had both been seized with the same patriotic idea, and
each had planned and executed his escape like the other.
For the very same reason that I had kept my design a secret
from him, he had kept his a secret from me, and from his
friends also. Like myself, he had left a note behind, had
set out at the same hour, had got past the sentinels in

-- 314 --

[figure description] Page 314.[end figure description]

the upper part of the town, and had swum the Rio Grande
above Matamoras, while I was swimming it below.

“There is something very curious in all this,” said I:
“and it goes to prove, what never before occurred to me—
namely—that we may think alike as well as look
alike.”

Another horse was provided for Walter, and we set out
on our perilous journey—our party, with the gallant Walker
at its head, numbering only nine, all told.

About five miles from Fort Brown, we suddenly came
upon a strong picket-guard of the enemy, drawn up directly
in our way. They challenged, and Walker answered by
firing some three or four shots in quick succession, and
shouting to us:

“Charge through the — yellow skins, comrades, and
give them a volley as you pass!”

He led the way, and we followed, firing right and left;
and ere the astonished Mexicans had fairly comprehended
what was taking place, we were far on the other side of
them, speeding onward like the wind.

About a mile beyond the picket-guard, as we were
dashing on at the same furious speed, Walker, who was
still on the lead, suddenly wheeled his horse to the left,
plunged into some thick chaparral, and shouted:

“The enemy! the enemy! Bend low in your saddles
and follow me.”

Scarcely were the words spoken, when crack, crack
went some fifty muskets; and the balls whizzed over us,
under us, and about us, so that it seems a miracle none of
us were harmed. For the next ten miles we had to ride
with great caution; for we were completely surrounded by
the enemy, and nothing but the darkness saved us from
being killed or made prisoners. We had several other
narrow escapes, but got through in safety; and in five

-- 315 --

p464-332 [figure description] Page 315.[end figure description]

hours from leaving Fort Brown, Walker was making his
report to General Taylor at Point Isabel.

Great fears had been entertained that he had either
been killed or taken prisoner; and his safe arrival, and
cheering intelligence that all was right at the Fort, was
hailed with every demonstration of joy—not only by his
own men, but by the whole army—and great enthusiasm
and high spirits were the consequence.

CHAPTER XXVII. ON THE FIELD OF PALO ALTO.

The day following our arrival at Point Isabel, was one
of general bustle in the Camp. The report of Walker,
that the enemy was encamped in great numbers between
Point Isabel and the River Fort, as it was at this time
called, led every one to anticipate a general battle on the
return of Taylor, which he had decided on, and for which
he was now making active preparations.

In a brief conversation we held with Captain Walker,
Walter and I offered our services for the approaching
engagement, but told him for the present we did not wish
to enlist for any definite term of service. He replied that
it was unusual to accept volunteers on such conditions;
that it was necessary for all new recruits to go through a
certain routine of discipline before being brought into
action; but concluded by saying that the present was an
emergency—that he was short of men—that all who could
and would serve against the enemy were needed—and that
if we felt disposed to take part in the approaching contest,
we might remain in his corps.

-- 316 --

[figure description] Page 316.[end figure description]

The next day, the seventh of May, General Taylor
issued marching orders; and at three o'clock in the afternoon
the whole army, a little over two thousand in number,
was put in motion, with a large train of provisions and
munitions of war. We proceeded some five or six miles
on the road to Matamoras, and encamped for the night!
Alas! the last night preceding the awful night of death
which many a poor fellow, then buoyant with hope and
glorious anticipations, was ever destined to see. The
morrow! the eventful morrow!

Before the break of day the Rangers were in their
saddles, and we set out in advance of the main army to
reconnoitre the position of the enemy. When we reached
what had been his main camp, we found it deserted. This
looked as if he were not intending to give us battle; and
returning, Walker made his report to General Taylor.

A little after sunrise the army and train were put in
motion, while we again set off in advance, being detailed as
scouts. Before noon we came in sight of the enemy,
whose whole force was drawn up directly across the road,
and whose lines, extending some mile and a half, gave him
a very formidable appearance. On making this discovery,
we turned back, met our General, and reported accordingly.

About noon the two armies came in sight of each other.
Taylor's forces were at this time upon a wide, level plain,
and near a pond of clear, cold water. In front was a row
of dwarfish trees, which the Mexicans denominated Palo
Alto; and beyond these, the bright uniforms of the foe
could be faintly discerned, their polished arms glittering
and flashing in the clear sunlight. Here our considerate
General ordered a halt, and permitted his men, one half at
a time, to fill their canteens at the pond—after which he
permitted them to rest an hour.

This proceeding, trifling though it may seem, I have no

-- 317 --

[figure description] Page 317.[end figure description]

doubt gave us the brilliant victory of Palo Alto; for the
troops had marched twelve miles, under a burning sun, had
suffered much for want of water, and were greatly fatigued;
and had they been brought into action immediately on
coming in sight of the enemy, I do not think they could
have withstood, for hours, a fresh, vigorous foe of treble
their numbers.

As soon as the men had sufficiently rested, the columns
were formed, and the order to march was given; and with
slow, firm, martial trend, the whole force moved, with the
precision of a drill, over the soft, matted grass of the
prairie, which gave back no sound.

These were the awful moments to try the nerves of the
bravest. Slowly, but surely, they were approaching an
overwhelming foe, and knew that in a few minutes, at the
farthest, the terrible carnage of battle would begin, and
that Death, riding on the iron hail of belching cannons,
would be busy in their midst. Now they had time to
think—to reflect—to see, as it were, the danger upon
which they were advancing; and if their cheeks paled,
their hearts beat faster, and they felt that their limbs were
growing too weak to support them, it was no proof that
they lacked courage, but only showed how nature instinctively
shrinks from inactively meeting the grim King of
Terrors. To perform daring and valorous feats amid the
smoke and carnage and roar of battle, is nothing; but to
march slowly, deliberately, up to the death-dealing engines
of war, while a breathless silence prevails, which, when
next broken, may be the signal of your transit to another
world, will try the nerves of the hero of a hundred battles.

When about seven hundred yards divided us from the
advance of the Mexicans, they opened a heavy fire from
their batteries on the right. The moment they did so,
General Taylor spurred his charger along his van, gave

-- 318 --

[figure description] Page 318.[end figure description]

orders to have it deployed into line, and exhorted the men
to be firm, and prove themselves true descendants of the
heroes of other fields. At the same time the artillery received
instructions to return the enemy's fire; and then all
minor sounds were drowned in the roar of these mighty
engines of death. The battle had truly begun.

It is not my intention to describe the fierce engagements
of the eighth and ninth of May—the battles of
Palo Alto and Resaca de la Palma. Other pens, abler
than mine, have already done justice to the gallant spirits
who there fought, and bled, and won immortal renown in
two of the most brilliant victories on record; and to these
vivid descriptions I must refer all who may be curious beyond
my personal adventures.

When the action began, the Texas Rangers, with a
squadron of dragoons, occupied an advanced position on
the right; but soon after we fell back, and took a position
on the extreme right, where we awaited further orders.
We were not long kept idle. A body of lancers made a
demonstration as if to outflank us and seize our batteries;
perceiving which, Walker gave the command:

“Forward! charge!”

Away we flew, the earth trembling under us; and soon
friends and foes were mingled in fierce and bloody action;
and groans, shouts, curses, the clash of steel and report of
fire-arms, made a horrid din.

From this moment we knew no rest. Charge on charge
was continually made, in different directions, on different
parties, till, I believe, ere the day was won, the Rangers
passed over every portion of the field. I saw no flinching;
all strove to be first upon the foe; and valiantly did we all
do our duty. But none could outdo our gallant Captain.
He was every where foremost; and when I saw the activity
he displayed, the power and rapidity of his blows, his
daring, and his unequalled skill in horsemanship—while his

-- 319 --

[figure description] Page 319.[end figure description]

thin nostrils seemed to expand like those of a war-horse
rushing to battle, and his eyes, lately so cold and dull,
flashed and burned with fierce enthusiasm—I no longer
wondered that his name was a word of terror to his foes.

The sun was drawing near the verge of the horizon,
and yet the battle was raging as fiercely as ever, and none
could say on whose banner victory would yet perch. Side
by side Walter and I had charged and fought unharmed,
while many a saddle of our gallant corps had been vacated,
and more than one horse and rider had falled to rise no
more. We were at this moment pausing on the left wing
of our army, striving to get a view of the enemy's manœuvers
through the sulphurous smoke, that, cloud-like, rose to
the very heavens, and from out which came the loud thunders
of artillery, the sharp rattle of musketry, and shouts,
and shrieks, and groans, and all the concomitant sounds of
bloody strife. Suddenly Walker turned in his saddle, and
pointing to a small body of horsemen, barely seen manœuvering
on the enemy's right, cried:

“Yonder is Romano Falcon and his accursed band
of Guerrillas. We must annihilate them! Forward!
charge!”

As he spoke, he buried the rowels in his own high
mettled steed, we followed his example, and the next moment
the earth seemed flying under us. Away, away we
sped; and in less time than it has taken me to record the
fact, we were bearing down, with the force of a thundering
avalanche, straight upon the foe. He saw us just in time to
meet us in full career; and we came together with a terrible
shock; and balls whizzed, steel clashed, and men like demons
strove in the struggle of death.

Suddenly I felt my horse sinking under me, and I made
a hasty effort to leap from his back. But my foot became
entangled in the stirrup; and ere I could extricate myself,
the animal fell, with a death-groan, and rolled heavily upon

-- 320 --

[figure description] Page 320.[end figure description]

my imprisoned limb. I shrieked with a pain too intense
for sensitive nature to bear, and instantly the dark night
of unconsciousness closed around me.

When I next opened my eyes, the shades of coming
night were stealing over the earth, and objects at a distance
were fast growing dim and indistinct. The sounds
of strife had ceased—the smoke of battle was clearing
away—but who were the victors? I now felt the most
excruciating pain in my leg, on which the fallen beast still
lay; and this pain, darting up into my body, seemed at
intervals as if it would again deprive me of my senses. I
made an effort to extricate myself; but oh! pen and
tongue are inadequate to describe the terrible agony it
caused me! and I soon fell back exhausted, uttering a
deep, heavy groan.

My groan had an echo; and on turning my head, I
perceived near me a dark human object. After two or
three more groans from this object, it uttered words that
thrilled me:

“Water! water! give me water or I die?”

It was the voice that thrilled—so like—could it be? I
shuddered, but kept my eyes riveted upon the human
mass.

Presently it began to move—seemed to roll together
like a ball—then slowly rose to an upright posture and
staggered toward me.

By the waning light I now had a fair view of that face.
I knew it. Ghastly, bloody, with rolling eyes and livid
lips, I failed not to recognise it. Great God of Justice!
Thy hand was here in awful retribution! My blood
seemed to curdle in my veins, as I gazed upon that face,
already working in the convulsions of death.

It was the face of Willard Warncliff.

“We meet strangely!” said I.

“Ha!” he cried, trying to steady himself and fix his

-- 321 --

[figure description] Page 321.[end figure description]

fading sight upon my face: “I should know that voice!
Yes! yes!—ha! ha! ha!—it is you!” he cried, with a
wild, unearthly laugh, while his contorted features assumed
a demoniac expression. “It is you, Henry Walton!
Enough! we meet thus; but not to part; death claims us
both.”

He drew a knife as he spoke, and, with a howl of
mingled rage and pain, made a lunge toward me. But
death had too firm a hold upon him—nature was too much
exhausted—and he fell heavily to the earth—his head
within two feet of me. At first I thought him dead; but
presently he gave a groan, raised his face, and turned its
ghastly visage full upon me. Oh! that look! that awful
look! I shall never forget it—would to Heaven I could!
His strength, what little remained, was now failing fast—
he saw and knew I was beyond his feeble reach—and
slowly grinding his teeth together, he hissed out between
them:

“You triumph yet!”

Then grasping convulsively the matted grass, he slowly
sunk down to the earth, gave one long, gurgling gasp, and
expired. Thus did I witness the death of my rival and
foe; but oh! the sensations I then and there experienced
none may know.

I now made another effort to extricate myself; but finding
I could not, and the pain excessive, I lay back upon
the earth, and for the next hour suffered, both physically
and mentally, more than words can describe. It had now
become quite dark; no living soul was apparently near
me; and the thought that I might thus be left to pass the
night, filled me with horror.

At length I heard voices, and, by the gleam of a torch,
beheld some half-a-dozen figures approaching me. Whether
they might prove friends or foes, I could not tell; but I
was in a condition to feel that any change could not be for

-- 322 --

[figure description] Page 322.[end figure description]

the worse, even though it were death itself; and I called
to them for help. Instantly they quickened their pace,
and came up to me on a run; and judge of my delight,
when in the foremost I recognized my valued friend,
Walter Moreland!

“Alive!” he fairly shouted: “alive! thank God, Walton,
we find you alive! I was fearful you had fallen to
rise no more.”

“And we are victorious, then?” said I.

“We have won the field to-day, my friend—a glorious
victory—but what will be our fate to-morrow none can say.”

Walter had seen me fall, heard my shriek, and, the battle
over, had come in quest of me, believing he should find only
my cold remains; his joy therefore may be imagined. On
removing the carcass of the horse from my leg, it was
found to be broken above the knee—but I had sustained
no other serious injury. The men raised me carefully, and
bore me away; but ere they did so, I pointed to the
corpse of Warncliff, and said to Walter:

“Look there!”

He turned over the dead body, and by the light of the
torch recognized the features.

“Tis well!” he said, with compressed lips; and then
turned away with a slight shudder of disgust.

I was carried to the train, which was parked, and placed
among the other wounded, to wait my turn, for the surgeons
were all busy. I will not describe that night of horrors.
It is enough to say that I suffered as much in sympathy
for the poor fellows every now and then brought in—
(and whose shrieks and groans, under the knife or saw
of the men of science, made my heart ache)—as for myself.

In my turn my wants were attended to—my broken limb
was set and splintered—and though at another time I
might have thought my hurt a great misfortune, yet when
I looked upon the bleeding, mangled and dying beings who

-- 323 --

[figure description] Page 323.[end figure description]

surrounded me, I felt truly grateful to God that I had been
spared such awful affliction as theirs.

Notwithstanding I repeatedly urged Walter to leave me,
and try to get some rest, to be prepared for the eventful
morrow, he remained up with me a great portion of the
night; but toward morning he took his leave, and our
parting was a sad one.

The next day the wounded, myself among the number,
were sent back to Point Isabel, where we remained in
anxious suspense, listening to the booming cannon, which
told that another fearful battle was raging. Oh! how
tediously and anxiously passed the hours, till the welcome
news came that another brilliant victory had been won,
and that the enemy, totally routed, had returned to Matamoras.
Then the shouts of enthusiastic joy that went up,
seemed to infuse new life into even the dying—for more
than one eye, already glazing in death, was seen to brighten
at the glorious intelligence.

CHAPTER XXVIII. “LAST SCENE OF ALL. ”

Soon after my return to Point Isabel, not wishing to
remain among the wounded, I rented a shanty of one of
the sutlers, and had myself removed into more quiet, if
not more comfortable quarters. I also procured the services
of a black fellow, who, though by no means a second
Tom, attended upon me faithfully, and did all that lay in
his power to render himself useful to me. I experienced
much pain from my broken limb, and was at times very

-- 324 --

[figure description] Page 324.[end figure description]

despondent; but when I reflected how much worse it might
have been, and recalled the awful sufferings I had seen
others undergo, I truly felt I had more cause for rejoicing
than repining.

But what had become of my friends? what was their
present fate? I had seen nothing of Walter, nor heard a
word from him, nor of him, since our parting on the battle-field
of Palo Alto. Had he been wounded or killed? I
had looked anxiously over a list of names reported, but
his was not among them, and I knew not what to think
regarding him. And Clara—dear Clara—how fared it
with her? and with her father and Harley? Were they
still prisoners in Matamoras? and would our victories give
them freedom? or serve to render their situation more disagreeable,
not to say desperate?

Days passed—weary days—days of deep, heart-felt
anxiety: nights passed—lonely nights—nights of feverish
restlessness, in which I often awoke from wild, horrible
dreams. During this period I suffered much, bodily and
mentally; and it was only, as I have said, when I considered
how much I had to be thankful for, that I could feel
resigned to my situation, and bear the attendant ills without
a murmur.

One day, one bright and beautiful day, toward the latter
part of May, as I was half reclining on my rude pallet,
gazing out through the open doorway upon the sandy
beach, and the blue, calm waters of the Gulf, and envying
those who could walk abroad and enjoy the fresh air and
glorious sunshine, my servant entered hastily, and said:

“Sir—Mr. Walton—dar's two gen'lemen and a lady,
sir, 'quiring for you just back here, and dey're coming dis
way, sir.”

My heart seemed to leap into my throat, and I replied,
with great agitation:

-- 325 --

p464-342

[figure description] Page 325.[end figure description]

“Show them in, Peter! show them in!”

“Yes, sir! I thought mebby you'd just like to fix up
a little, sir—they're quite 'spectable looking, sir!”

“Never mind—never mind—there is no time, and they
must take things as they find them.”

Peter hastened out; and immediately after, Harley
burst into the room, and was quickly followed by Colonel
Moreland and his daughter. The moment my eyes fell
upon them, I gave vent to my feelings in a loud cry of joy.
Harley was the first to reach my side; and seizing my
hand, while his eyes filled with tears that he seemed struggling
to repress, he said, in a voice half choked with
emotion:

“Ah! Harry, Harry, was it kind, was it like yourself,
to leave an old friend thus?”

“Perhaps I did wrong, Morton—but—”

“There, there, Mr. Walton—that will do,” interrupted
the Colonel, seizing my other hand, and speaking in a
warm, frank, off-hand manner: “let Palo Alto say the
rest. In brief, sir, I see you are a young man of true
spirit, and I like you the better for it—at your age I
would have done the same. Come, Clara, what say you?”

Clara had approached timidly, and stood behind her
father while he was speaking; and it was not till he
stepped aside, as he appealed to her, that I caught a fair
view of her features. Her lovely face was now crimson
with blushes, and she seemed greatly confused and embarrassed.
For a moment her soft blue eyes rested anxiously
and tenderly upon mine; and then a tear of sympathy
dimmed her vision, and her gaze fell to the ground.

“I trust I see you well, Clara? and that I shall find
you willing to forgive me for deserting my best friends in
the manner I did?”

I said this in a voice tremulous with powerful emotions;

-- 326 --

[figure description] Page 326.[end figure description]

and as I ceased, Clara raised her eyes; and though still
seeming embarrassed, replied, in low, sweet accents, that
fell upon my ear like music:

“I have nothing to forgive to one who more than once
perilled his life to save mine.” And then, after a slight
pause, added: “If you really did wrong in leaving your
friends, your awful sufferings would atone for far greater
errors. I hope we find you better—a—Mr. Walton?”

I took her hand, and holding it in mine, with a gentle
pressure, looked meaningly into her sweet face, and, with
pointed emphasis, replied:

“I am better now, Clara.” Then perceiving she was
uncommonly agitated, I turned quickly to the Colonel, and
exclaimed: “But Walter—where is he? I hope no harm
has befallen him!”

“Safe and well in Matamoras with the army. They
say he fought gallantly through both actions—at least
Captain Walker so reported him to General Taylor; and
as a further proof that he did something worthy, he has
been offered, and has accepted, a commission, and will
remain with the army. He sends kind greetings to you,
and regrets that he will not be able to see you again for the
present—for I suppose it is not your intention to enlist?”

“No,” said I, “I have seen adventure enough; and as
soon as I am able, shall set out for home—there probably
to remain for the rest of my life. But I am glad to hear
of Walter's success, and can sincerely say I believe he
deserves it. But now tell me of yourselves! How were
you treated after we left? and how did you procure your
liberty?”

“No further notice was taken of us,” replied the
Colonel; “and when Taylor entered the city as victor, we
of course found ourselves free. I must admit we had suffered
much anxiety on Walter's account, and yours; and great

-- 327 --

[figure description] Page 327.[end figure description]

was our delight to meet him safe and unharmed; and,
need I add, we were not a little grieved to learn of your
misfortune. So it seems our old foes are dead at last?”

“Whom do you mean?”

“D'Estang and Warncliff.”

“Ha! D'Estang dead also?”

“Yes, he was slain on the battle-field of Resaca de la
Palma—shot by Walker himself, as he was bearing down
upon the Rangers at the head of a body of lancers: Walter
saw him fall.”

“Well, let God judge him!” said I.

“You speak of going home,” pursued the Colonel. “May
I be permitted to say that you will go home with us first?”

“I may do myself the honor to call upon you before I
start for Virginia—but go home with you I cannot.”

“And why not, sir?”

“Because I shall not be able to attempt the journey for
days—perhaps weeks.”

“Well, we can wait till you are able.”

“No, no—I could not think of detaining you from your
family.”

“Now hold!” cried the Colonel: “not another word!
I am a man, sir, whose purpose is not easily changed; and
I tell you I have decided to remain in Point Isabel till you
can leave it with us. Why, you look surprised! Good
heavens! is gratitude then so scarce an article that you
must necessarily be astonished because we have resolved
not to desert the noble friend who perilled his all to save
us from a fate worse than death? Heaven forbid!”

Tears filled my eyes as the Colonel pronounced these
words, for I perceived they came from his heart. I had
felt lonely, dejected, desolate—but I felt so no longer. I
had found a warm-hearted, true friend in him, whom, of all
men, I most desired to call friend, the father of the only

-- 328 --

[figure description] Page 328.[end figure description]

being I truly loved. And Clara would remain also, and be
unto me as a ministering angel! Need I say that in the
present, with a thought of the future, I experienced a
happiness that amply compensated for all the perils,
privations, and sufferings I had undergone?

But Harley—my companion—my more than brother—
there was no necessity that he should remain through the
tedium of my confinement; and I urged him to go whither
love and duty called him. He had done for me, I told
him, all that a noble friend could do; and were there even
more to do, he had a young, tender, and lovely wife, whose
claims on him were paramount to all others.

He grasped my hand, and in a voice of deep emotion,
replied:

“Perhaps what you say is right, Harry. That I love
my dear Viola, you know; and you know how well I love
her; and you know, too, if she deserves my love. And
you can imagine the lonely hours of agonizing suspense
she must pass in my absence, under the soul-harrowing uncertainty
whether I am among the living or the dead! I
need not tell you how I long to see her—to relieve her of
her mental torture—to clasp her once more to this heart
that beats truly for her. But notwithstanding all this, I
could not face her and say I had left you in distress, in the
hands of strangers; no, no, I could not do that; and were
it not that I know my place will more than be supplied by
the kind friends who will remain with you, dear Harry, no
persuasion should induce me to leave you. But since my
presence here is not needed, I will take your advice, and
set out for Mexico the first opportunity—for part we must,
sooner or later.”

The day passed off happily in the companionship of my
friends; but it was the last I was destined to spend with
Harley—at least for many long years—and it may be we

-- 329 --

[figure description] Page 329.[end figure description]

shall never meet again. The next day, unexpectedly, a
vessel touched at Point Isabel, which he learned would
touch at Vera Cruz; and with a hurried, but tearful farewell,
he took leave of us, and embarked.

While on this subject, I may add, that though I have
never seen him since, I have frequently heard from him by
letter. He reached the city of Mexico safe and well, and
rejoined his lovely wife, who had begun to despair of ever
seeing him again. In his last communication to me, of a
recent date, he speaks of returning to the land of his nativity,
with his family, to lay his bones with those of his
fathers. Should he return, we may meet once more to go
over, by the quiet hearth-side, the perilous scenes of the
past. But that meeting belongeth to the Future, and of
the Future God alone knoweth.

And here let me drop the veil for a time, to lift it once
more, and then let it fall forever.

* * * * * *

It was on a scorching mid-summer's day that we reached
the quiet home of the Morelands. I pass over the scene
that ensued, when a long lost daughter and father were
first restored to a weeping mother and sister. We came
not unexpectedly upon them, however. The Colonel
had many times written home, apprising his wife and
daughter of his and Clara's safety, and had acquainted
them also with the thrilling events already known to the
reader; but there was much still to be told, and a thousand
questions to be asked and answered on both sides.
Then the news having spread of the Colonel's safe return
with his daughter, crowds of anxious friends, eager questioners,
and wondering listeners thronged the mansion; and
for a time we were literally besieged—till, in fact, I began
to think the horrors of battle a pleasant pastime compared
to this inquisitive torture. Among all my follies, I never

-- 330 --

[figure description] Page 330.[end figure description]

had any desire to be made a lion; but I was now, in spite
of myself, elevated to that disagreeable position; and in
my private journal I have recorded the fact under the head
of “Awful Sufferings.” I should perhaps remark here,
en passant, that I had at this time so far recovered the use
of my broken limb as to be able to walk without crutches—
but there was a slight limp in my gait, which remained
for weeks afterward.

Mrs. Moreland and Mary, I perceived, showed marked
traces of the anxiety they had undergone, and the latter
continued for some days quite serious; but her natural
gaiety and vivaciousness at length returned; and her
clear, merry laugh once more rung through the recent
abode of sorrow and gloom. There seemed but one thing
wanting now to complete the happiness of all parties—the
presence of Walter. But though he was missed by all
from the social circle, none took his absence so deeply to
heart as his doating mother. He had recently passed
through great perils—and, as a soldier, would continually
be exposed to new dangers—and she longed, with maternal
fondness, to see him once more—for she had withal a
presentiment that he would never return.

Alas! it is with deep, heartfelt sorrow I now record the
mournful fact, that her presentiment was verified. He
fell on the glorious battle-field of Buena Vista, and now
sleeps in a soldier's grave. Poor Walter! these eyes have
paid many a sad tribute to his memory.

Although the Colonel and I had been much alone
together, during my confinement at Point Isabel, and also
on our journey homeward; and though I had often been
on the point of asking of him the dearest boon in his power
to grant, the hand of his lovely daughter; yet, somehow,
when the most favorable moment had come, my heart had
always failed me—the words I struggled to utter had died

-- 331 --

[figure description] Page 331.[end figure description]

upon my lips—and the important question still remained
unpropounded. More than once, I think, he must have
been aware of my intention; but it was not, for him to
introduce the subject, and I did not for the reasons named.
But now the time had come for me to “speak, or for ever
hold my peace;” and summoning all my resolution, I
prepared myself, as well as I could, for the trying event.
Seeing him enter the library one morning, with a paper in
his hand, I soon followed him, and closed the door. He
looked up from his reading, and seeing that I was unusually
agitated, kindly requested me to be seated. I half
staggered to a chair, but did not sit down.

“Colonel Moreland,” began I—and methought my voice
sounded strangely, my heart fairly fluttered, and I was
half startled at my own boldness—“I—I have come—to—
to ask a boon,” I stammered.

“It must be a great one that I will not grant to one to
whom I owe so much,” he replied, with a bland, encouraging
smile.

“It is, Colonel—it is.”

“Say on!”

“I seek the hand of your daughter.”

Good heavens! the words were out before I knew it.

“Ah!” he said, with a peculiar smile, at the same time
rising from his seat: “I will send you an answer directly;”
and he went out, leaving me standing half bewildered, and
not knowing what to think of his singular proceeding.

I was not long kept in suspense, however. Presently
the door, which was partly ajar, swung quickly open, and
Clara entered in haste, her features pale, and wearing an
expression of alarm.

“Are you ill, Henry?” she cried, anxiously.

“Not that I am aware of—why do you ask?'

“Why, I just now met father, who said I should find

-- 332 --

[figure description] Page 332.[end figure description]

you here, and that there was something very serious the
matter with you.”

“Only an affection of the heart, I believe,” replied I,
smiling at the Colonel's joke.

Instantly Clara's recently pale features were suffused
with the deepest crimson, and her eyes fell to the ground
in confusion. I advanced to her, took her trembling hand,
and continued, gravely, in a low tone:

“This hand, dear Clara, I just now ventured to ask of
your worthy father. He immediately left me, saying he
would send me an answer. He has sent me you, and I am
answered to my wish. With his consent to our union, dear
Clara, I need but one other's to make me the happiest of
mortals: Will you be mine?”

She did not reply in words; but she trembled violently,
her head drooped gently, and methought the crimson of
her cheeks took a deeper hue.

“Thus am I a second time answered,” I whispered; and
gently throwing an arm around her, I drew her fondly to
me, and was about to imprint the seal of love upon her
lips, when I chanced to espy a pair of sparkling black
eyes peering at us from around the half open door.

“Good faith! is that the way you lovers settle the
mooted point?” cried the mischievous Mary, the moment
she saw she was detected, at the same time bursting into
the apartment, with her merry, ringing laugh.

Clara sprung from my side, and disappeared in an
instant.

“Heigh-ho!” said Mary, looking after her, with an
affected sigh: “how much she has lost by my interruption!”
and again her laugh rung out, merry and clear.
“Well, well, Mr. Walton, (looking up demurely into my
blushing face) you needn't get the scarlet fever on account
of it. So, sir, you did sing, `Come share My Cottage,' to

-- 333 --

[figure description] Page 333.[end figure description]

some purpose it seems. Ah! well, it only proves that Clara
was easily caught—you should have tried me.

“And you will be caught some fine day, my little torment,”
returned I, laughing.

“It may be,” she answered, slowly, and with a mischievous
twinkle of her black eyes—“but not with sentimental
chaff;” and without giving me time to reply, she
bounded away, in high glee; and soon after I heard her
gayly singing:



“Hymenial chains let who will wear—
No bonds for me;
The eagle in the upper air
Shall be less free:
From melancholy
Heights of folly,
Let me delivered be!”

A week later, and with a joyous heart I was speeding
over the briny waters of the Gulf, bound for my native
land. But I was not alone. There was beside me a gentle
being, whom I had sworn, before High Heaven, to love,
cherish and protect; and in her soft, blue eyes, as ever and
anon they turned upon me, beaming with tenderness, I
could read that my happiness was now shared by one who
had been a sharer in my perils and sufferings. Clara
Moreland was mine forever.

In due course of time we reached Virginia, and found
warm friends ready to give us a reception worthy of the
Old Dominion,—need I say more?

* * * * *

Years have passed since the date of the foregoing events,
and to me they have been years of unalloyed happiness.
The holy tie which first bound Clara and me together, waxes
stronger with time, and our love daily grows even deeper

-- 334 --

[figure description] Page 334.[end figure description]

and purer. The parents of Clara are still living, and in the
enjoyment of health and prosperity. The light-hearted
Mary is still with them; but I understand they are about
to lose her. She is about to enter into that bondage
against which she once so merrily declaimed; but he who
will cast around her the “Hymenial chain,” is worthy of
his prize.

* * * * *

Reader! my adventures, I trust, are ended—my tale is
told—my task is done. What more belongeth to me and
mine, lieth in the great Future; but ere I enter that
untrodden realm, I close the scene, and pass forever from
your ken. Adieu!

THE END. Back matter

-- 001 --

Advertisement

[figure description] Page 001.[end figure description]

Read the Notices of the Press below.

THE

CABIN AND PARLOR.

Price, Fifty Cents in paper; or One Dollar in Cloth Gilt.

From the Dollar Newspaper, of October 13th, 1852.

“This anxiously expected book has made its appearance, and, we think, it
is calculated to cause an excitement as great as that of `Uncle Tom's Cabin.'
The story is well written, and the plot even better digested than Mrs. Stowe's
celebrated work. One of its great beauties is, its incidents, if not real, are
such as the reader feels might be true. There is nothing overstrained or unnatural
in them. The pictures of slave life in the South bear no marks of a
prejudiced pen; and in contrasting southern slavery with the life and habits
led by the free negroes of the North, the peculiar evils of slavery are very
clearly shown to exist in all conditions of poverty. What we consider, however,
the best and most important part of this interesting novel, if `truth in
fiction's fascinating garb' may be called a novel, is the wholesome contrast
drawn of the relative condition of the British operative and the southern slave
in the United States. While we have no special regard for slavery in the abstract,
we think the British philanthropists who are continually exaggerating
the evils of the system here, and abusing our institutions in consequence of
black slavery, might, with more propriety, expend their labors at home, where
a much more degraded servitude is imposed on their own color. The novel
is, altogether, the most interesting, and, of its kind, most important book
that has issued from the press in many months, and, in our opinion, will meet
a most unbounded demand. It is issued in cheap form at fifty cents, and in a
handsomely bound volume at One Dollar.”

From the Philadelphia Sunday Dispatch, of October 10th, 1852.

THE CABIN AND PARLOR; OR, SLAVES AND MASTERS.—T. B. Peterson,
No. 98 Chestnut Street, has just published a new work, which is the production
of an author who is thoroughly acquainted with the subject upon which
he writes. The book is not, like Mrs. Stowe's fiction, a richly-colored picture
in which every negro is represented as a saint and every slaveholder a demon.
It is not a narrow, sectional affair, dedicated to a biassed and unfair misrepresentation.
It is thoroughly constitutional in its tone; and, while it freely
paints the evils of slavery, it also fairly shows the difficulties which surround
the planter. The book will make a decided sensation in the literary world.
It is chaste, amusing, and at times thrilling.”

From the Philadelphia Sunday Ledger, of October 10th, 1852.

THE CABIN AND PARLOR.—We have perused this admirable picture of the
relative position of the master and slave, as it truly exists at the South, with
great pleasure; for we have resided amongst our southern brethren, and can
bear testimony to the many benevolent scenes of real life as exhibited in this
truthful, humorous, and eloquent description of southern life.”

From the Philadelphia Sunday Mercury, of October 10th, 1852.

“It is the production of a gentleman of superior literary attainments, and
from a cursory perusal of its pages, we are of the opinion that it will create a
sensation second only to Mrs. Stowe's popular work, `Uncle Tom's Cabin.'
The work is complete in one duodecimo volume of 324 pages, beautifully
illustrated from original designs by Stephens. Price fifty cents per copy in
paper covers; cloth gilt, One Dollar.”

Published and for Sale by

T. B. PETERSON,
Nos. 97 & 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- 002 --

[figure description] Page 002.[end figure description]

From the Philadelphia Evening Bulletin, of October 16th, 1852.

“There is more talent displayed in this novel than in all the other replies
to Mrs. Stowe's `Uncle Tom's Cabin' put together. The author has greater
skill in the construction of the story; more vigor of style and more power
in argument than any of those who have taken up the defence of the South
against the exaggerations and fanaticism of abolitionists. No one can deny
that such pictures of suffering as he describes are really to be found in the
North, and they are a fair match for Mrs. Stowe's high-colored sketches of
slave-suffering in the South.

“There is great narrative and descriptive power in the work, and a true
sense of the effective and dramatic. But it is in its argumentative part that
THE CABIN AND PARLOR excels all rivalry. In this, indeed, it comprehends
all that can be said in defence of the South and Southern institutions. We
believe and hope that it will do much to allay the ill-feeling existing between the two divisions of our country.”

From Neal's Saturday Gazette, of October 16th, 1852.

“This is the fairest hit at `Uncle Tom's Cabin' yet made. The story of
Horace is a most touching one; that of Charles and Cora, the fugitive slaves
in a northern city, of intense interest. The style of the book is that of a
vigorous and practised writer, and it is destined to make a sensation. It
will, moreover, do much to allay angry feelings between the North and South.
We predict for it an immense sale.”

From the Philadelphia Christian Observer, of October 16th, 1852.

“This is an admirable work. The tale is replete with incidents of thrilling
interest. It is well conceived, ably narrated, and contains scenes of great
dramatic power. It depiets, in strong colors, the evils to which the blacks
and the laboring poor are exposed in our Northern States, a riot in Philadelphia,
with notices of the miserable condition of the poor in England and
Ireland. It will be deemed, we think, worthy of the special attention of those
who have read `Uncle Tom's Cabin.' ”

From the Philadelphia Banner of the Cross, of Oct. 16th, 1852; edited by the
Rev. Frederick Ogilby.

“This is decidedly the best among the many books which have appeared
since the publication of `Uncle Tom's Cabin,' and is far superior to it in real
merit, while of at least equal interest. The author informs us that it has
been written in the hope that it may lead to broad and correct views on the
subject of slavery.' His religion is that of the Bible, not the vile infidelity
of modern abolitionism. We are assured that the story is founded on fact.
It is embellished with numerous handsome illustrations, from original designs,
by Stephens.”

From the Philadelphia North American, of October 14th, 1852.

THE CABIN AND PARLOR will attract a due share of public attention and
favor. From what we have read, it seems to be written with spirit—the story
being interesting and pathetic.”

Published and for Sale by

T. B. PETERSON,
Nos. 97 & 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Page 001.[end figure description]

&hand; BOOKS SENT EVERYWHERE FREE OF POSTAGE. &hand;

A CATALOGUE TO READ OVER.

BOOKS FOR EVERYBODY, AT GREATLY REDUCED RATES.

PUBLISHED AND FOR SALE BY
T. B. PETERSON,
Nos. 97 & 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

IN THIS CATALOGUE WILL BE FOUND THE
LATEST PUBLICATIONS BY THE MOST
POPULAR & CELEBRATED WRITERS
IN THE WORLD.

AMONG WHICH WILL BE FOUND

SIR E. L. BULWER'S, G. P. R. JAMES'S, ELLEN PICKERING'S,
CAPTAIN MARRYATT'S, MRS. GREY'S, T. S. ARTHUR'S, CHARLES
LEVER'S, ALEXANDRE DUMAS', W. HARRISON AINSWORTH'S,
D'ISRAELI'S, THACKERAY'S, SAMUEL WARREN'S, EMERSON
BENNETT'S, GEORGE LIPPARD'S, HENRY COCKTON'S, EUGENE
SUE'S, CURRER BELL'S, AND ALL THE OTHER BEST AUTHORS
OF THE DAY, TOO NUMEROUS TO MENTION.

&hand; The best way is to look through the Catalogue, and see
what is in it. You will be amply repaid for your trouble.

SPECIAL NOTICE TO EVERYBODY.—Any person whatever in this
country, wishing any of the works in this catalogue, on remitting the price
for the same, in a letter, post-paid, directed to the Publisher, No. 98 Chestnut
Street, Philadelphia, shall have them sent by return of mail, to any place in
the United States, free of postage. This is a splendid offer, as any one can
get books to the most remote place in the country, for the regular price sold
in the large cities, free of postage, on sending for the ones they wish.

&hand; All orders thankfully received and filled with despatch, and sent by
return of mail, or express, or stage, or in any other way the person ordering
may direct. Booksellers, News Agents, Pedlars, and all others supplied with
any Books, Magazines, etc., at the lowest rates.

&hand; Any Book published in this country can be had here.

&hand; Agents, Pedlars, Canvassers, Booksellers, News Agents, &c., throughout
the country, who wish to make money on a small capital, would do well
to address the undersigned, who will furnish a complete outfit for a comparatively
small amount. Send by all means, to the Cheap Book, Newspaper, and
Magazine Establishment of

T. B. PETERSON, Nos. 97 & 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- 002 --

[figure description] Page 002.[end figure description]

T. B. PETERSON,
No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia,
HAS JUST PUBLISHED AND FOR SALE,
STEREOTYPE EDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING WORKS,
Which will be found to be the Best and Latest Publications, by the
Most Popular Writers in the World.

THE TRADE SUPPLIED AT THE LOWEST RATES, AND
ALL ORDERS PROMPTLY ATTENDED TO.

&hand; Every work published in this Country for Sale here, either at
Wholesale or Retail.

ELLEN PICKERING'S NOVELS.

Either of which can be had separately. Price 25 cents each, or any five of them for
One Dollar. They are printed on the finest white paper, and each forms one large
octavo volume, complete in itself, neatly bound in a strong paper cover.

THE ORPHAN NIECE.

KATE WALSINGHAM.

THE POOR COUSIN.

ELLEN WAREHAM.

THE GRUMBLER.

THE QUIET HUSBAND.

WHO SHALL BE HEIR.

THE SECRET FOE.

AGNES SERLE.

THE PRINCE AND
THE PEDLER.

THE MERCHANT'S
DAUGHTER.

THE HEIRESS.

THE FRIGHT.

NAN DARRELL.

THE SQUIRE.

THE EXPECTANT.

CAPTAIN MARRYATT'S WORKS.

Either of which can be had separately. Price of all except the two last are 25 cents
each, or any five of them for One Dollar. They are printed on the finest white paper,
and each forms one large octavo volume, complete in itself.

PETER SIMPLE.

JACOB FAITHFUL.

JAPHET IN SEARCH OF A FATHER.

THE PHANTOM SHIP.

MIDSHIPMAN EASY.

THE PACHA OF MANY TALES.

THE KING'S OWN.

THE PIRATE AND THREE CUTTERS.

THE NAVAL OFFICER.

SNARLEYYOW, or the Dog Flend.

NEWTON FORSTER.

VALERIE. His last Novel.

PERCIVAL KEENE. 200 pages. Price Fifty cents.

POOR JACK. 200 pages. Price Fifty cents.

T. S. ARTHUR'S WORKS.

Either of which can be had separately. Price 25 cents each, or any five of them for
One Dollar. They are the most moral, popular and entertaining in the world. There
are no better books to place in the hands of the young. All will profit by them.

THE DIVORCED WISE.

THE BANKER'S WIFE.

PRIDE AND PRUDENCE.

CECILIA HOWARD.

THE BROKEN PROMISE.

LOVE IN A COTTAGE.

LOVE IN HIGH LIFE.

THE TWO MERCHANTS.

THE ORPHAN CHILDREN.

THE DEBTOR'S DAUGHTER.

INSUBORDINATION.

LUCY SANDFORD.

AGNES, or the Possessed.

THE TWO BRIDES.

THE IRON HAND.

OLD ASTROLOGER.

-- 003 --

[figure description] Page 003.[end figure description]

MRS. GREY'S NOVELS.

Either of which can be had separately. Price 25 cents each, or any five of them for
One Dollar. They are printed on the finest white paper, and each forms one large
octavo volume, complete in itself, neatly bound in a strong paper cover.

THE GIPSY'S DAUGHTER.

THE BELLE OF THE FAMILY.

SYBIL LENNARD. A Record of Woman's Life.

THE DUKE AND THE COUSIN.

THE LITTLE WIFE.

THE MANœUVRING MOTHER.

LENA CAMERON, or the Four Sisters.

THE BARONET'S DAUGHTERS.

THE YOUNG PRIMA DONNA.

THE OLD DOWER HOUSE.

HYACINTHE, OR THE CONTRAST.

ALICE SEYMOUR. HARRY MONK.

MARY SEAHAM. 250 Pages. Price Fifty cents.

ALEXANDER DUMAS' WORKS.

The Iron Mask, or the Feats and Adventures of Raonl de
Bragelonne.
Being the conclusion of “The Three Guardsmen,” “Twenty Years
After,” and “Bragelonne.” By Alexandre Dumas. Complete in two large volumes,
of 420 octavo pages, with beautifully Illustrated Covers, Portraits, and Engravings.
Price One Dollar.

Louise La Valliere; or the Second Series and Final End of the
“Iron Mask.”
By Alexandre Dumas. This work is the final end of “The Three
Guardsmen,” “Twenty Years After,” “Bragelonne,” and “The Iron Mask,” and is of
far more interesting and absorbing interest, than any of its predecessors. Complete
in two large octavo volumes of over 400 pages, printed on the best of paper, beautifully
illustrated. It also contains correct Portraits of “Louise La Valliere,” and “The
Hero of the Iron Mask.” Price for the entire work, One Dollar.

The Memoirs of a Physician; or the Secret History of Louis
the Fifteenth.
By Alexandre Dumas. It is beautifully embellished with thirty
engravings, which illustrates the principal scenes and characters of the different heroines
throughout the work. Complete in two large octavo volumes. Price Fifty cents
a volume.

The Queen's Necklace: or the Secret History of the Court of
Louis the Sixteenth.
A Sequel to the Memoirs of a Physioian. By Alexandre
Dumas. It is beautifully Illustrated with portraits of the heroines of the work.
Complete in two large octavo volumes of over 400 pages. Price Fifty cents a volume.

Six Years Later; or the Taking of the Bastile. By Alexandre Dumas.
Being the continuation and final conclusion of “The Queen's Necklace; or the Secret
History of the Court of Louis the Sixteenth,” and “Memoirs of a Physician.” Complete
in two large octavo volumes. Price One Dollar.

Sketches in France. By Alexandre Dumas. “It is as good a book as Thackeray's
Sketches in Ireland.” Dumas never wrote a better book. It is the most
delightful book of the season. Price Fifty cents.

Diana of Meridor; The Lady of Monsoreau; or France in the Sixteenth
Century. By Alexandre Dumas. An Historical Romance. Complete in two
large octavo volumes of 538 pages, printed on the finest white paper, with numerous
Illustrative engravings. Price One Dollar.

The Reign of Terror; Genevieve, or the Chevalier of the Maison Rouge.
By Alexandre Dumas. An Historical Romance of the French Revolution. Complete
in one large octavo volume of over 200 pages, printed on the finest white paper, with
numerous illustrative engravings. Price for the entire work, Fifty cents.

Isabel of Bavaria; or the Chronicles of France for the reign of Charles the Sixth.
Complete in one fine octavo volume of 211 pages, printed on the finest white-paper.
Price Fifty cents.

Edmond Dantes. Being the Sequel to Dumas' celebrated novel of the Count of
Monte Cristo. With elegant illustrations. Complete in one large octavo volume of
over 200 pages. Price Fifty cents.

-- 004 --

[figure description] Page 004.[end figure description]

CHARLES LEVER'S NOVELS.

Charles O'Malley, the Irish Dragoon. By Charles Lever. Complete in one
large octavo volume of 324 pages. Price Fifty cents; or handsomely bound in one
volume, illustrated. Price One Dollar.

The Knight of Gwynne. A tale of the time of the Union. By Charles Lever.
Complete in one fine octavo volume of 226 pages, beautifully illustrated, and printed
on the finest white paper. Price Fifty cents; or handsomely bound in one volume,
illustrated. Price One Dollar.

Jack Hinton, the Guardsman. By Charles Lever. Complete in one large
octavo volume of 400 pages, printed on fine white paper. Price Fifty cents; or handsomely
bound in one volume, illustrated. Price One Dollar.

Tom Burke of Ours. By Charles Lever. Complete in one large octavo volume
of 300 pages, printed from new type and on the finest paper. Price Fifty cents; or
handsomely bound in one volume, illustrated. Price One Dollar.

Arthur O'Leary. By Charles Lever. Complete in one large octavo volume of 220
pages, full of beautiful illustrations, and printed in the best style. Price Fifty cents;
or handsomely bound in one volume, illustrated. Price One Dollar.

Kate O'Donoghue. A Tale of Ireland. By Charles Lever. Complete in
one large octavo volume of 140 pages, beautifully illustrated, and printed on the finest
white paper. Price 37½ cents: or handsomely bound in one volume, illustrated
Price Seventy-five cents.

Horace Templeton. By Charles Lever. This is Lever's New Book, and equal
to his best. Complete in one large octavo volume of 212 pages, and printed on the
best of white paper. Price Fifty cents; or handscmely bound in one volume, illustrated.
Price One Dollar.

Harry Lorrequer. By Charles Lever, author of the above seven works. Complete
in one octavo volume of 402 pages, printed from large new type, and on the
finest paper. Price Fifty cents; or handsomely bound in one volume, illustrated
Price One Dollar.

W. HARRISON AINSWORTH'S WORKS.

The Illustrated Tower of London. By William Harrison Ainsworth
With 100 splendid engravings. It is beyond all doubt one of the most interesting
works ever published in the known world, and can be read and re-read with pleasure
and satisfaction by every body. We advise all persons to get it and read it, for there
is much to learn and valuable information to be gained from its pages, which cannot
be obtained in any other work published in the known world. Two volumes, octavo.
Price for the complete work, One Dollar; or handsomely bound, for $1 50.

Pictorial Life and Adventures of Jack Sheppard, the most noted
burglar, robber, and jail breaker, that ever lived. By William Harrison Ainsworth.
Embellished with Thirty-nine, full page, spirited Illustrations. Designed and engraved
in the finest style of art, by George Cruikshank, Esq., of London. Price 50 cts.

Pictorial Life and Adventures of Guy Fawkes, The Chief of the
Gunpowder Treason. By William Harrison Ainsworth. The Bloody Tower, etc.
Illustrated. 200 pages. Price Fifty cents.

The Pictorial Old St. Paul's. By William Harrison Ainsworth. Full of
Illustrations. Price Fifty cents.

Mysteries of the Court of Queen Anne. By William Harrison Ainsworth.
142 pages. Price 25 cents.

Illustrated Life of Dick Turpin, the Highwayman, Burglar, Murderer, etc.
Price 25 cents.

Life of Harry Thomas, the Western Burglar and Murderer. Full of Engravings.
Price 25 cents.

Illustrated Life and Adventures of the Desperadoes of the
New World.
Price 25 cents.

Life and Adventures of Ninon De L'Enclos, with her Letters on Love,
Courtship and Marriage. Price 25 cents.

The Pictorial Newgate Calendar; or the Chronicles of Crime. Beautifully
illustrated with Fifteen Engravings. 252 pages. Price Fifty cents.

-- 005 --

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

GEORGE LIPPARD'S WORKS.

Washington and His Generals; or, Legends of the American Revolution.
Complete in two large octavo volumes of 538 pages, printed on the finest white paper.
Price for the entire work, One Dollar.

The Quaker City; or the Monks of Monk Hall. A Romance of Philadelphia
Life, Mystery and Crime. Illustrated with numerous Engravings. Complete
in two large octavo volumes of 500 pages. Price for the entire work, One Dollar.

The Ladye of Albarone; or the Poison Goblet. A Romance of the
Dark Ages. Lippard's Last Work. Complete in one large octavo volume of 258 pages.
Price Fifty cents.

Paul Ardenheim; the Monk of Wissahikon. A Romance of the Revolution.
Illustrated with numerous engravings. Complete in two large octavo volumes, of
nearly 600 pages. Price One Dollar,

Blanche of Brandywine; or September the Eleventh, 1777.
A Romance of the Poetry, Legends, and History of the Battle of Brandywine. It
makes a large octavo volume of 350 pages, printed from new type, and on the finest
white paper. Price for the complete work, 75 cents.

Legends of Mexico: or Battles of General Zachary Taylor,
late President of the United States. Complete in one octavo volume of 128 pages.
Price 25 cents.

The Nazarene; or the Last of the Washingtons. A Revelation of
Philadelphia, New York, and Washington, in the year 1844. Complete in one volume.
Price 50 cents.

Bel of Pralrie Eden. A Romance of Mexico. Price 25 cents.

Professor LIEBIG'S Works on Chemistry.

Agricultural Chemistry. Chemistry in its application to Agriculture and
Physiology. 135 pages. Price 25 cents.

Animal Chemistry. Chemistry in its application to Physiology and Pathology.
111 pages. Price 25 cents.

Familiar Letters on Chemistry, and its relations to Commerce, Physiology
and Agriculture. Price 25 cents.

The Potato Disease. Researches into the motion of the Juices in the Animal
Body. Price 25 cents.

Chemistry and Physics in Relation to Physiology and Pathology.
Price 25 cents.

T. B. PETERSON also publishes a complete edition of Professor Liebig's works
on Chemistry, comprising the whole of the above. They are bound in one large royal
octavo volume, in Muslin gilt. Price for the complete works bound in one volume, One
Dollar and Fifty cents.

FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH, LATIN & ITALIAN LANGUAGES.

Any person unacquainted with either of these languages, can, with the aid of these
works, be enabled to read, write and speak the language of either, without the aid of a
teacher, or any oral instruction whatever, provided they pay strict attention to the instructions
laid down in each book, and that nothing shall be passed over, without a
thorough investigation of the subject it involves: by doing which, they will be able to
speak, read or write either language, at their will and pleasure.

Spanish Without a Master. In Four Easy Leasons.

French Without a Master. In Six Easy Lessons

Italian Without a Master. In Five Easy Lessons.

German Without a Master. In Six Easy Lessons.

Latin Without a Master. In Six Easy Lessons.

Price of either of the above Works, separate, 25 cents—or the whole five may be had
for One Dollar. They can be sent by mail to any part of the United States for about
four cents each.

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

B. D'ISRAELI'S NOVELS.

Vivian Grey. By B. D'Israeli, M. P. Complete in one large octavo volume of 225
pages. Price Fifty cents.

The Young Duke: or the Younger Days of George the Fourth. By B. D'Israeli,
M. P. One octavo volume, 154 pages. Price Fifty cents.

Venetia: or Lord Byron and his Daughter. By B. D'Israeli, M. P. Complete in one
octavo volume of 154 pages. Price Fifty cents.

Henrietta Temple. A Love Story. By B. D'Israeli, M. P. One volume, octavo,
of 138 pages. Price 25 cents.

Contarini Fleming. An Autobiography. By B. D'Israeli, M. P. One volume,
octavo, of 108 pages. Price 25 cents.

Miriam Alroy. A Remance of the Twelfth Century. By B. D'Israeli, M. P. One
volume octavo. 112 pages. Price 25 cents.

EUGENE SUE'S NOVELS.

The Mysteries of Paris; and Gerolstein, the Sequel to it. By Engene
Sue, author of the “Wandering Jew,” and the greatest work ever written. Complete
in two volumes, octavo, each 50 cents.

The Illustrated Wandering Jew. By Eugene Sue. With 87 large Illustrations.
Two volumes, each 50 cents.

The Female Bluebeard; or, the Woman with many Husbands. By Eugene
Sue. 115 pages. Price 25 cents.

First Love. A Story of the Heart. By Eugene Sue. 114 pages. Price 25 cents.

Temptation. A Novel. By Eugene Sue. Illustrated. Price 25 cents.

The Salamander. A Tale of the Sea. By Eugene Sue. Price 25 cents.

Raoul de Surville; or, the Times of Napoleon Bonaparte in 1810. 25 cents.

Works by the Best and Most Popular Authors.

The Cabin and Parlor; or, Slaves and Masters. A true history of
“NORTH AND SOUTH.” By J. Thornton Randolph. This book is fully equal in
point of interest to “Uncle Tom's Cabin.” 336 pages. Beautifully illustrated from
original designs drawn by Stephens. Price Fifty cents in paper covers; or a finer
edition, printed on thicker and better paper, and handsomely bound in muslin, gilt,
is published for One Dollar.

Life in the South. A companion to “Uncle Tom's Cabin.” By C. H. Wiley.
Beautifully illustrated from original designs by Darley. Price Fifty cents.

Valentine Vox, the Ventriloquist. By Henry Cockton. 317 pages. Price 50 ets.

Sketches in Ireland. By William M. Thackeray, author of “Vanity Fair,”
“History of Pendennis,” etc. It is equal in every respect to “Vanity Fair.” Price 50 ets.

The Parricide; or the Youth's Career in Crime. By G. W. M. Reynolds. Illustrated.
Price 50 cents.

Ten Thousand a Year. By the author of a “Diary of a London Physician.”
432 pages. Price 50 cents.

First and True Love. A True Love Story. By George Sand, author of “Con-suelo,”
“Indiana,” etc. It is one of the most charming and interesting works ever
published. Full of Engravings. Price 50 cents.

Cruising in the Last War. A Naval Story of the War of 1812. First and
Second Series. Being the complete work, unabridged. By Charles J. Peterson. 228
octavo pages. Price 50 cents.

The Mob Cap: and Other Tales. By Mrs. Carolne Lee Hentz, author of
“Linda,” “Rena,” etc. Price 50 cents.

Life in Paris. By G. W. M. Reynolds, author of “Life in London,” etc. Full of
Engravings. Price 37½ cents.

-- 007 --

p464=360

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

Salathiel; or the Wandering Jew. By Rev. George Croly. Price 50 ets.

Llorente's History of the Inquisition in Spain. Only edition published
in this Country. Price 37½ cents: or handsomely bound in muslin, gilt,
Seventy-five cents.

Dr. Hollick's Anatomy and Physiology, with a large dissected plate of
the Human Figure, colored to Life. By the celebrated Dr. Hollick, author of “The
True Art of Healing the Sick,” “Origin of Life,” etc. Price One Dollar.

Mysteries of Three Cities. Boston, New York, and Philadelphia. By A. J.
H. Duganne. 200 pages. Price 50 cents.

Red Indians of Newfoundland. A beautifully illustrated Indian Story,
by the author of “Prairie Bird.” Price 50 cents.

Harris's Adventures in Africa. This book is a rich treat. Two volumes.
Price $1 00, or handsomely bound, $1 50.

Indiana. By George Sand, author of “First and True Love,” etc. A very bewitching
and interesting work. 258 pages. Price 50 cents.

The Petrel; or Love on the Ocean. A sea novel equal to the best, by
Admiral Fisher. 200 pages. Price 50 cents.

Aristocracy, or Life among the Upper Ten. A true novel of fashionable life. By
J. A. Nunes, Esq. Price 50 cents.

Mormonism Exposed. Full of Engravings, and Portraits of the Twelve Apostles.
Price 12½ cents.

Genevra: or the History of a Portrait. By Miss Fairfield, one of the best Writers
in America. 200 pages. Price 50 cents.

Illustrated Life and Adventures of Don Quixotte de La
Mancha,
and his Squire Sancho Panza, revised and corrected, with all the original
notes. 300 pages. Price 50 cents; or handsomely bound, One Dollar.

Yankee Yarns and Yankee Letters. By Sam Slick, alias Judge Haliburton.
Price 50 cents.

Wild Sports in the West. By W. H. Maxwell, author of “Dark Lady of
Doona.” Price 50 cents.

The Romish Confessional. By M. Michelet. 300 pages. Price 50 cents.

Dr. Berg's Answer to Archbishop Hughes. Price 12½ cents.

Dr. Berg's Lecture on the Jesuits. Price 12½ cents.

Flirtations in America; or High Life in New York. A capital
book. 285 pages. Price 50 cents.

The Lady's Work Table Book. Illustrated. A work every Lady should
possess. Price 50 cents, in paper; or beautifully bound in crimson gilt, for One Dollar.

The Coquette. One of the best books ever written. One volume, octavo, over
200 pages Price 50 cents.

Odd Fellowship Exposed. With all the Signs, Grips, Pass-words, etc. Illusstrated.
Price 12½ cents.

The Life and Death of the Rev. John N. Maffit; with his Portrait.
Price 12½ cents.

The Necromancer. A Romance of the times of Henry the Eighth. By G. W.
M. Reynolds. Two volumes. Price Seventy-five cents.

Pietorial Life and Adventures of Davy Crockett. Written by
himself. Embellished with spirited and beautiful illustrations. Price 50 cents.

Ugly Effie; or, the Neglected One, and Pet Beauty, and other
Tales.
By Mrs. Caroline Lee Hentz, author of “Mob Cap,” etc. Price 50 cents.

The Emigrant Squire. By the author of “Bell Brandon.” This has just been
completed in the Dollar Newspaper, where it has been very popular. Price 25 cents.

Clara Moreland; or, Adventures in the Far South West. By
Emerson Bennett, author of “Prairie Flower,” “Viola,” etc. This has been appearing
in the columns of the Saturday Evening Post for the last twelve weeks, where it
has proved to be one of the most popular and powerful nouvellettes ever written in
America. 336 pages. Price 50 cents in paper cover, or $1 in cloth, gilt, illustrated.

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

Works of Bulwer, James, and others, at 25 cents.

Falkland. A Novel. By Sir E. L. Bulwer, author of “The Roue,” “Oxonians,” etc.
One volume, octavo. Price 25 cents.

The Roue: or the Hazards of Women. By Sir E. L. Bulwer. Price 25 cts.

The Oxonians. By Sir E. L. Bulwer. Author of “Last of the Barons.” A Sequel
to the Roue, Price 25 cents.

Arrah Neil. A Novel. By G. P. R. James, author of “Richelieu,” etc. Price 25 cts.

Eva St. Clair; and other Collected Tales. By G. P. R. James, Esq.,
author of “Richelieu.” Price 25 cents.

The Pioneer's Daughter. By Emerson Bennett, author of “The Prairie
Flower.” Price 25 cents.

Agnes Grey; an Autobiography. By the Author of “Jane Eyre,” “Shirley,”
etc. Price 25 cents.

The Valley Farm; or, the Autobiography of an Orphan. A companion
to Jane Eyre. Price 25 cents.

The Fortune Hunter, by Mrs. Anna Cora Mowatt. (Her last.) Price 25 cents.

Gentleman's Science of Etiquette, and Guide to Society. By
Count Alfred D'Orsay. Price 25 cents.

Ladies' Science of Etiquette. By Countess de Calabrella, with her full length
portrait. Price 25 cents.

Grace Dudley; or Arnold at Saratoga. By Charles J. Peterson. Illustrated.
Price 25 cents.

Ella Stratford; or the Orphan Child. By the Countess of Blessington.
Price 25 cents.

Ghost Stories. Full of Illustrations. Being a Wonderful Book. Price 25 cents.

The Admiral's Daughter. By Mrs. Marsh, author of “Ravenscliffe.” One
volume, octavo. Price 25 cents.

The Monk. A Romance. By Matthew G. Lewis, Esq., M.P. All should read it. 25 cts.

The Dark Lady of Doona. By W. H. Maxwell, author of “Wild Sports in the
West.” Price 25 cents.

Rody the Rover: or the Ribbonman. An Irish Tale. By William Carleton.
One volume, octavo.. Price 25 cents.

The Diary of a Physician. Second Series. By S. C. Warren, author of “Ten
Thousand a Year.” Illustrated. Price 25 cents.

Abednego, the Money Lender. By Mrs. Gore. Price 25 cents.

Madison's Exposition of the Awful Ceremonies of Odd Fellowship,
with 20 plates. Price 25 cents.

Gliddon's Ancient Egypt, her Monuments, Hieroglyphics,
History, etc.
Full of plates. Price 25 cents.

The Family Physician; or the True Art of Healing the Sick.
By Dr. Hollick Price 25 cents.

Father Clement. By Grace Kennady, Author of “Dunallen.” “Abbey of Innismoyle,”
etc. Price 25 cents.

The Abbey of Innismoyle. By Grace Kennady, author of “Father Clement.”
Price 25 cents.

The Insnared; a Story of the Heart. By Lady Charlotte Bury. 25 cts.

The Beautiful French Girl; or the Daughter of Monsieur Fontanbleu.
Price 25 cents.

The Mysteries of Bedlam; or Annals of the London Mad
House.
Price 25 cents.

Josephine. By Grace Aguilar, author of “Home Influence,” “Mother's Recompense,”
etc. Price 25 cents.

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

Bell Brandon, and the Withered Fig Tree. A Three Hundred Dollar
prize novel. Price 25 cents.

Knowlson's Complete Cattle, or Cow Doctor. Price 25 cents.

Knowlson's Complete Farrier, or Horse Doctor. Price 25 cents.

The Complete Kitchen and Fruit Gardener, for popular and
general use.
Price 25 cents.

The Complete Florist: or Flower Gardener. The best in the world.
Price 25 cents.

Moreton Hall; or the Spirits of the Haunted House. A Tale
founded on Facts. Price 25 cents.

Philip in Search of a Wife. By the Author of “Kate in Search of a Husband.”
Price 25 cents.

Jenny Ambrose; or, Life in the Eastern States. An Excellent Book.
Price 25 cents.

Louise St. Aubyn; or, The Jesuit Nun. By a noted Methodist Preacher.
Price 25 cents.

Walde-Warren: a Tale of Circumstantial Evidence. By Emerson Bennett,
author of “Prairie Flower.” Price 25 cents.

Viola; or Adventures in the Far South West. By Emerson Bennett, author of “The
Pioneer's Daughter.” Price 25 cents.

T. B. PETERSON'S Cheap Book, Magazine, Newspaper,
Publishing and Bookselling Establishment, is at
Nos. 97 & 98 Chesnut Street, Philadelphia.

From which place he will supply all orders for any books at all, no matter by whom
published, in advance of all others, and at publishers' lowest cash prices. He respectfully
invites Country Merchants, Booksellers, Pedlers, Canvassers, Agents, the Trade,
Strangers in the City, and the public generally, to call and examine his extensive collection
of cheap publications, where they will be sure to find all the latest and cheapest works published in this country or elsewhere, for sale very low.

&hand; The Philadelphia Publication Office of HARPER'S MAGAZINE is here, and all
persons wishing to subscribe to it, or any other of the Monthly Magazines, Reviews,
or Weekly Newspapers, will please call in person, or send by mail to T. B. Peterson's,
Nos. 97 and 98 Chestnut Street, and they will receive their numbers regularly afterwards,
as soon as issued.

Any two of the Three Dollar Magazines will be sent one year for Five Dollars, and an
Original Novel, as a premium, will be sent to each subscriber, gratis.

He has also for sale, every Cheap Puulication and Magazine issued in this Country,
and all other cheap editions published of any of the Foreign authors. Any work, either
new or old, or by whom published or advertised, can be obtained by sending to the
undersigned, post-paid.

&hand; Agents, Pedlers, Canvassers, Booksellers, News Agents, &c., throughout the
country, who wish to make money on a small capital, would do well to address T. B.
Peterson, who will furnish a complete outfit for a comparatively small amount.

Agents, Postmasters, Country Merchants, Pedlers, Dealers in Cheap Works, and all
others, supplied with any thing in our line, at publishers' lowest cash prices; and their
orders will be filled at as low prices, if not lower, than at any other house in this country.

Any person wishing to subscribe to any of the Magazines or Newspapers, or procure
any of the Cheap Publications of the day, will get them by return of mail, steamboat,
stage, railroad, or express, on remitting as above, post-paid, all of which are subject only
to periodical postage.

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

ALEXANDRE DUMAS'S WORKS.

The Three Guardsmen 50
Twenty Years After 75
Bragelonne, the Son of Athos 75
Forty-five Guardsmen 50
Iron Hand. By Alexandre Dumas 50
Memoirs of a Marquis. 2 vols. Illustrated. By Alexandre Dumas 1 00
Count of Monte Christo. 2 vols 1 00
Thousand and One Phantoms 50
George; or, The Planter of the Isle of France. By Alexandre Dumas 50
The War of the Women 50
Fernande; or, The Fallen Angel 50
The Two Dianas 50
Three Strong Men 25
The Wedding Dress 25
Countess of Salisbury 50
Black Tulip 50
Recollections of Anthony 25
Fencing Master 25
The Corsican Brothers. By the author of “Monte Christo” 25
Cecilia; or, A Woman's Love 25
Paul Jones: a Tale of the Sea 25
The Young Chevalier 50
Robert Macaire in London 50

GEO. W. M. REYNOLDS' WORKS.

Mysteries of the Court of London. 2 vols. 1 00
Rose Foster; or, The Second Series of the Court of London. 3 vols. 1 37½
Caroline of Brunswick. 2 vols. 1 00
Venetia Trelawney. 2 vols. 1 00
Mary Price; or, The Adventures of a Servant Maid. 2 vols. 1 00
Mysteries of the Court of Naples 50
Kenneth: a Romance of the Highlands 75
Life in London. 2 vols. 1 00
Ellen Munroe: a Sequel to Life in London. 2 vols. 1 00
Esther de Medina. 2 vols. 1 00
The Reformed Highwayman. 2 vols. 1 00
Pope Joan; or, The Female Pontiff 50
Faust: a Romance of the Secret Tribunals 50
Wallace; or, The Hero of Scotland 50
The Gipsy Chief 50
Maud Lilly 50
Gretna Green 50
Bronze Statue; or, The Virgin's Kiss. 2 vols. 1 00
The Mysteries of Old London 50

G. P. R. JAMES'S BEST WORKS.

The Belle of the Court; or, One in a Thousand 25
Count de Castleneu 25
Philip Augustus 25
Mary of Burgundy 25
Gentlemen of the Old School 25
Richelieu 25
The Collegians 25
The Robber 25
The Gipsy 50
Remorse, and other Tales 25

EMERSON BENNETT'S WORKS.

The Prairie Flower; or, Adventures in the Far West 25
Leni Leoti: a Sequel to the Prairie Flower 25
The Female Spy; or, Treason in the Camp 25
Rosalie Du Pont: a Sequel to the Female Spy 25
The Traitor; or, The Fate of Am bition. 2 vols. 50
Oliver Goldfinch; or, The Hypocrite 25
Bandits of the Osage 25
The Unknown Countess 25
League of the Miami 25
Kate Clarendon 25
The Forest Rose: a Tale of the Frontier 25
Mike Fink: a Legend of the Ohio 25

DICKENS'S POPULAR WORKS.

David Copperfield. With Plates 50
Dombey & Son. With Plates 50
Christmas Stories and Pictures from Italy 37½
Martin Chuzzlewit 50
Barnaby Rudge. Illustrated 50
Old Curiosity Shop. Illustrated 50
Sketches of Every-Day Life and Every-Day People 50
Pickwick Papers 50
Oliver Twist 37½
Nicholas Nickleby 50
Lizzie Leigh 12½
The Miner's Daughter 12½

EUGENE SUE'S SELECT WORKS.

The Princess of Mansfield 25
Louise De Villiers 25
The Duchess Almeda 25
The Commander of Malta 25
The Fortune-Teller of Sainte Avoye. By Eugene Sue 50
The Fair Isabel. By Eugene Sue 50
Atar Gull: a Nautical Story 25
Mysteries of the People 50
The Children of Love 25
Martin, the Foundling. By Eugene Sue. Beautifully illustrated. 2 vols. paper 1 00
Mary Lawson. By Eugene Sue 25
Capital Sins:—Pride, 50 cts; Envy, Anger, Madeline, each 25
Matilda; or, The Memoirs of a Young Woman. By Eugene Sue 50
Mysteries of Paris 75
Mysteries of London. By Eugene Sue. 2 vols. Illustrated 1 00
Mysteries of the Heath 25
Widow's Walk. By Eugene Sue 25

BULWER'S NOVELS.

The Last Days of Pompeii 25
Eugene Aram 25
Pelham; or, The Adventures of a Gentleman 25
Zanoni 25
Ernest Maltravers 25
Alice; or, The Mysteries: a Sequel to Ernest Maltravers 25

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

COOPER'S NOVELS.

Last of the Mohicans. 2 vols. 50
Pioneers. 2 vols. 50
Deerslayer. 2 vols. 50
Pathfinder. 2 vols. 50
Prairie. 2 vols. 50
Mercedes of Castile. 2 vols. 50
The Oak Openings. 2 vols. 50
Two Admirals. 2 vols. 50
Travelling Bachelor. 2 vols. 50
Homeward Bound. 2 vols. 50
The Chain-Bearer. 2 vols. 50
Afloat and Ashore. 4 vols. 1 00
Home as Found. 2 vols. 50
The Crater. 2 vols. 50
Headsman. 2 vols. 50
Jack Tier. 2 vols. 50
Wing and Wing. 2 vols. 50
Red Rover. 2 vols. 50
Monikins. 2 vols. 50
The Sea Lions. 2 vols. 50
Lionel Lincoln. 2 vols. 50
Wyandotte. 2 vols. 50
Ned Myers. 1 vol. 25
Satanstoe. 2 vols. 50
Bravo. 2 vols. 50
Redskins. 2 vols. 50
Heidenmauer. 2 vols. 50
Pilot. 2 vols. 50
Water-Witch. 2 vols. 50
Spy. 2 vols. 50
Wept of Wish-Ton-Wish. 2 vols. 50

SMOLLETT'S SELECT WORKS.

Adventures of Roderick Random 50
Adventures of Peregrine Pickle 50
Expedition of Humphrey Clinker. 38
Adventures of Ferdinand Count Fathom 38
Adventures of Sir Launcelot Greaves 38

FIELDING'S SELECT WORKS.

Tom Jones; or, The History of a Foundling 50
Adventures of Joseph Andrews and his Friend Mr. Abraham Adams 38
Amelia 50
Life of Jonathan Wild 25

DOUGLAS JERROLD'S WORKS.

Jack Runnymede, the Man of Many Thanks 12½
Job Pippins, the Man who Couldn't Help it 12½
Isaac Cheek, the Man of Wax 12½
Titus Trump, the Man of Many Hopes 12½
The Man made of Money 25
St. Giles and St. James. Illustrated 38
The Dreamer and Worker 25

PUNCH'S HUMOROUS LIBRARY.

Mrs. Caudle's Curtain Lectures. By “Punch.” With Engravings and Woodcuts. New edition, from the revised London issue 25
Punch's Complete Letter-Writer 10 Plates 25
Punch's Courtship. 10 Plates 25
Punch's Heathen Mythology. 10 Plates 25
Punch's Labors of Hercules. 10 Plates 25
The London Medical Student. By Punch. Plates 25
The London Medical Student. Second Series. Plates 25

NED BUNTLINE'S WORKS.

Afloat and Ashore 25
Norwood 25
Mysteries and Miseries of New York. 2 vols. 1 00
Three Years After. (Being a Sequel to the above) 50
The Life Yarn 50
The B'hoys of New York 50
The Convict 50
The G'hals of New York 50

CHOICE WORKS BY THE BEST AUTHORS.

Tom Racquett, and his Three Maiden Aunts. Beautifully illustrated 50
Frank Fairleigh; or, Scenes in the Life of a Private Pupil 50
Lewis Arundel. By the Author of “Frank Fairleigh.” Illustrated 50
The Sisters; or, The Fatal Marriage. By Henry Cockton 50
The Greatest Plague of Life 50
Leonard Normandale 25
Adventures of Paul Periwinkle. Illustrated 50
The Steward: a Romance of Real Life. By Henry Cockton 50
Windsor Castle. By W. H. Ainsworth 50
Fanny Hervey; or, The Mother's Choice 25
The Diary of a Pawnbroker 25
The American Joe Miller. With over 100 illustrations 25
Life of John A. Murrell, the Great Western Land Pirate 25
Life of Joseph T. Hare. Illustrated 25
Life of Col. Monroe Edwards. With illustrations 25
The Matchmaker 25
The Cardinal's Daughter 25
Mothers and Daughters. By Mrs. Gore 25
Jack Ariel; a Thrilling Sea Story 25
Jeremiah Parkes 25
The Clandestine Marriage 25
Self-Deception; or, The History of the Human Heart. 2 vols., each 50
Consuelo. By George Sand 50

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

Countess of Rudolfstadt: Sequel to Consuelo 50
Shakespeare and his Friends 50
The Youth of Shakspeare 50
The Secret Passion 50
Con Cregan, the Irish Gil Blas. By Lever 50
The Prince. By Cockton 50
The Love-Match. By Cockton 50
Sylvester Sound. By Cockton 38
The Lancashire Witches. By Ainsworth 50
Ocean Born 25
Whitehall 50
Miser's Daughter. By Ainsworth 50
Brian O'Linn; or, Luck is Every Thing 50
Heads and Hearts; or, My Brother the Colonel 50
The Swamp Steed; or, The Days of Marion and his Merry Men 50
The Prairie Scout: a Picture of Life in the Wilds of Texas and Mexico 50
The Rifle Rangers: a Romance of Mexico. By Captain Mayne Reid 50
The Heirs of Derwentwater. A Novel of surpassing interest and rare power 50
Wacousta; or, The Prophecy. By Major Richardson 50
Matilda Montgomery; or, The Prophecy Fulfilled: a Sequel to “Wacousta” 50
Ecarte; or, The Salons of Paris: a Vivid Picture of French Society. 50
The Apocryphal New Testament. This work should be in the hands of all 50
Glances at Europe. By Horace Greeley. Bound in Cloth 1 00
Pocket Companion for Machinists, Mechanics, Inventors, and Engineers. By Oliver Byrne, Author of the Dictionary of Mechanics, &c. &c. Pocket form, Morocco tucks 1 00
Moneypenny; or, The Heart of the World. By Cornelius Matthews 50
Rebels and Tories; or, The Blood of the Mohawk. By Lawrence Labree 50
Celio; or, New York Above Ground and Under Ground 25
New York by Gas-Light. Showing up the great Metropolis “at Night” 25
Dan Marble, the Gamecock of the Wilderness 50
Reveries of an Old Maid: With very Important Hints to Young Men 50
Kate Penrose; or, Life and its Lessons. By Mrs. Hubback 25
Camp Stories; or, Incidents in the Life of a Soldier. Illustrated 25
Life of Jenny Lind. A graphic and reliable memoir of this charming lady 25
Gentleman Jack; or, Life on the Road 25
Jenny Diver, the Female Highwayman 25
Gilderoy, the Freebooter. A vivid and dramatic narrative 25
The Forrest Divorce Case 25
Captain Kyd, the Wizard of the Sea. By Prof. J. H. Ingraham 50
Lafitte, the Pirate of the Gulf. By Prof. J. H. Ingraham 50
Fortunes and Misfortunes of Harry Racket Scapegrace 50
Ben Brace; a Nautical Romance. Equal to Capt. Marryatt's best. 1 vol., illustrated 50
Guerilla Chief: a Romance of War. Illustrated. 1 vol. 50
Ryan's Mysteries of Marriage. 1 vol., illustrated 25
Portfolio of the Young 'Un. A humorous book. Illustrated 25
Wau-nan-Gee; or, The Massacre at Chicago 25
The Seven Brothers of Wyoming 25
Life of Helen Jewett. Illustrated 25
Life of Jack Rann. Illustrated 25
Lives of the Felons. Illustrated 25
Life of Alexander Tardy, the Pirate: a Tale of St. Domingo, Illustrated 25
White's Melodeon Song-Bonk 12½
White's Plantation Melodies 12½
White's Ethiopian Song-Book 12½
White's Serenaders' Song-Book 12½
Monk-Knight of Saint John 50
Conclin's New River Guide; or, A Gazetteer of all the Towns on the Western and Southern Waters 25
History of Rinaldo Rinaldini, Captain of Banditti 25
The Separation; The Divorce; and The Coquette's Punishment 25
The Adventures of Caleb Williams. By William Godwin 25
Natural History of the Vestiges of Creation. With a Sequel 50
Life and Adventures of Old Billy McConnell, the Witch Doctor. By one born among the Witches 50
Swedes in Prague; or, The Signal Rocket: a Romance of the Thirty Years' War 25
How to be Happy: The Laws of Life and Health. By R. J. Culverwell 25
Diseases of Winter: On Consumption. By R. J. Culverwell 25
Health and Long Life; or, What to Eat, Drink, and Avoid, &c. By R. J. Culverwell 25
Whitefriars; or, The Days of Charles the Second. 240 pages, illustrated 50

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

Doniphan's Expedition: Containing an Account of the Conquest of New Mexico. Illustrated with Plans of Battles, and other fine Engravings 25
California: Its History, Population, Climate, Soil, Productions, and Harbors. Also, full accounts of the Gold Regions, Different Routes, Tables of Distances, &c. 25
Cecilia; or, The Memoirs of an Heiress. By Miss Burney 50
Altamont; or, The Charity Sister. By Hon. Mrs. Norton 25
Life in New York. By Wm. Burns. 45 illustrations 25
The Five Love Adventures of Solomon Slug; and other Sketches. 25
Gamblers' Tricks with Cards Exposed and Explained. By J. H. Green, the Reformed Gambler. Containing an exposition of the various cheats practised with cards 25
The Corsair. By George Sand, author of “First and True Love,” &c. 25
Home, and its Influence: a Domestic Story. By Miss Sidney 50
Cruise of the Crescent: a Sea Novel 25
The Soldier's Daughter. By Maxwell 25
The Spring-Street Milliner: a Tale of City Life 25
The Orphan Seamstress: a Tale of the City 25
Life and Adventures of Tom Stapleton. Illustrated 25
The Image of his Father 25
Whom to Marry, and How to Get Married 25
Dombey and Daughter. With numerous illustrations 25
David Watson; or, The London Apprentice: a Sea Story 25
Lady of the Gulf: a Sea Story of great interest 25
The Belle of the Bowery; or, G'hal of New York 25
The Haunted Chief; or, The Female Rancheros. By Newton M. Curtiss 25
The Scout of the Silver Pond. By Newton M. Curtiss 25
The Matricide's Daughter: a Tale of Life in the Great Metropolis. By Newton M. Curtiss 25
The Victim's Revenge. (A Sequel to the above) 25
The Star of the Fallen. (A Sequel to the above) 25
The Patrol of the Mountain: a Tale of the Revolution. By Curtiss 25
The Dancing Feather, and Sequel. By Ingraham 25
The Comic Wandering Jew. With 100 illustrations 25
Olph; or, The Wreckers of the Isle of Shoals 25
Grace Welden 25
The Students of Paris. By Albert Smith 25
Paul Deverill. By Ingraham 25
The White Wolf; or, The Secret Brotherhood 25
Mabel, the Actress. By Miss Opie 25
The Gentleman's Daughter 25
The Rescued Nun 25
The Capitalist 25
The Marquis 25
The Attorney's Clerk 25
Isabel, the Pride of Palermo 25
Asmodeus; or, New York by Night and Day 25
Amy Lawrence, the Freemason's Daughter 50
Harry Burnham, the Young Continental 50
Stanfield Hall: an Historical Romance. 2 vols. Beautifully illustrated 1 00
Rory O'More. By Samuel Lover 50
Ellen Grant. By the Author of “Mysteries of Boston” 25
Dr. Valentine's Comic Lectures. 1st Series. With numerous illustrations 50
Dr. Valentine's Comic Lectures. 2d Series. With numerous illustrations 50
Montezuma, the Serf. By J. H. Ingraham 50
The Countess of Morian; or, Woman's Revenge. By F. Soulie 50
The Life of Yankee Hill. Illustrated. By Dr. Northall 50
New York in Slices. With numerous illustrations 38
The Invalid. By Spindler 50
The Banditti of the Prairie. By E. Bonney. Illustrated 50
Count Julian 50
Dow Jr.'s Patent Sermons. 2 vols. 1 00
Ladder of Gold. By Robert Bell 50
Before and Behind the Curtain. By Dr. Northall 50
Life and Adventures of Dick Clinton. Illustrated 25
Stories of Waterloo. By W. H. Maxwell 25
Minnie Grey 50
Wood's Miustrels. An excellent song-book 12½
Rochester 50
Bivouac; or, The Rival Suitors. By W. H. Maxwell 50
Life and Adventures of Clarence Bolton 25
Charcoal Sketches. By Neal. 1st and 2d Series. Illustrated 50
Christopher Tadpole. Illustrated. By Albert Smith 50

-- --

A BOOK FOR THE WHOLE COUNTRY.

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

THE
CABIN AND PARLOR.

BY J. THORNTON RANDOLPH.

Complete in one volume of 336 pages; full of beautiful illustrations.
PRICE ONE DOLLAR A COPY IN CLOTH, GILT; OR FIFTY CENTS IN PAPER COVER.

Twenty-two Thousand Copies of this celebrated work were sold by November
10th, 1852, which was only four weeks after its first publication, at which
time this advertisement was written, and the demand is increasing every
day. The Press every where praise it as far surpassing Mrs. Stowe's farfamed
work of “Uncle Tom's Cabin.” Telegraphic despatches from all
quarters of the “UNION” are pouring in for it, and Printers, Steam Presses,
Bookbinders, Packers, and all others are kept busy at it to supply the demand.
Every body should send for a copy and read it.

“The Cabin and Parlor,” is a book for the whole country, and not for
one section only. It is intended to allay, not excite, local jealousies. It is
free from all bias of party. Every person who values the Constitution framed
by Washington and his co-patriots, or loves “truth for truth's sake,” should
have a copy of this work.

The author is a gentleman who has travelled both North and South, so
that his descriptions are both faithful and accurate; indeed, nearly every
incident described in the volume, he has personally witnessed. The narrative,
though thus substantially true, is as thrilling as the most engrossing novel.
Never, perhaps, has a book so interesting in every respect, been offered to the
American public.

The spirit of enlarged philanthrophy which pervades the book, is not its
least recommendation. The author is a true and wise friend of his race, and
not a quack in morals, as so many modern writers are. His religion is that
of the Bible, and not mere varnished infidelity.

Price for the complete work, in paper cover, beautifully illustrated, Fifty
cents a copy only; or a finer edition, printed on thicker and better paper,
and handsomely bound in muslin, gilt, is published for One Dollar.

Copies of either edition of the work will be sent to any person at all, to
any part of the United States, free of postage, on their remitting the price of
the edition they wish, to the publisher, in a letter, post-paid.

Published and for sale by

T. P. PETERSON,
No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

THE
CABIN AND PARLOR.
Price One Dollar in Cloth, Gilt; or Fifty Cents in Paper Cover.

READ THE OPINIONS OF THE PRESS BELOW.

“It seems to have been the object of the writer to avoid extremes, and to convey to
the unprejudiced mind a just and adequate realization of slavery, as it exists in its general
and ordinary phases.”

—Spirit of the Age (N. C.)

“Well calculated to counteract the false views of `Uncle Tom,' by showing in the
true light the relation between master and slave.”

—Martinsburg (Va.) Republican.

“A handsome work, very superiorly executed. The story a very graphic and interesting
one, the style of writing scholarly and correct.”

—Philadelphia Public Ledger.

“This great work is having the immense sale that we predicted. It is every where
sought after, and devoured with an avidity that has never been surpassed. This is a
well-deserved tribute to the brilliant genius, the faithful coloring, and inimitable
humor of the author, who deals out his scorching satire with the same overpowering
force that renders his affecting and touching pictures so irresistible. In another
column will be found the testimonials of fifty-six of the leading journals of the
country, whose honest convictions we rejoice to see so much in unison with those
expressed by the American Courier. These are but small portions of the evidence of
that wide-spread interest which this powerful work has awakened, and we hope the
demand will not cease until the whole country is supplied. It is a book full of deep
interest, imbued with Bible truth, and abounding in appeals to the noblest feelings of
our nature, while its philanthropic spirit will meet a universal sympathetic glow in
every heart.”

—Siturday Courier, Fourth Notice of the Work, (Nov. 20th, 1852.)

“Regarded simply as a work of amusement, it is one of the most attractive that we
have seen for a long time, yet it will be the means of conveying to the minds of thousands,
truths the very existence of which they never before suspected. If the author
could be sent as a lecturer through the Northern States, to proclaim to the people the
truths which he has so forcibly illustrated in his book, it could not fail to be of immense
benefit to the country.”

—Piedmont (Va.) Whig.

“This is one of the most interesting works of the day. The scenes are sketched by
the hand of a master. In this day, when the eyes of millions of `Jellebys' are fixed
upon `Africa,' it will be read, as indeed it ought to be.”

—Rochester (N. Y.) American.

“We can cordially recommend it to our readers as a work of thrilling interest, and
well calculated to answer the ends for which the author designed it.”

—Centreville (Md.) Times.

“Presents a just and truthful view of things as they are. It is, altogether, the best
work of fiction which we have seen on the subject, and will be read with pleasure and
profit.”

—Spirit of the South.

“The author is a lover of the Constitution, eminently patriotic in his feelings, and
has produced a volume which will be like oil upon the waters of local jealousy.”

—Boston Yankee Blade.

“The work is well written. We hope it may meet with a large sale, for it calls attention
to a few of the errors of Northern society, in a manner that we doubt not will
prove beneficial to the interests of humanity.”

—Boston Literary Museum.

“The author deserves the thanks of every true philanthropist, North and South.
While he throws a tissue of romance around characters drawn from every day life, the
golden threads of truth are closely wove in.”

—South Side (Va.) Democrat.

“Destined to make a sensation. Will do much to allay angry feelings between the
North and South.”

—British (Nova Scotia) Colonist.

“A bounds with thrilling incidents, which unfortunately possess too much sober
reality. Of this we are here the best judges, because many of the scenes that arouse
our indignation, or extort the sympathetic tear, are drawn from our midst.”

—Boston Waverley Magazine.

“Every man should procure a copy and read it. The plot is drawn to the life, and
the story conducted in a style worthy of the best writers.”

—State (Ala.) Guard.

“A work of exalted merit. We heartily recommend it to public patronage.”

—Shepherdstown
(Va.) Register.

“The author has handled his subject in a masterly style.”

—Westminster (Md.)
Democrat.

“It is an ably written work, and portrays the slave and master in very true colors.”

—Dayton (Ohio) Item.

Published and for sale by

T. B. PETERSON,
No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

“Written with spirit and fidelity, contrasting, in this latter particular, very favorably
with the novel of Mrs. Stowe.”

—Weekly Post, (N. C.)

“Will be universally read. The author is a gentleman of rare attainments, and
has made `the best book of the day.' ”

—Planter's (La.) Banner.

“The scenes and descriptions are graphically drawn, and exhibit much power. To
those who have read Mrs. Stowe's book we would heartily recommend the perusal of
this.”

—Pictou (Nova Scotia) Chronicle.

“We do not know when we have perused a book with more pleasure. It is also the
truest picture of Northern and Southern life we have ever met. Its sale bids fair to
equal, if not excell `Uncle Tom's Cabin.' ”

—Pennsylvania Telegraph.

“Written in a forcible and engaging style. Calculated to inculcate correct ideas on
the subject of slavery.”

—Republican (Md.) Citizen.

“Becoming very popular, as it justly deserves to be. Certainly one of the most interesting
novels of the day.”

—Essex (N. J.) Standard.

“Never read a book more pleasing. Life in `Old Virginia' is graphically portrayed.
Must have a great run.”

—Camden (Ala.) Phœnix.

“Has for its aim a thoughtful and interesting picture of the people as they are: of
the Northern lord and his vassals, of the Southern master and his slaves; and of the
duties of the North as well as the South.”

—Congregational (N. H.) Journal.

“An author who appears to feel the weight of his moral responsibilities. Gives a
true description of Southern life.”

—Wilmington (N. C.) Commercial.

“A thrilling story. A tone of moral feeling and sympathy running through the
volume. A powerful antidote to such poisonous works as `Uncle Tom.' ”

—North
Carolina Star.

“Well calculated to counteract the evil influence of `Uncle Tom.' It is beautifully
illustrated.”

—Pointe Coupee (La.) Echo.

“One of the most interesting Books we have ever read in the garb of fiction; the
most forcible, the most expressive, the most convincing. We predict for it an immense
popularity.”

—Middleton (Ohio) Emblem.

“A book of absorbing interest in its story. The very best book of the day.”

—Skowhegan
(Maine) Press.

“The best conceived and best written of all the works of its class.”

—Wellsburgh (Va.)
Herald.

“The story is one of thrilling interest. Has the vraisemblance of nature, and seems
copied from life.”

—Columbus (Miss.) Democrat.

“Its incidents are such as the reader feels might be true. Will be read with avidity.
Beautifully illustrated.”

—Fort Wayne (Ind.) Laurel Wreath.

“We trust that it will attain that extensive circulation in the Southern States which
would be commensurate with its merits.”

—Paulding (Miss.) Clarion.

“Better calculated to silence the pending agitation of the Slave question, than all the
speeches, pro or con, that have been delivered on the floor of Congress. Besides it is,
in the strictest sense, a moral teacher alike to the master and to the slave.”

—Southern
(Ky.) Argus.

“Far superior in plot, character, and description to Mrs. Stowe's book. The most interesting
fiction that we have seen for a long time. From it also may be drawn some
of the best morals for the guidance of the human heart.”

—Boston “Uncle Sam.”

“We hope it will meet an extended sale, and reach the threshold of every citizen in
the land. Much need is there, at this time, for a work of this character.”

—Sag Harbor
(N. Y.) Gazette.

“Written in the most pleasing style. Every one should read this work, and none
who commence it will fail to complete, or regret he commenced it.”

—Delaware Gazette.

“Freely embellished. A transcript of real life in the free and in the slave states.
The writer avoids extremes.”

—Providence (R. I.) Mirror.

“Worthy the support of all who value the Constitution, and wish correct views disseminated.”

—Griffin (Ga.) Union.

“A candid and fair representation of Southern life. That it is exceedingly well
written—abundant in interesting incident,—and filled with spirit from `Preface,' to
`Finis,' no one will gainsay. It is worth purchasing, reading, and preserving.”


Buffalo Express.

Published and for sale by

T. B. PETERSON,
No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

“About the genius of `The Cabin and Parlor' there is no mistake. It will not fail to
draw tears even from eyes unused to weeping. In respect to practical, far-seeing wisdom,
it is worth all the abstract views that Mrs. Stowe has put on paper. The author
is possessed of original powers of a high quality.”

—Boston Post.

“Calculated to cause an excitement as great as that of `Uncle Tom's Cabin.'
The plot is even better. Nothing overstrained or unnatural in the incidents. Altogether
the most interesting and important book that has issued from the press for
months.”

—Philadelphia Dollar Newspaper.

“As eloquent a writer as Mrs. Stowe, and one far more just. A more truthful and
affecting series of masterly pictures were never painted by pen or pencil. The book
abounds with thrilling incidents. There is no doubt of the brilliant career this book is
destined to run, or of the wholesome influence that it must exert.”

—Saturday Courier.

“There is great narrative and descriptive power in the work, and a true sense of
the dramatic and effective. But it is in its argumentative part that it excels all rivalry.”

—Philadelphia Evening Bulletin.

“A more faithful exhibition of the relations between owner and slave cannot be
found.”

—Baltimore Clipper.

“It has been suggested that the name of the author is fictitious, while the work is
from the pen of a distinguished Marylander.”

—Cumberland (Md.) Telegraph.

“The interest increases with every chapter. We hope that Southern people will read
this book.”

—Pioneer, Elizabeth City, (N. C.)

“The author has handled his subject in a masterly manner.”

—Washington (Md.)
Democrat.

“We earnestly commend it to the perusal of our countrymen.”

—Baltimore Argus.

“It comes at a time when a work of the kind is much needed.”

—Petersburg (Va.)
Democrat.

“We most cordially recommend this book to every body who wishes to read a story
of thrilling interest, containing true and statesmanlike views on a subject of the greatest
interest.”

—Southern (Athens, Ga.) Herald.

“The author deserves the thanks of every true philanthropist, North and South. We
hope the work may have a wide circulation.”

—Curolina Republican.

“The style is graphic and spirited; the characters well arranged and artistically
grouped: and the narrative always interesting.”

—Baltimore Traveller.

“A truthful and unvarnished picture of Southern life. Receives high praise from the
critics.”

—New Orleans Bee.

“Decided genius in the work. Evidently written by a candid, fair-judging man. We
would advise all who have read `Uncle Tom' to get the `Cabin and Parlor.' ”

—Boston Olive Branch.

“We hail the work with great pleasure, and trust that it will be sown, broad-cast,
throughout the land.”

—New Orleans Delta.

“Handles the subject in a masterly manner. A narrative of great interest.”

—Cooper's
(Va.) Register.

“A book for the whole country. More interesting, truthful and deserving of favor
than any of the kind we have ever yet read.”

—Kentucky Tribune.

“This work will be of immense value as a corrective of northern opinion, and equally
effective in renovating the literary tastes of our age.”

—Dalton (Ga.) Times.

“Has created a sensation. Is considered to be a decided antidote to the poisonous
influences of the notorious `Uncle Tom.' ”

—New Orleans Picayune.

A “thrilling story, with such an exposition of sentiments as will meet the approval of
the South.”

—New Orleans Bulletin.

“All who have read the delightful tale of Mrs. Stowe, will do well to read this hardly
less interesting production.”

—Halifax (Nova Scotia] Times.

“The author exhibits descriptive powers almost equal to those of Dickens, and seldom
have we read a more moving or exciting story.”

—Florida Standard.

“Bears every mark of having been written with candor, and with an honest purpose
of speaking the truth. Use fair play, and examine both sides.”

—Church's Bizarre.

“Written per contra to `Uncle Tom's Cabin,' and almost as interesting as that fascinating
book.”

—Pittsburg Token.

Published and for sale by

T. B. PETERSON,
No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

“A most interesting novel. Has received the highest encomiums.”

—British North
American
(Halifax, N. S.)

“Occupies in literature the same position as the Compromise measures in legislation.”

Zion's Advocate (Me.)

“A story full of interest. Will meet with an extensive circulation.”

—Georgetown
(D. C.) Advocate.

“We predict for it the full approbation of the literary and reading public.”

—North
Carolina Whig.

“A thrilling story. Eminently worthy the support of all who love `truth for truth's
sake.' ”

—Standard (Cassville, Ga.)

“The relation between master and slave, at least in Virginia, is truly described.
Had we not the work we should buy it.”

—Fairmount Virginian.

“Gives the truth as it is. The story is of deep interest, and contains many thrilling
scenes. Simply as a romance must command high praise.”

—Baltimore Patriot.

“The author seems less anxious for the eclat of a great run, than for the reputation
of candor and veracity.”

—Rochester (N. Y.) Advertiser.

“Written to furnish correct views of slavery, and prevent premature action impeding
the cause of humanity.”

—Baltimore Advertiser.

“Though opposed generally to works of fiction, we think this a story calculated to do
good.”

—Southern Baptist Messenger.

“Replete with incidents of thrilling interest. Well conceived, ably narrated, and
contains scenes of great dramatic power.”

—Christian Observer.

“It is not a narrow sectional affair. While it freely paints the evils of slavery, it also
fairly shows the difficulties which surround the planter. Will make a decided sensation.”

—Sunday Dispatch.

“We have resided among our Southern brethren, and can bear testimony to the truth
of this humorous and eloquent description of Southern life.”

—Sunday Ledger.

“Far superior to `Uncle Tom' in real merit, while of at least equal interest. The
author's religion is that of the Bible.”

—Banner of the Cross.

“A book for all parts of the Union, written with a strict eye to the whole truth. We
congratulate Mr. Randolph not only on the literary ability displayed in his book, but
also on the kindliness of spirit he has shown for all classes.”

—Scott's Weekly.

“The tale itself is of thrilling interest. The African character is truly delineated,
and the relation of master and slave well defined, and set forth in its true light. It is
just such a book as the country needs.”

—Lancaster (Ky.) Argus.

“One of the most interesting books we have ever read. A thousand times more truthful
than `Uncle Tom.' There will be a universal rush for it.”

—Atlanta (Ga.) Republican.

“It is the words of fact and wisdom in the pleasant garb of fancy.”

—Tarborough
(N. C.) Southerner.

“The author has shown a perfect acquaintance with southern life and institutions, a
perfect command of sentiment and feeling.”

—Yorkville (S. C.) Remedy.

“Will create a sensation second only to Mrs. Stowe's famous work.”

—Sunday Mercury.

“Written with spirit. The story interesting and pathetic.”

—Philadelphia North
American.

“A bounds with scenes, incidents, and sketches of the most thrilling character.”


Pennsylvania Inquirer.

“Is destined to reach an immense circulation. Abounds in scenes of thrilling interest.”

—Philadelphia Commercial List.

“We predict for it an immense sale.”

—Neal's Saturday Gazette.

“Written with much power.”

—Germantown Telegraph.

“Betraying much ability.”

—City Rem.

“Story of absorbing interest.”

—Evening Bulletin.

“This is just the work for the times. The incidents are so thrilling that the reader's
attention is fixed after the perusal of the first sentence.”

—Marlboro' (Md.) Gazette.

“Written in a fascinating style. The interest of the reader increases with every new
chapter. We hope that Southern people will read this book; we hope that Northern
will read it.”

—Democratic (N. C.) Pioneer.

“Gives a true account of slavery as it exists in reality.”

—North Garolina Argus.

Published and for sale by

T. B. PETERSON,

No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

THE
CABIN AND PARLOR:
OR,
SLAVES AND MASTERS.

Complete in One Duodecimo Volume of 336 pages.

BY J. THORNTON RANDOLPH.

From a Review of the Work, written by a Celebrated Critic.

“The Cabin and Parlor,” is a book for the whole country, and not for one section
only. It is intended to allay, not excite, local jealousies. It is free from all bias of party.
Every person who values the Constitution framed by Washington and his co-patriots,
or loves “truth for truth's sake,” should have a copy of this work.

The author is a gentleman who has travelled both North and South, so that his descriptions
are both faithful and accurate; indeed, nearly every incident described in the
volume, he has personally witnessed. The narrative, though thus substantially true, is
as thrilling as the most engrossing novel. Never, perhaps, has a book so interesting in
every respect, been offered to the American public.

The spirit of enlarged philanthropy which pervades the book, is not its least recommendation.
The author is a true and wise friend of his race, and not a quack in morals,
as so many modern writers are. His religion is that of the Bible, and not mere varnished
infidelity.

From the Dollar Newspaper of September 15th, 1852.

The Cabin and the Parlor.—This is the title of a new work, which Mr. T. B. Peterson
has in press, and which, we are assured, following as it does, Mrs. Stowo's popular
work of “Uncle Tom's cabin,” will create no little sensation in the public mind. It
cannot be called a “Companion to Uncle Tom's Cabin,” or to “Aunt Phillis' Cabin,” for
we are told, it takes a broader and a higher ground than either of these admirable works
of fiction and of fact. The real name of the author, we are inclined to think, does not
appear, though we have reason to know that the work is the production of a gentleman
and scholar, whose noble Essays on Colonization, and the relative position of the North
and South, in the Compromise on the Slavery question, have been quoted with praise
by the united press of the country. The book will contain over three hundred pages.

From the Evening Argus of September 7th, 1852.

Cabin and Parlor.—T. B. Peterson, No. 98 Chestnut Street, has in press and will publish
in a few days, a new work, entitled, “The Cabin and the Parlor, or Slaves and Masters,”
from the pen of J. Thornton Randolph. It will be a most interesting work, and
cannot fail to enjoy a wide circulation at this particular time, when the popular mind is
directing its enquiries in this peculiar vein of the social relations of life.

From Neal's Saturday Gazette of September 4th, 1852.

“The Cabin and Parlor.”—Under this head a new novel is advertised in this week's
Gazette. We have read a few of the opening chapters, and they certainly are thrillingly
written. We regard it as the most comprehensive work that has yet appeared on the
subject, and believe that it will circulate by tens of thousands.

From the Daily Sun of September 8th, 1852.

The Cabin and Parlor, or, Slaves and Masters.—T. B. Peterson, No. 98 Chestnut
Street, has in press and will shortly issue, a new work with the above title. It is written
by an eminent author, and cannot fail, it is thought, to obtain as wide a cireulation as
“Uncle Tom's Cabin.”

It is published complete in one large duodecimo volume of 336 pages, with large, full-page,
magnificent Illustrations, executed in the finest style of the art, from original
designs, drawn by Stephens, and printed on the finest and best of plate paper.

Price for the complete work, in paper cover, beautifully illustrated, 50 cents a copy
only; or a finer edition, printed on thicker and better paper, and handsomely bound in
muslin, gilt, is published for One Dollar.

A copy of the work will be sent to any person at all, to any place in the United States,
free of postage, on their remitting 50 cents to the publisher, in a letter, post-paid; or
two copies will be sent free of Postage for One Dollar.

Published and for Sale by

T. B. PETERSON,

Nos. 97 & 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- 012 --

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

PICTORIAL LIFE AND ADVENTURES

OF

DAVY CROCKETT.

Complete in one large Octavo volume of over 200 pages. Price Fifty Cents.

Embellished with full page, spirited Illustrations, designed by Stephens, and engraved in
the finest style of art, by Beeler. It is the only complete and unabridged edition of the Life of
Davy Crockett, ever published in the United States.
Copies of it will be sent to any one to any
place, free of postage, on their remitting Fifty Cents to the Publisher for a copy.

Published and for Sale by

T. B. PETERSON,

Nos. 97 & 98 Chesnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

SPLENDID PORTRAIT OF HENRY CLAY.

NEAGLE'S CORRECT PORTRAIT AND ONLY TRUE LIKENESS

EVER PUBLISHED OF

HENRY CLAY.

T. B. PETERSON, No. 98 Chesnut Street, Philadelphia,

PUBLISHES THIS DAY the above Portrait, and most respectfully dedicates
it to the People of the United States, and is truly proud to be able to
present to the American People, so true, so faithful, so superb a memorial of
the noble Statesman, for whose death a nation mourns.

This beautiful picture of HENRY CLAY was painted by the celebrated
JOHN NEAGLE, on Henry Clay's farm at Ashland, Kentucky. It is full-length,
and represents him surrounded with the implements of AGRICULTURE,
MANUFACTURES, COMMERCE, and the ARTS, and in the wellknown
attitude he always assumed when addressing the Senate and the
People. The graceful folds of the American Flag, to the right of the figure,
lends a beauty, and makes this splendid Mezzotinto Engraving not only the
best likeness of HENRY CLAY in existence, but one of the most beautiful
pictures in the world.

It is a very large Picture, Engraved by John Sartain, Esq., and is sold at
the low price of One Dollar and Fifty Cents a copy.

Hear what the Editors of the leading papers say of it:

Portrait of Henry Clay.—“We have received from the publisher an admirable full-length
portrait of Henry Clay, engraved by Sartain, from a picture painted at Ashland,
by Neagle, in 1843. No likeness that we have seen of the illustrious statesman does
better justice to the peculiar expression of his features, and we believe that it will be
eagerly sought by his admirers throughout the country who desire to possess a suitable
memorial of the departed chief. It is published by T. B. Peterson, Philadelphia.”

New York Daily and Weekly Tribune, Edited by Horace Greeley, Esq.

“The best portrait of Henry Clay extant, has been published by T. B. Peterson, No. 98
Chesnut street. It is a superb mezzotint, from Neagle's celebrated picture, giving the
full length of the great statesman and patriot, and is sold at an exceedingly low rate.
The Engraving may be had on thick plate paper, framed or without a frame. Every
American, without distinction of party, should have a copy of the picture.”

Philad'a, Evening Bulletin.

“Mr. T. B. Peterson has just published a splendid full-length portrait of Henry Clay.
It is from Neagle's celebrated painting. The likeness is remarkably striking, the attitude
easy, natural and graceful, and the effect throughout is impressive and pleasing.
The many admirers of the great statesman should hasten and obtain copies. The price
is quite low.”

Philadelphia Daily Inquirer.

“The best portrait of Henry Clay yet published, is that published by Peterson, Chesnut
street, above Third. It is from the original by Neagle, a most superb article, far surpassing
the miserable catch-penny of Root. The price is One Dollar and a Half. Every
admirer of the great Statesman should possess one of these life-like portraits.”

Daily True American.

Our lamented statesman, Henry Clay.—“Mr. T. B. Peterson, 98 Chesnut street, is
publishing a full-length portrait of Mr. Clay, which we have no doubt will be extensively
patronized. It is from the celebrated painting by Neagle, and it is sufficient to
say, of the mezzotint engraving, in which the portrait appears, that it is by Sartain, beyond
all question the most finished and masterly artist in that line of which this country
has any knowledge. The price of this splendid portrait has been put down by the publisher
at a rate sufficiently low to ensure it a hearty welcome in every American mansion.”

Philadelphia Saturday Courier.

Copies of the Portrait will be sent to any one by return of mail to any
place in the United States, free of postage, on their remitting One Dollar and
Fifty Cents in a letter, post-paid, directed to the Publisher,

T. B. PETERSON,

Nos. 97 & 98 Chesnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

CLARA MORELAND;
OR,
ADVENTURES IN THE FAR SOUTH-WEST.

BY EMERSON BENNETT.

Complete in one Volume of 336 pages; full of beautiful illustrations.

PRICE FIFTY CFNTS IN PAPER COVER; OR ONE DOLLAR A COPY IN CLOTH, GILT.

Clara Moreland is truly a celebrated work. It has been running through the
columns of “The Saturday Evening Post,” where it has been appearing for the last
twelve weeks, and has proved itself to be one of the most popular works that has ever
appeared in the columns of any newspaper in this country. Before it was half completed,
the back numbers (although Twelve Thousand extra of each number were printed,)
could not be obtained at any price, and the Publishers of the “Post” were forced to issue
a Supplement sheet of the first half of it for new subscribers to their paper, which induced
the present publisher to make an arrangement with the popular author, to bring it out
in a beautiful style for the thousands in this country that wish it in book form.

It is purely an American Book, and one of those interesting and beautiful American
Stories, in which the Publisher in its announcement feels it a pleasing duty to say one
word of its popular and talented author.

Emerson Bennett, as an Author, is as yet comparatively little known to fame in the
Eastern United States. But in the great West, and far extended Southern countries, his
writings are recognized as “Household Words”—ever welcome guests in the comfortable
cabin of the Western Woodsman, or at the parlor fireside of the busy Town Merchant.

His glowing and truthful descriptions of Wild Western Scenes — his home-like
familiarity with the untaught manners and singular customs of the Indian Tribes of
the Far West—his exquisite delineations of male and female character—of character
civilized and of character savage—his bold and artistic sketches in the dark and shadowy
wilderness, or on the broad and untrodden Prairie—all acknowledge his dominion in
this field of literature, and that Bennett now holds undisputed sway in this species of
American Story.

“We consider this altogether the best fiction which Mr. Bennett has yet written. In
saying this, we pay him the highest possible compliment, as he has long been one of the
most popular of American Novelists. His publisher has done every thing that was
possible to add to the public desire for the work, having issued it in a very handsome
style, so that its dress might not disgrace its merits. Clara Moreland is destined to have
an immense sale.”

Ladies National Magazine.

Price for the complete work, in paper cover, beautifully illustrated. Fifty cents a copy
only; or a finer edition, printed on thicker and better paper, and handsomely bound in
muslin, gilt, is published for One Dollar.

Copies of either edition of the work will be sent to any person at all, to any part of
the United States, free of postage, on their remitting the price of the edition they wish,
to the publisher, in a letter, post-paid. Published and for sale by

T. B. PETERSON,

No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

AMERICAN POCKET LIBRARY
OF USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

New and Enlarged Edition! With Numerous Engravings!!

TWENTY THOUSAND COPIES SOLD.

Price FIFTY CENTS a Copy only; and sent free of Postage to any place
in the United States.

Containing one thousand Receipts, Directions, &c., for Agriculture and successful Farming;
Health, its preservation; the Culture of Flowers, of Silk, of Sugar-Beets, &c, and the cure and
treatment of Birds, of Horses, of Cows, of Poultry, of Bees, &c. The management and growth
of the Hair; beauty and preservation of the Teeth: with Instructions for the Ladies in cooking
Meats, and making Bread, Cakes, Pies, Preserves, Pickles; for making Ice Creams, and various
healthy Drinks, &c., &c. Also, Canals, Rail Roads. Phrenology, and an immense amount of
Political, Statistical, Geographical, and General Information, relating to the General Government,
and the various States and Territories of the Union; Synopsis of Girard's Will, Washington's
Farewell Address, and the Constitution of the United States, entire, with the
Amendments, &c.

Read the following Notices of the Press in relation to this Work:

“Experience and patient labor have made it a compilation to be consulted by the house
keeper, the merehant, the mechanic, the farmer, and in fact by every class of citizens.”

Philadelphia Saturday Courier.

“We know of no one better calculated than the Editor for making a useful book like the
present. It is a perfect Vade Mecum.”

Godey's Lady's Book.

“A very valuable little work, containing a great deal of useful information in a very small
compass, elegantly stereotyped from fine type.”

Saturday Evening Post.

* * * * “In fact, the book is a perfect omnium gatherum, containing
a great amount of highly useful information, facts, and hints, WHICH EVERY ONE ought to
be in possession of.”

Public Ledger.

“There is scarcely a subject which comes into notice in the daily walks of life, but is here
laid down and familiarly illustrated. The object of the compiler has been to make his book a
COMPLETE VADE MECUM, and in this he has succeeded.”

United States Guzette (Hon. J. R. Chandler.)

“This is a capital little volume. It is replete with information gleaned from a THOUSAND
SOURCES, and of the most AUTHENTIC CHARACTER. The compiler has embodied more
useful information than may be found in any volume of the same size that has ever been issued
from the American press.
THE PRICE is exceedingly reasonable.”

Pennsylvania Inquirer and Daily Courier.

“We have never seen a volume embracing any thing like the same quantity of useful matter.
The work is really a treasure, and should speedily find its way into every family.”

Saturday Chronicle, (Hon. B. Matthias, President Senate Pennsylvania.)

The New Edition published since the foregoing notices were made, contains double the number
of pages, and is beyond all question, the most comprehensive and valuable work of the
kind ever published.

Among the new additions are—1. Catalogue of Useful Things. 2. Commercial Numbers.
3 New Postage Law. 4. Statistics of United States, Navy, Army. Debts of the several States,
&c. 5. Each of the State Capitols, Time of holding Elections, Meeting of Legislatures, &c.
6. British Possessions. 7. Consuls of U. States for 1850, and each preceding Census. 8 Select
Bible Passages, and Religious sentiments of each President of the United States. 9. The Sabbath
Convention Address. 10. Extensive Mint Tables, of Gold and Silver Coins of all Nations.
11. Distances and Directions of Principal Places on the Globe. 12. Weights and Measures.
13. Universal Time Table. 14. Coat of Arms, &c., of thirteen original States. 15. Statistics
and Flags of the principal Nations of the East. 16. Chrystal Palace, Maps, Public Ediflees,
Portraits, &c., &c., &c.

It also contains a large and entirely new Map of the United States, which is of itself worth
the price of the book.

It is published complete in one volume, handsomely bound, with full-page Illustrations and
Portraits of all the Presidents of the United States, from Washington until the present time,
executed in the finest style of the art.

A copy of the work will be sent to any person, to any place in the United States, free of
postage, on their remitting 50 cents to the Publisher, in a letter, post-paid, or Two copies will
be sent, free of postage, for One Dollar.

Published and for sale by

T. B. PETERSON,

No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

LIFE IN THE SOUTH.

A COMPANION TO

UNCLE TOM'S CABIN.

Complete in one large Octavo volume of 200 pages. Price, Fifty Cents.

Embellished with fourteen full page, spirited Illustrations, designed by Darley, and engraved
in the finest style of art, and printed on the finest tinted plate paper. Copies of it will be sent
to any one to any place, free of postage, on their remitting Fifty Cents to the publisher for a
copy. Published and for Sale by

T. B. PETERSON,

No. 98 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

Previous section


Bennett, Emerson, 1822-1905 [1853], Clara Moreland, or, Adventures in the far South-west. (T.B. Peterson, Philadelphia) [word count] [eaf464T].
Powered by PhiloLogic